Category: Uncategorized

  • Nobody Wants to Take Your Guns

    I still hear it on a regular basis. Gun control activists like to say that nobody wants to take your guns when having discussions with Gun rights activists.

    Clearly, they are being disingenuous. Either that, or they are just incredibly ignorant about what the gun control political leaders want to accomplish. I am going with the former.

    It is clear that confiscation is the real desire, but at least several of them understand that they will need to get there, gradually.

    Here are several examples, and there are several more out there, but I just got tired of putting these together. I have better things to do with my time than prove gun grabbers to be stretching the truth, which would be the nice way of calling them outright liars.

    I won’t bother commenting on each one. They are all very clear.

    Biden, Joseph – US Senate, US Vice President

    “Banning guns is an idea whose time has come.”

    Bloomberg, Michael – NYC Mayor, Presidential Candidate

    “It’s the job of law enforcement to have guns and to decide when to shoot. You just do not want the average citizen carrying a gun in a crowded place.”

    Clay, William – US Representative

    “The Brady Bill is the minimum step Congress should take…we need much stricter gun control, and eventually should bar the ownership of handguns, except in a few cases.”

    Clinton, Bill – US President

    “I feel very strongly about it [the Brady Bill]. I think – I also associate myself with the other remarks of the Attorney General. I think it’s the beginning. It’s not the end of the process by any means.”

    Clinton, Hillary – US Secretary of State, Presidential Candidate

    “I don’t know enough details to tell you how we would do it or how it would work, but certainly the Australia example is worth looking at.”

    Cuomo, Andrew – NY Governor

    “Confiscation could be an option. Mandatory sale to the state could be an option.”

    Davis, Danny – US US Representative

    “I am saying I would like to make it where nobody except military personnel would ever have access to these weapons.”

    Fass, Barbara – Stockton, CA Mayor
    “I think you have to do it a step at a time and I think that is what the NRA is most concerned about. Is that it will happen one very small step at a time so that by the time.”

    Feinstein, Diane – US Senate

    “Banning guns addresses a fundamental right of all Americans to feel safe.”

    “If I could have gotten 51 votes in the Senate of the United States for an outright ban, picking up every one of them… ‘Mr. and Mrs. America, turn ’em all in, I would have done it. I could not do that. The votes weren’t here.”

    Frosh, Brian – Maryland Attorney General

    “We should ban guns altogether, period.”

    Himes, Jim – US Representative

    “Nobody wants to take away people’s guns. We just don’t want to be any different than Canada, or Australia, or Great Britain.”

    Jackson-Lee, Sheila – US Representative

    “I would personally just say to those who are listening, maybe you want to turn in your guns.”

    Metzenbaum, Howard- US Senate

    “I don’t care about crime, I just want to get the guns.”

    Morse, John – Colorado Representative

    “People who own guns are essentially a sickness in our souls who must be cleansed.”

    Muhlbauer, Dan – Iowa Representative

    “The state of Iowa should take semi-automatic weapons away from Iowans who have legally purchased them prior to any ban that is enacted if they don’t give their weapons up in a buy-back program.  Even if you have them, I think we need to start taking them.”

    Obama, Barrack – US President

    “We know that other countries, in response to one mass shooting, have been able to craft laws that almost eliminate mass shootings. Friends of ours, allies of ours — Great Britain, Australia, countries like ours. So we know there are ways to prevent it.”

    O’Rourke, Robert Francis “Beto” – US Representative

    “’Hell, yes, we’re going to take your AR-15, your AK-47.”

    Owens, Major – US Representative

    “My bill … establishes a 6-month grace period for the turning in of all handguns.”

    Reno, Janet – US Attorney General

    “Waiting periods are only a step. Registration is only a step. The prohibition of private firearms is the goal.”

    Schakowsky, Jan – Illinois Representative

    “We want everything on the table. This is a moment of opportunity. There’s no question about it…We’re on a roll now, and I think we’ve got to take the–you know, we’re gonna push as hard as we can and as far as we can.”

    Schumer, Charles – US Representative

    “We’re here to tell the NRA their nightmare is true.”

    Waxman, Henry – US Representative

    “If someone is so fearful that they are going to start using their weapons to protect their rights, it makes me very nervous that these people have weapons at all.”

  • Nobody Wants to Take Your Guns

    I still hear it on a regular basis. Gun control activists like to say that nobody wants to take your guns when having discussions with Gun rights activists.

    Clearly, they are being disingenuous. Either that, or they are just incredibly ignorant about what the gun control political leaders want to accomplish. I am going with the former.

    It is clear that confiscation is the real desire, but at least several of them understand that they will need to get there, gradually.

    Here are several examples, and there are several more out there, but I just got tired of putting these together. I have better things to do with my time than prove gun grabbers to be stretching the truth, which would be the nice way of calling them outright liars.

    I won’t bother commenting on each one. They are all very clear.

    Biden, Joseph – US Senate, US Vice President

    “Banning guns is an idea whose time has come.”

    Bloomberg, Michael – NYC Mayor, Presidential Candidate

    “It’s the job of law enforcement to have guns and to decide when to shoot. You just do not want the average citizen carrying a gun in a crowded place.”

    Clay, William – US Representative

    “The Brady Bill is the minimum step Congress should take…we need much stricter gun control, and eventually should bar the ownership of handguns, except in a few cases.”

    Clinton, Bill – US President

    “I feel very strongly about it [the Brady Bill]. I think – I also associate myself with the other remarks of the Attorney General. I think it’s the beginning. It’s not the end of the process by any means.”

    Clinton, Hillary – US Secretary of State, Presidential Candidate

    “I don’t know enough details to tell you how we would do it or how it would work, but certainly the Australia example is worth looking at.”

    Cuomo, Andrew – NY Governor

    “Confiscation could be an option. Mandatory sale to the state could be an option.”

    Davis, Danny – US US Representative

    “I am saying I would like to make it where nobody except military personnel would ever have access to these weapons.”

    Fass, Barbara – Stockton, CA Mayor
    “I think you have to do it a step at a time and I think that is what the NRA is most concerned about. Is that it will happen one very small step at a time so that by the time.”

    Feinstein, Diane – US Senate

    “Banning guns addresses a fundamental right of all Americans to feel safe.”

    “If I could have gotten 51 votes in the Senate of the United States for an outright ban, picking up every one of them… ‘Mr. and Mrs. America, turn ’em all in, I would have done it. I could not do that. The votes weren’t here.”

    Frosh, Brian – Maryland Attorney General

    “We should ban guns altogether, period.”

    Himes, Jim – US Representative

    “Nobody wants to take away people’s guns. We just don’t want to be any different than Canada, or Australia, or Great Britain.”

    Jackson-Lee, Sheila – US Representative

    “I would personally just say to those who are listening, maybe you want to turn in your guns.”

    Metzenbaum, Howard- US Senate

    “I don’t care about crime, I just want to get the guns.”

    Morse, John – Colorado Representative

    “People who own guns are essentially a sickness in our souls who must be cleansed.”

    Muhlbauer, Dan – Iowa Representative

    “The state of Iowa should take semi-automatic weapons away from Iowans who have legally purchased them prior to any ban that is enacted if they don’t give their weapons up in a buy-back program.  Even if you have them, I think we need to start taking them.”

    Obama, Barrack – US President

    “We know that other countries, in response to one mass shooting, have been able to craft laws that almost eliminate mass shootings. Friends of ours, allies of ours — Great Britain, Australia, countries like ours. So we know there are ways to prevent it.”

    O’Rourke, Robert Francis “Beto” – US Representative

    “’Hell, yes, we’re going to take your AR-15, your AK-47.”

    Owens, Major – US Representative

    “My bill … establishes a 6-month grace period for the turning in of all handguns.”

    Reno, Janet – US Attorney General

    “Waiting periods are only a step. Registration is only a step. The prohibition of private firearms is the goal.”

    Schakowsky, Jan – Illinois Representative

    “We want everything on the table. This is a moment of opportunity. There’s no question about it…We’re on a roll now, and I think we’ve got to take the–you know, we’re gonna push as hard as we can and as far as we can.”

    Schumer, Charles – US Representative

    “We’re here to tell the NRA their nightmare is true.”

    Waxman, Henry – US Representative

    “If someone is so fearful that they are going to start using their weapons to protect their rights, it makes me very nervous that these people have weapons at all.”

  • Vividness

    Definition

    Vividness: The creation of powerful feelings or clear images in the mind.

    What we see after cases of mass shootings or school shootings is a great deal of outrage and demands that we make changes that will dramatically impact law abiding citizens and have little or no impact on criminals and evil doers. We see lots of emotionally based arguments and outrage. 

    A couple of other examples of vividness include being killed by a shark, and falling through the ice, especially when it involves children. Based on the number of news stories, you would think that sharks are on a rampage against mankind and the the average person is incredibly stupid and is willing to walk out on the ice for no reason at all.

    The vividness of these images jump into the minds of most people and they can visualize the imageincident, put themselves into it, or put their loved ones into that incident. It makes it more real and more a part of their lives. Their fears become real.

    The major issue with vividness is that people tend to lose the ability to use reason to think about the incident, the likelihood of it happening to them or their loved ones, and that there are many more likely concerns that they should have.

    Basically, people lose all sense of perspective. Look at the backlash that Neil deGrasse Tyson is currently facing people he tried to bring some perspective to the most recent mass shooting, both of which were horrible, but incredibly small as far as the percentage of deaths in the United States.

    It is amazing how many deaths we have in our country that are several times larger that get ignored because they just don’t bring the same level of vividness. People just seem to forget how many people die, every single day from (in no particular order):

    • Underage drinking
    • Suicide
    • Opioid addictions
    • Accidental poisoning
    • Pedestrians hit by automobiles
    • Auto accidents, in general
    • Medical mistakes
    • Malnutrition
    • Falling off of chairs and other objects
    • Drowning
    • Gang violence
    • and the list goes on and on…

    The Point?

    The point is that many of these deaths are not as vivid, nor are they matching anyone’s national political agenda anywhere near the same level as the anti-gun agenda. The only two that come close to being politically enflamed are suicide and opioid abuse/addiction. However, they don’t get near the attention that a shooting does.

  • Transitional Spaces

    Definition

    First, the definition: Transitional spaces are spaces where we pass from one place to another, and are usually “uncontrolled.”spaces we must pass through when going from one place to another.

    Examples: This list is not exhaustive, but it should provide insight into the concept.

    • Going from your house to your car and from your car back to your house.
    • Exiting your car to go into the store and, especially, going from the store to your car.
    • Going from one store to another across a courtyard.
    • Crossing the street to the neighbors house.
    • Driving through an area.

    “Danger zones” is another way to think of these spaces.

    Why Do We Care?

    “Danger zones” is why we care.

    Criminals tend to stakeimage out these transitional spaces and watch for potential victims. Lots of people make themselves out to be vulnerable because they aren’t taking due care in these transitional spaces.

    In the words of Bill and Ted, “Strange things are afoot at the Circle K.” What happens in the parking lot of the Circle K can be very “iffy” and should concern all of us.

    What Should We Do?

    It is pretty simple, don’t look like a vulnerable victim.

    • Understand the area. Know the boundaries. Know where criminals might be at, how they might approach.
    • Don’t be alone. A lone victim is a much better target than a couple or a group.
    • Be aware. Too many people have tunnel vision when passing through a transitional space. Don’t look at your phone and check for text messages, or make a call.
    • Hands free. While it is likely that you might be carrying a bag when leaving a store, try to keep a hand free. You might need it. At a minimum, be prepared to drop your bag so you will have free hands to defend yourself.
    • Plan your transition. Understand your path, understand where you will be most vulnerable and try to avoid those vulnerable moments, if possible.
    • Be prepared. This may sound like a stupid statement, but so few people are prepared to defend themselves and they don’t have a contingency plan for when things go wrong and don’t work out like they planned.
    • BE AN ASSHOLE. Yes, be prepared to be an asshole. It has happened to me multiple times, where I have had criminals try to “interview” me and gauge whether I am a potential victim. You may see it happen in parking lots every single day where somebody tries to get close to you with a “Hey, got a minute? I need some help” statement or something similar. Be an asshole, and tell them, loudly and clearly, “Stop right there and keep your distance” so that they know that you are not a potential victim.

    Summary

    Be vigilant. Be safe. Be an asshole.

  • Transitional Spaces

    Definition

    First, the definition: Transitional spaces are spaces where we pass from one place to another, and are usually “uncontrolled.”spaces we must pass through when going from one place to another.

    Examples: This list is not exhaustive, but it should provide insight into the concept.

    • Going from your house to your car and from your car back to your house.
    • Exiting your car to go into the store and, especially, going from the store to your car.
    • Going from one store to another across a courtyard.
    • Crossing the street to the neighbors house.
    • Driving through an area.

    “Danger zones” is another way to think of these spaces.

    Why Do We Care?

    “Danger zones” is why we care.

    Criminals tend to stakeimage out these transitional spaces and watch for potential victims. Lots of people make themselves out to be vulnerable because they aren’t taking due care in these transitional spaces.

    In the words of Bill and Ted, “Strange things are afoot at the Circle K.” What happens in the parking lot of the Circle K can be very “iffy” and should concern all of us.

    What Should We Do?

    It is pretty simple, don’t look like a vulnerable victim.

    • Understand the area. Know the boundaries. Know where criminals might be at, how they might approach.
    • Don’t be alone. A lone victim is a much better target than a couple or a group.
    • Be aware. Too many people have tunnel vision when passing through a transitional space. Don’t look at your phone and check for text messages, or make a call.
    • Hands free. While it is likely that you might be carrying a bag when leaving a store, try to keep a hand free. You might need it. At a minimum, be prepared to drop your bag so you will have free hands to defend yourself.
    • Plan your transition. Understand your path, understand where you will be most vulnerable and try to avoid those vulnerable moments, if possible.
    • Be prepared. This may sound like a stupid statement, but so few people are prepared to defend themselves and they don’t have a contingency plan for when things go wrong and don’t work out like they planned.
    • BE AN ASSHOLE. Yes, be prepared to be an asshole. It has happened to me multiple times, where I have had criminals try to “interview” me and gauge whether I am a potential victim. You may see it happen in parking lots every single day where somebody tries to get close to you with a “Hey, got a minute? I need some help” statement or something similar. Be an asshole, and tell them, loudly and clearly, “Stop right there and keep your distance” so that they know that you are not a potential victim.

    Summary

    Be vigilant. Be safe. Be an asshole.

  • Violence–You Need To Be Good At It

    I keep hearing people say that “Violence is never the answer.“

    I have noticed that, most of the time, the person that makes that imagestatement, or something similar, is usually trying to take some kind of moral high ground. Usually, it is the same kind of person that says that “There is good in all people.”

    Yes, most people are good. However, there are some people that are just simply evil or mentally unbalanced. There are people out that that are looking to cause harm and even kill for material gain or just to feed their inner evil demons.

    Anyone that has been around for more than a minute knows that there are people that will use violence to get what they want.

    While violence is seldom the answer, when it is the answer, you risk failing the test of your life. When the test is a pass/fail, and you fail, it could mean the end of your life, and the lives of loved ones. When it is time to flip the switch, you need to be as violent as possible as quickly as possible, so you pass the test.

    If you ever need to be violent, I hope you are really good at it.

    Yeah, it is an odd thought, but I felt the need to share it.

  • Mental Preparation

    I was talking to a couple of friends and a couple of guys I had just met, recently. Each of us are involved in teaching defensive imageshooting and defensive tactics. One guy is somebody that I served with in the Army many oh so many moons ago, one is a 20+ year police veteran that worked in Detroit, and the other two are, in their own words, “just a couple of guys that train because we want to protect ourselves and our families.”

    After a few minutes of BS, and some discussions about our different backgrounds, we found a couple of topics that really stuck with us and drove the rest of the discussion:

    • Tactics differ between the military, police, and civilian worlds. They are dramatically different.
    • The mental aspect needs to be a major focus in training.

    Let’s focus on the latter for a this post. I have a couple of great examples.

    Example 1

    My police friend told us a story about being called out to a shooting. He got there, and found the victim, alive, but in serious jeopardy of dying. As he applied first aid and was waiting for medical services, he heard the victim tell the story.

    The victim was approached about a block from the ATM machine by a guy asking if he had a lighter or match as his lighter was out. As he started to say that he didn’t smoke, the other guy got closer and then within a couple of feet, then demanded the money he just got out of the ATM. The victim finally clued in, way too late, and tried to get distance and pull out his gun and yell at him to get away. The guy then punched him, and took his gun away from him. The victim then tried to rush him, and got shot. While they were talking, he asked the victim why he didn’t shoot. The victim told him that he would never shoot somebody and that he only carried the gun to scare away potential attackers.

    My police friend said that he had the victim’s conceal permit taken away while the victim recovered in the hospital. He told the Sheriff that issued it that he said he would never shoot somebody, so there was no reason to let him carry a gun. I am sure several of you reading this are thinking, “I would have shot him.” I will have to say, yeah, I bet you believe you would have, but, really would you have shot him? After all, he wasn’t armed.

    Example 2

    My military friend said, “I am not shocked to hear that he didn’t shoot. I am shocked to hear that he had made the decision long ago that he would never shoot anyone.” Then he looked at me and said, “No, I will tell this one. Don’t you dare say anything.” He then proceeded to tell his story.

    During a mission, him and the other three members in his team were trying to get close to an enemy position so they could call in indirect fire. As they maneuvered through some dense jungle, being as quiet as possible as the team was not to engage the enemy, they were there to find the target, verify it, and call for fire. He was on point, at the time, and coming around a couple of trees, he came face to face with two guys on perimeter security for our target. He froze. The three of them all froze just looking at each other. He said it felt like they looked at each other for several minutes, then he heard the shots that killed them.

    One of the team, shot them. A burst into each of them.

    They were blown, and they had to haul ass and get out of the area.

    I am sure some of you are thinking, yeah, he trained for that, and failed. That is on him, and he must have had some crap training. This is somebody that I respected more than the vast number of people that I served with in the past. He was somebody that I always trusted to have my back. He, later, proved himself over and over.

    Mental Prep

    As we talked, it was clear that some people just don’t do what needs to be done for whatever reason. It can be conscious choice or just being startled and the training not kicking in like expected. It happens.

    The question is how you train to be able to do what needs to be done at that critical moment. We all kind of agreed that force on force training doesn’t help because everyone knows it isn’t real. It may was well be paint ball.

    We all, kind of, agreed that it is all about the mental reps. You have to imagine the scenarios, you have to visual drawing and shooting. You have to imagine the after action and what you will do when the threat is done. You have to imagine it all over and over and over again. You have to visualize it until it becomes real and so that, just like drawing and aiming, it becomes muscle memory. It needs to become an automatic response to the triggers that you imagine and that fit with when you are willing to shoot to defend yourself and your loved ones.

    I am sure there is more to it, but that is what we all got out of the conversation.

  • Mental Preparation

    I was talking to a couple of friends and a couple of guys I had just met, recently. Each of us are involved in teaching defensive imageshooting and defensive tactics. One guy is somebody that I served with in the Army many oh so many moons ago, one is a 20+ year police veteran that worked in Detroit, and the other two are, in their own words, “just a couple of guys that train because we want to protect ourselves and our families.”

    After a few minutes of BS, and some discussions about our different backgrounds, we found a couple of topics that really stuck with us and drove the rest of the discussion:

    • Tactics differ between the military, police, and civilian worlds. They are dramatically different.
    • The mental aspect needs to be a major focus in training.

    Let’s focus on the latter for a this post. I have a couple of great examples.

    Example 1

    My police friend told us a story about being called out to a shooting. He got there, and found the victim, alive, but in serious jeopardy of dying. As he applied first aid and was waiting for medical services, he heard the victim tell the story.

    The victim was approached about a block from the ATM machine by a guy asking if he had a lighter or match as his lighter was out. As he started to say that he didn’t smoke, the other guy got closer and then within a couple of feet, then demanded the money he just got out of the ATM. The victim finally clued in, way too late, and tried to get distance and pull out his gun and yell at him to get away. The guy then punched him, and took his gun away from him. The victim then tried to rush him, and got shot. While they were talking, he asked the victim why he didn’t shoot. The victim told him that he would never shoot somebody and that he only carried the gun to scare away potential attackers.

    My police friend said that he had the victim’s conceal permit taken away while the victim recovered in the hospital. He told the Sheriff that issued it that he said he would never shoot somebody, so there was no reason to let him carry a gun. I am sure several of you reading this are thinking, “I would have shot him.” I will have to say, yeah, I bet you believe you would have, but, really would you have shot him? After all, he wasn’t armed.

    Example 2

    My military friend said, “I am not shocked to hear that he didn’t shoot. I am shocked to hear that he had made the decision long ago that he would never shoot anyone.” Then he looked at me and said, “No, I will tell this one. Don’t you dare say anything.” He then proceeded to tell his story.

    During a mission, him and the other three members in his team were trying to get close to an enemy position so they could call in indirect fire. As they maneuvered through some dense jungle, being as quiet as possible as the team was not to engage the enemy, they were there to find the target, verify it, and call for fire. He was on point, at the time, and coming around a couple of trees, he came face to face with two guys on perimeter security for our target. He froze. The three of them all froze just looking at each other. He said it felt like they looked at each other for several minutes, then he heard the shots that killed them.

    One of the team, shot them. A burst into each of them.

    They were blown, and they had to haul ass and get out of the area.

    I am sure some of you are thinking, yeah, he trained for that, and failed. That is on him, and he must have had some crap training. This is somebody that I respected more than the vast number of people that I served with in the past. He was somebody that I always trusted to have my back. He, later, proved himself over and over.

    Mental Prep

    As we talked, it was clear that some people just don’t do what needs to be done for whatever reason. It can be conscious choice or just being startled and the training not kicking in like expected. It happens.

    The question is how you train to be able to do what needs to be done at that critical moment. We all kind of agreed that force on force training doesn’t help because everyone knows it isn’t real. It may was well be paint ball.

    We all, kind of, agreed that it is all about the mental reps. You have to imagine the scenarios, you have to visual drawing and shooting. You have to imagine the after action and what you will do when the threat is done. You have to imagine it all over and over and over again. You have to visualize it until it becomes real and so that, just like drawing and aiming, it becomes muscle memory. It needs to become an automatic response to the triggers that you imagine and that fit with when you are willing to shoot to defend yourself and your loved ones.

    I am sure there is more to it, but that is what we all got out of the conversation.

  • Type 3 Malfunction

    What is it?

    This malfunction is often described as a double feed. Basically, there is a mess of stuff going on in the gun. One round failed to extract, and another round was picked up by the slide and it tried to feed into the occupied chamber.

    Symptom: The trigger feels squishy or just wrong to the shooter. In most of these imagemalfunctions, the slide has not gone cycled far back enough to reset the trigger. This malfunction can be caused by:

    • Bad extractor
    • Dirty gun or not properly lubed gun
    • Magazine failure

    Issue: This malfunction is unique because it involves the following multiple forces fighting each other:

    • Magazine spring – The magazine spring pushes up on the rounds to hold them up in place. The top round is being pushed up against the top of the slide.
    • Recoil spring – The recoil spring forces the new round forward using all its strength.
    • Magazine lip – The magazine lip, is also involved as it is locking the new round in the imagemagazine. While this isn’t true for all magazines, most magazines will still hold the round in the top of the magazine as it has not had a chance to be moved completely free of the magazine. The magazine is a major issue here as it can’t just be dropped, and it can’t even be ripped out in many cases.

    So what do you do?

    1. Move! – You just experienced a malfunction, and you need to get out of the line of fire, imagepreferably to some cover. While moving, you need more information, so you should be tiling up your gun so you can see if you can identify the problem.
    2. Lock – Lock back the slide. For most semi-automatics, we have to lock the slide back to relieve the pressure of the recoil spring. In this step, we make sure that the magazine is fully seated.
    3. Rip – Once the recoil spring pressure has been relieved, you can press the magazine release and rip out the magazine. It will, probably, not drop free by itself. You will need to use some physical force.
    4. Retain- Retaining the magazine saves critical time and the critical rounds that it holds. It is imagepretty simple to slide the magazine between the gun’s stock and your hand. Since so many people only carry the magazine in their gun, they don’t have the option of dropping the magazine. Of course, if the magazine is defective, it will still be a problem, which is the main reason to have another magazine available.
    5. Rack, Rack, Rack – Rack the slide, vigorously. You need to rack it multiple times to make imagesure that the round in the chamber is cleared. Keep the magazine in place as you rack the slide.
    6. Insert – Insert the magazine back into the gun. Better yet, replace the magazine with another one as the failure might be magazine related, and you will have the same issue.
    7. Rack – You need to rack the gun again, to feed a round into the chamber.
    8. Sight In – You  need to get that sight picture and resume shooting if the threat still exists.

    All steps should be performed at eye level so that you can continue to assess the target. The target may no longer be present or may have stopped because of previous hits.


  • Type 3 Malfunction

    What is it?

    This malfunction is often described as a double feed. Basically, there is a mess of stuff going on in the gun. One round failed to extract, and another round was picked up by the slide and it tried to feed into the occupied chamber.

    Symptom: The trigger feels squishy or just wrong to the shooter. In most of these imagemalfunctions, the slide has not gone cycled far back enough to reset the trigger. This malfunction can be caused by:

    • Bad extractor
    • Dirty gun or not properly lubed gun
    • Magazine failure

    Issue: This malfunction is unique because it involves the following multiple forces fighting each other:

    • Magazine spring – The magazine spring pushes up on the rounds to hold them up in place. The top round is being pushed up against the top of the slide.
    • Recoil spring – The recoil spring forces the new round forward using all its strength.
    • Magazine lip – The magazine lip, is also involved as it is locking the new round in the imagemagazine. While this isn’t true for all magazines, most magazines will still hold the round in the top of the magazine as it has not had a chance to be moved completely free of the magazine. The magazine is a major issue here as it can’t just be dropped, and it can’t even be ripped out in many cases.

    So what do you do?

    1. Move! – You just experienced a malfunction, and you need to get out of the line of fire, imagepreferably to some cover. While moving, you need more information, so you should be tiling up your gun so you can see if you can identify the problem.
    2. Lock – Lock back the slide. For most semi-automatics, we have to lock the slide back to relieve the pressure of the recoil spring. In this step, we make sure that the magazine is fully seated.
    3. Rip – Once the recoil spring pressure has been relieved, you can press the magazine release and rip out the magazine. It will, probably, not drop free by itself. You will need to use some physical force.
    4. Retain- Retaining the magazine saves critical time and the critical rounds that it holds. It is imagepretty simple to slide the magazine between the gun’s stock and your hand. Since so many people only carry the magazine in their gun, they don’t have the option of dropping the magazine. Of course, if the magazine is defective, it will still be a problem, which is the main reason to have another magazine available.
    5. Rack, Rack, Rack – Rack the slide, vigorously. You need to rack it multiple times to make imagesure that the round in the chamber is cleared. Keep the magazine in place as you rack the slide.
    6. Insert – Insert the magazine back into the gun. Better yet, replace the magazine with another one as the failure might be magazine related, and you will have the same issue.
    7. Rack – You need to rack the gun again, to feed a round into the chamber.
    8. Sight In – You  need to get that sight picture and resume shooting if the threat still exists.

    All steps should be performed at eye level so that you can continue to assess the target. The target may no longer be present or may have stopped because of previous hits.


  • Type 3 Malfunction

    What is it?

    This malfunction is often described as a double feed. Basically, there is a mess of stuff going on in the gun. One round failed to extract, and another round was picked up by the slide and it tried to feed into the occupied chamber.

    Symptom: The trigger feels squishy or just wrong to the shooter. In most of these imagemalfunctions, the slide has not gone cycled far back enough to reset the trigger. This malfunction can be caused by:

    • Bad extractor
    • Dirty gun or not properly lubed gun
    • Magazine failure

    Issue: This malfunction is unique because it involves the following multiple forces fighting each other:

    • Magazine spring – The magazine spring pushes up on the rounds to hold them up in place. The top round is being pushed up against the top of the slide.
    • Recoil spring – The recoil spring forces the new round forward using all its strength.
    • Magazine lip – The magazine lip, is also involved as it is locking the new round in the imagemagazine. While this isn’t true for all magazines, most magazines will still hold the round in the top of the magazine as it has not had a chance to be moved completely free of the magazine. The magazine is a major issue here as it can’t just be dropped, and it can’t even be ripped out in many cases.

    So what do you do?

    1. Move! – You just experienced a malfunction, and you need to get out of the line of fire, imagepreferably to some cover. While moving, you need more information, so you should be tiling up your gun so you can see if you can identify the problem.
    2. Lock – Lock back the slide. For most semi-automatics, we have to lock the slide back to relieve the pressure of the recoil spring. In this step, we make sure that the magazine is fully seated.
    3. Rip – Once the recoil spring pressure has been relieved, you can press the magazine release and rip out the magazine. It will, probably, not drop free by itself. You will need to use some physical force.
    4. Retain- Retaining the magazine saves critical time and the critical rounds that it holds. It is imagepretty simple to slide the magazine between the gun’s stock and your hand. Since so many people only carry the magazine in their gun, they don’t have the option of dropping the magazine. Of course, if the magazine is defective, it will still be a problem, which is the main reason to have another magazine available.
    5. Rack, Rack, Rack – Rack the slide, vigorously. You need to rack it multiple times to make imagesure that the round in the chamber is cleared. Keep the magazine in place as you rack the slide.
    6. Insert – Insert the magazine back into the gun. Better yet, replace the magazine with another one as the failure might be magazine related, and you will have the same issue.
    7. Rack – You need to rack the gun again, to feed a round into the chamber.
    8. Sight In – You  need to get that sight picture and resume shooting if the threat still exists.

    All steps should be performed at eye level so that you can continue to assess the target. The target may no longer be present or may have stopped because of previous hits.


  • Thousand Oaks Shooting

    Since the 72 hour time frame has passed, by a good bit, and we now have a great deal more information than right after the shooting, I decided it is time to post this and provide some of this information and some of my thoughts.

    Firearm: Glock 21, .45 Caliber, imagestandard magazine holds 13 rounds. CA compliant magazine holds 10 rounds. It has been stated that an “extended” magazine was used, but it is not clear whether that means a 13 round standard capacity magazine or some other capacity was used.

    Shooter: Former Marine. It is unclear whether he still suffered from PTSD or not, even though he had treatment in the past. He was not a known Jihadist or anything like that.

    Summary of Action: The shooter shot the outside security guard, then entered and fired on the crowd using at least two magazines.

    California Laws

    Just a quick summary of some of the laws of California, where legislators believe that gun control laws work, and continue to push for more and more laws.

    Firearm Safety Certificate – All purchasers are required to pass a written test that is proctored by a DOJ approved instructor before purchasing or receiving a handgun. This law did not prevent the shooting.

    Universal Background Checks – California has implemented universal background checks that cover all transfers, including loans, of firearms. All sales and transfers are recorded by the state of California. The Glock 21 was legally acquired. The law did not prevent the shooting.


    Handgun Roster
    – Only certain guns, meeting requirements as specified by the state, are allowed. All manufacturers have to pay for the testing to be allowed on the roster. Also, it might be noted that this law is being challenged as a de factor ban as any new firearms are required to meet standards that can’t be met with today’s technology. The Glock 21 is on the roster. The law did not prevent the shooting.


    10 Day Waiting Period
    – California requires a 10 day waiting period for the purchase of firearms. Supposedly, this cooling off period will prevent killings, even though there is no proof of this being a deterrent or helping to reduce violence. The law did not prevent the shooting.

    New Resident Report of Firearm Ownership – All people moving to California, that have firearms, are required to file a report within 60 days of moving to California. This law did not apply. However, the law did not prevent the shooting.


    Ammunition Purchases
    – A new laws allows ammunition to only be purchased from  federally licensed dealers. All ammunition was legally purchased. The law did not prevent the shooting.


    Red Flag Law
    – California is one of the first states to implement a red flag law that allows friends and family to apply to the court to have a person’s firearms taken away from them without due process. However, in the case of this person, he was evaluated by a mental health specialist who cleared him of needing to be committed to a mental facility for treatment. There are no known applications that were submitted to the court, in this case. The law did not prevent the shooting.

    CCW Permits – It is well known that California severely restricts conceal carry weapon permits. California is a “May-Issue” state and has no reciprocity with other states. Very few counties will issue permits to the standard citizen, despite training. Political or celebrity influence is a requirement to get a permit in most counties. This law did not prevent the shooting. However, the law prevented a trained and capable private citizen from being armed and able to stop the threat.

    Magazine Capacity Limit – Laws exist to prevent the purchase or import of magazines that hold more than 10 rounds. A newer law, Proposition 63, was put in place to apply this same limit to all previously grandfathered magazines. Proposition 63 currently is suspended pending further legal action. Despite claims that an “extended” magazine was used, this has not been made clear. To help understand this, please note the the standard magazine that comes with the Glock 21 when purchased in other states, holds 13 rounds. It is possible that 13 round magazines were used. It is possible that 10 round magazines were used. In either case, it is clear that the shooter changed the magazine. The answer as to what capacity magazine was used is not answered, yet. Even if an “extended” magazine were used, it would not have been a significant factor as it has been shown that changing a magazine takes less than second for a trained person. The law did not prevent the shooting.

    “Assault Weapon” Ban – This is another of the many laws put in place that did not impact this incident. I can go on and on about the many issues with this law, but that is for another day. The law did not prevent the shooting.

    Other Notes

    Police Off-Duty Policy – This is not a law, but it is important to note that all six off-duty law enforcement officers at the shooting were unarmed. I have heard that it is a policy that prevents them from carrying when off duty, but i have not confirmed this. Not a law, but it appears to have prevented a trained and capable law enforcement officer from stopping the threat.

    Time – The reports say that the initial shooting took about 2.5 minutes. I hope to see a better timeline, soon.

    Firearm – The Glock 21 used is not a firearm that would be banned or subject to any special legislation. It is a widely available handgun that is often used for home defense. This was not an evil looking “Assault Weapon.”

    Summary

    Shootings like this can happen anywhere, even in towns considered to be extremely safe. The inability for potential victims to respond leads to more victims. In this case, there were several unarmed law enforcement officers at the incident.

    I feel that it is horrible that the state of California has disarmed its citizens and made them more susceptible to these kind of shootings. It is even worse if the officers were unarmed because of some short-sighted policy.

  • Proper Training

    I have used chainsaws as analogy when discussing firearms, and now seems like a good time to use this analogy, again.

    I got my first chainsaw just a couple of years ago, so it is still semi-fresh in my mind.

    1. I opened up the box and took out the chainsaw and the owners manual. Yep, I did this with the last gun that I bought.
    2. I checked to make sure the chain was tensioned properly, and that it moved freely after disengaging the chain lock. I engaged the chain lock, again, and verified that the chain would not move freely. I then added the chain oil. When it comes to my last gun, I did a basic cleaning like the manual suggested after field stripping the gun, then a oiled it as suggested in the owner’s manual.
    3. I took the chainsaw outside, added some gas, put a log on my sawbuck, started the chainsaw, and made a couple of cuts. I put some more logs on the sawbuck and cut them up, too. For my gun, I took it outside, set up a target, loaded it, and then put a couple of magazines of ammo through it.

    This is where too many chainsaw and gun owners stop.

    Until you properly train with your chainsaw, you won’t understand how a tree will bind up on the chainsaw if you don’t learn how to use it and practice it. Cutting logs on the sawbuck really isn’t enough training. When it comes to cutting up a tree that has blocked your road, unless you have used that chainsaw in the field, you will have issues. You need to practice using your chainsaw under multiple conditions, including in the cold and the rain, and on different kinds of wood, dead-fall and live, Aspen, Pine, and Oak. You don’t know what kind of tree will be in the way and what the conditions will be like when you need to use that chainsaw.

    You need to train with your gun, and not just standing still on a range. You need to shoot from multiple positions. You need to learn how to use cover and concealment. You need to train in all weather conditions at all days of the day and the night. You need to train so that you are prepared for that time when your life depends on being able to:

    Move

    Draw

    Move

    Shoot

    Move

    Clear malfunctions

    Reload

    Move

    Notice a theme? You will not just be standing there if that time arrives, at least I hope you won’t just be standing there.

  • Proper Training

    I have used chainsaws as analogy when discussing firearms, and now seems like a good time to use this analogy, again.

    I got my first chainsaw just a couple of years ago, so it is still semi-fresh in my mind.

    1. I opened up the box and took out the chainsaw and the owners manual. Yep, I did this with the last gun that I bought.
    2. I checked to make sure the chain was tensioned properly, and that it moved freely after disengaging the chain lock. I engaged the chain lock, again, and verified that the chain would not move freely. I then added the chain oil. When it comes to my last gun, I did a basic cleaning like the manual suggested after field stripping the gun, then a oiled it as suggested in the owner’s manual.
    3. I took the chainsaw outside, added some gas, put a log on my sawbuck, started the chainsaw, and made a couple of cuts. I put some more logs on the sawbuck and cut them up, too. For my gun, I took it outside, set up a target, loaded it, and then put a couple of magazines of ammo through it.

    This is where too many chainsaw and gun owners stop.

    Until you properly train with your chainsaw, you won’t understand how a tree will bind up on the chainsaw if you don’t learn how to use it and practice it. Cutting logs on the sawbuck really isn’t enough training. When it comes to cutting up a tree that has blocked your road, unless you have used that chainsaw in the field, you will have issues. You need to practice using your chainsaw under multiple conditions, including in the cold and the rain, and on different kinds of wood, dead-fall and live, Aspen, Pine, and Oak. You don’t know what kind of tree will be in the way and what the conditions will be like when you need to use that chainsaw.

    You need to train with your gun, and not just standing still on a range. You need to shoot from multiple positions. You need to learn how to use cover and concealment. You need to train in all weather conditions at all days of the day and the night. You need to train so that you are prepared for that time when your life depends on being able to:

    Move

    Draw

    Move

    Shoot

    Move

    Clear malfunctions

    Reload

    Move

    Notice a theme? You will not just be standing there if that time arrives, at least I hope you won’t just be standing there.

  • Parking Lot Shooting in Florida

    The Short Version of the Story

    In case you had not seen this when it hit the news, a man was attacked, then shot and killed his attacker. Well, there is more to it, so here is the summary.

    It all started when Britany Jacobs was parked in a handicap spot, without the proper plate or permit. Michael Drejka,47, approached her and started yelling at her and berating her for the violation. Jacob’s boyfriend of many years, Markeis McGlockton, 28, was in the store and heard the commotion. McGlockton came out of the store and attacked Drejka. McGlockton threw Drejka to the ground. Drejka drew his gun and shot and killed McGlockton.

    The Long Version of the Story

    It doesn’t really matter that Drejka has a history of provoking trouble or that he had been charged with felonies in the past. Supposedly, Drejka had started a fight with another person, in the past, for parking in the same handicap parking spot.

    The long version of the story doesn’t really matter, at all. So, we will not discuss it, in any sort of depth, here.

    The Video

    In the video, Drejka approaches the car in the handicap spot at about 1:18 andimage you can see him looking at the front of the car, possibly checking the plates. He proceeds to point at Jacobs and talk to her, possibly yelling at her. At about 2:43, McGlockton comes out of the store and strides towards Drejka then shoves him to the ground, hard at about 2:49. Drejka gets up into a sitting position, with McGlocton standing and facing him, then Drejka begins to draw his gun at about 2:51 and aims it at McGlockton. McGlockton takes a couple of steps back at 2:52 and starts to turn towards the door of the store where he left one of his children. It appears that McGlockton yells something at Drejka. At 2:54, Drejka fires and hits McGlockton. McGlockton then runs back to the store’s door and enters the store where he dies.

    Quick Analysis

    I look at these shooting using an AOJ analysis.

    A – Ability. In this case McGlockton has the clear ability to harm Drejka. He was bigger, stronger, faster, etc, than Drejka and threw Drejka to the ground.

    O – Opportunity. Does the attacker, McGlockton, have the opportunity to use his ability against the defender, Drejka? The answer is pretty clear because he attacked Drejka.

    J – Jeopardy. Jeopardy means that the defender is under imminent threat of being killed or suffering serious bodily harm. The standard, in most cases, is that a reasonable person would feel in jeopardy in the same or in a similar situation. Having just been attacked, and his attacker within feet of him, it seems reasonable that Drejka felt the threat was imminent.

    It is pretty likely that Drejka will not be convicted of the manslaughter charge he currently faces. Opinions might be split on this case, only because some people feel that when McGlockton stepped back, that jeopardy was no longer in effect.

    There are many facts that we just do not know. For example, what did McGlockton say/yell when he stepped back and turned, slightly, towards the door of the store? For example, was he yelling at his child to stay in the store? Too much is unknown, but I think a reasonable person would act in a similar manner.

  • Don’t Get Shot by the Police

    Summary of the Incident

    The day before yesterday, about two miles from my home, there was a home invasion. A resident shot and killed the intruder. The resident was later shot and killed by a responding police officer.

    Tragic.

    More Detail – Not all of the Details

    The details haven’t been released, but so far we know that a naked man broke into the imagehome, attacked the 11 year old boy that lives there and tried to drown the child in a bath tub. The child’s father and his grandfather fought the intruder. The grandfather, a decorated veteran and former IRS agent, shot and killed the intruder, saving his grandson, and possibly his other family members, too. The mother of the child called 911 and gave them a description of her husband. There is no mention whether she also described the grandfather.

    In the end, the defender won. He killed the intruder.

    The responding police officer arrived on the scene of a reported invasion and a report of gunfire. As the officer approached the home, he saw a man inside with a gun. He fired. He killed the man, who happened to be the good guy that just defended his family.

    What Went Wrong?

    Like I stated, we don’t have all of the details. I will update this post as more information is made available.

    What could have been done to help prevent this tragedy would include:

    • The caller to 911 could have stayed on the line. She was not directly engaging the intruder. The child’s father and grandfather were fighting him off.
    • The caller to 911 could have fully described the grandfather as well as the father.
    • The grandfather could have placed his gun down once the intruder was stopped.
    • The officer could have drawn and aimed, without firing, as he assessed the situation.

    What We Don’t Know

    We have to understand, that at this point, we don’t know:

    • What the officer saw at the scene. Was the grandfather pointing the gun at the intruder? Was he, somehow, pointing in the direction of the officer? Was the officer wearing a body cam?
    • Whether there were multiple intruders. The mother stated that more intruders came into the home during the confrontation.
    • The timing. Were shots fired as the officer approached the house? That will change many of the circumstances and the need for immediate action.
    • The information provided by the mother, the caller. She may have given great descriptions of everyone in the home. She might not have done that.
    • Whether the mother stayed on the line with 911 while the responding officer arrived.
    • Whether the mother met the responding officer out in front of the home or not.
    • The information provided by the 911 operator to the officer. If good descriptions were given, were they shared with the officer on the scene as he approached?

    Conclusion

    We need to have an open mind about what happened, and we need to keep an open mind until all of the details are in.

    Instead, I am seeing the typical statements being made about how horribly trained the police are and how the officer didn’t evaluate the situation before firing. I am hearing that the police are conspiring to change the reality of the situation to protect the officer that was involved. Of course, those making these statements don’t have a clue, and have anti-police biases, but that doesn’t matter when they are poisoning the minds of others.

    We, as defenders, need to understand how to respond after a shooting. What is most important is that we make sure the police have a good description of us, so we are not mistaken as the bad guy. If possible, we should disarm ourselves before the police arrive so we do not appear to be a threat. We also need to treat the responding officer with respect and follow all instructions.

    Basically, don’t be a threat to the police and make it clear that you are the good guy.

  • Don’t Get Shot by the Police

    Summary of the Incident

    The day before yesterday, about two miles from my home, there was a home invasion. A resident shot and killed the intruder. The resident was later shot and killed by a responding police officer.

    Tragic.

    More Detail – Not all of the Details

    The details haven’t been released, but so far we know that a naked man broke into the imagehome, attacked the 11 year old boy that lives there and tried to drown the child in a bath tub. The child’s father and his grandfather fought the intruder. The grandfather, a decorated veteran and former IRS agent, shot and killed the intruder, saving his grandson, and possibly his other family members, too. The mother of the child called 911 and gave them a description of her husband. There is no mention whether she also described the grandfather.

    In the end, the defender won. He killed the intruder.

    The responding police officer arrived on the scene of a reported invasion and a report of gunfire. As the officer approached the home, he saw a man inside with a gun. He fired. He killed the man, who happened to be the good guy that just defended his family.

    What Went Wrong?

    Like I stated, we don’t have all of the details. I will update this post as more information is made available.

    What could have been done to help prevent this tragedy would include:

    • The caller to 911 could have stayed on the line. She was not directly engaging the intruder. The child’s father and grandfather were fighting him off.
    • The caller to 911 could have fully described the grandfather as well as the father.
    • The grandfather could have placed his gun down once the intruder was stopped.
    • The officer could have drawn and aimed, without firing, as he assessed the situation.

    What We Don’t Know

    We have to understand, that at this point, we don’t know:

    • What the officer saw at the scene. Was the grandfather pointing the gun at the intruder? Was he, somehow, pointing in the direction of the officer? Was the officer wearing a body cam?
    • Whether there were multiple intruders. The mother stated that more intruders came into the home during the confrontation.
    • The timing. Were shots fired as the officer approached the house? That will change many of the circumstances and the need for immediate action.
    • The information provided by the mother, the caller. She may have given great descriptions of everyone in the home. She might not have done that.
    • Whether the mother stayed on the line with 911 while the responding officer arrived.
    • Whether the mother met the responding officer out in front of the home or not.
    • The information provided by the 911 operator to the officer. If good descriptions were given, were they shared with the officer on the scene as he approached?

    Conclusion

    We need to have an open mind about what happened, and we need to keep an open mind until all of the details are in.

    Instead, I am seeing the typical statements being made about how horribly trained the police are and how the officer didn’t evaluate the situation before firing. I am hearing that the police are conspiring to change the reality of the situation to protect the officer that was involved. Of course, those making these statements don’t have a clue, and have anti-police biases, but that doesn’t matter when they are poisoning the minds of others.

    We, as defenders, need to understand how to respond after a shooting. What is most important is that we make sure the police have a good description of us, so we are not mistaken as the bad guy. If possible, we should disarm ourselves before the police arrive so we do not appear to be a threat. We also need to treat the responding officer with respect and follow all instructions.

    Basically, don’t be a threat to the police and make it clear that you are the good guy.

  • Not Everyone Gets Bananas

    Yeah, it doesn’t sound like this has to do with self-defense, but hang in there with me for a bit.

    I was watching the movie, Gringos, and one of the main characters, Ricard, the CEO, tries to put the other main character, Harold, his friend and employee, in his place by providing an analogy/story. Bananas

    “Have I told you about the two gorillas?” Richard asks. “I read it in this book. Two gorillas, right? And every day they get fed carrots and every day they eat the carrots, no problem. Chomp, chomp, chomp–so delicious! Except one day, the handler, he gives one of the gorillas a banana and the other guy still gets his carrots. He doesn’t want to eat the carrots, because he sees the other guy eat the banana. You know what I’m saying? Harold, eat your fucking carrots.”

    I hope you are still with me. I still have a bit to go before I actually get to a point.

    Motivations

    Many of us eat carrots and bananas. We like the occasional banana, and we love eating our bananas. Those that eat nothing but carrots would be happy with their carrots, in most cases, until they see our bananas. How do some people get bananas and others don’t? Well, that doesn’t really matter to the ones that want bananas and instead have to eat carrots. They want those fucking bananas.

    Actions

    There are a few ways to get bananas:

    1. Work hard, save, budget, and then purchase bananas every now and then
    2. Forget about the above and spend whatever you have on carrots and ignore your other responsibilities in life
    3. Take bananas from others

    Obviously, those that are not willing or capable of option 1, and have found that option 2 is not sustainable, may choose option number 3.

    Results

    So, let’s take this to self defense.

    Some gorillas will jump the gorillas that have bananas and take them. Aggressive and anti-social gorillas use violence to get what they want.

    The question that we have to ask ourselves is whether our bananas are worth defending with deadly force. Of course, remember, it is an analogy and I would never advocate using deadly force to protect bananas.

  • What Defense Round Should I Carry?

    “Sticks and stones may break my bones, but hollow points expand on impact.” I teach this saying to every student.

    There is a ton of stuff written about the testing of defense ammo and what works best. Many of the different studies try to compare the different rounds to identify the best defense rounds. Of course, some of them say to use X and some of them say to use Y. On a side note, NONE of the credible articles recommend using the stupid and worthless G2 Research RIP round.

    I will take a shot (pun intended) to answer this question. The answer is, “It depends!”

    The Goal

    If, hopefully it does not happen, you must shoot to defend yourself or your loved ones, there are a few very important goals:

    • Achieving a Good Hit – You must hit a vital area that will result in the attacker(s) stopping the attack.
    • Deep Penetration – The bullet must penetrate any barriers between you and the target, and go deep enough into the attacker’s body to do the damage required to stop the attack.
    • Not Over Penetration – Yeah, I could have combined it with the one, above, but sometimes, it is important reinforce the concept of penetration. Over penetration is a huge concern. If the bullet passes through the attacker, and hits an innocent person, that is, potentially, worse that missing the attacker.

    The Factors

    I have given it a great deal of thought, and what I believe are the most important factors when it comes to the choice of defense rounds. I believe the following are the most important factors to consider:

    Comfortable to Shoot – It is important that the round be something that you can shoot, comfortably, and accurately. Many people choose +P rounds to get the extra velocity, and the extra energy. However, with the extra energy comes the extra recoil and extra snappiness. Obviously, if you are under stress, it is not exactly in your best interest to use a round that does not react the same way as the rounds used when practicing.

    Energy – The amount of energy is the one measurement that is easy to compare from one round to another, despite the caliber. 

    Penetration – The FBI protocol calls for between 12-18” of penetration in 10% ballistics gel. The idea is that there is sufficient penetration to reach vital organs or the central nervous system, without over penetrating. Many of the different tests used try to measure common barriers like heavy clothing and glass. Some bullets can become clogged with heavy clothing which can prevent their expansion.

    Stopping Power – There really isn’t any such thing as stopping power, however, it is a common term. What is really measured is the transfer of energy from the bullet to the target, which is often achieved through expansion of the bullet once it hits the target’s flesh. The material of the bullet is a significant factor in the expansion of the bullet, and the transfer of energy. For example, an all lead bullet will expand, quickly, and may not achieve the necessary penetration, while a full metal jacket (FMJ) will not expand and not transfer energy. The FMJ will most likely over penetrate the target. The preferred bullet is a jacketed hollow point (JHP).

    Weight Retention – The bullet must retain its weight, and not shed the jacket which will result in poor penetration.

    Wound Cavity – The energy, the expansion, penetration, and weight retention of the bullet all contribute to the size of the wound cavity. A larger wound cavity will cause more damage to vital organs and the central nervous system. The greater the wound, the more likely the attacker will be stopped.

    Barrel– The type and length of the barrel of the gun that you have chosen will also have an impact on the type of ammo that works best. The FBI tests were performed using full sized service guns, not subcompact and compact guns.

    Recommendations

    I highly recommend that everyone visits the Lucky Gunner Labs site. It is an excellent source for researching the different rounds available.

    Personally, I have found that the go-to defense ammo choices for 9mm include the following, but you may find different top contenders for .40 and .45 caliber:

    • Federal HST 147 or 150 grain – These are generally acknowledged as the top choice.

    image


    • Banes TAC-XPD 115 grain
    • Corbon 115 grain
    • Magtech Guardian Gold 115 grain
    • Remington Golden Saber 124 or 147 grain
    • Sig Sauer V-Crown 124 grain
    • Speer Gold Dot 124 and 147 grain
    • Winchester Ranger T-Series 147 grain
  • What Defense Round Should I Carry?

    “Sticks and stones may break my bones, but hollow points expand on impact.” I teach this saying to every student.

    There is a ton of stuff written about the testing of defense ammo and what works best. Many of the different studies try to compare the different rounds to identify the best defense rounds. Of course, some of them say to use X and some of them say to use Y. On a side note, NONE of the credible articles recommend using the stupid and worthless G2 Research RIP round.

    I will take a shot (pun intended) to answer this question. The answer is, “It depends!”

    The Goal

    If, hopefully it does not happen, you must shoot to defend yourself or your loved ones, there are a few very important goals:

    • Achieving a Good Hit – You must hit a vital area that will result in the attacker(s) stopping the attack.
    • Deep Penetration – The bullet must penetrate any barriers between you and the target, and go deep enough into the attacker’s body to do the damage required to stop the attack.
    • Not Over Penetration – Yeah, I could have combined it with the one, above, but sometimes, it is important reinforce the concept of penetration. Over penetration is a huge concern. If the bullet passes through the attacker, and hits an innocent person, that is, potentially, worse that missing the attacker.

    The Factors

    I have given it a great deal of thought, and what I believe are the most important factors when it comes to the choice of defense rounds. I believe the following are the most important factors to consider:

    Comfortable to Shoot – It is important that the round be something that you can shoot, comfortably, and accurately. Many people choose +P rounds to get the extra velocity, and the extra energy. However, with the extra energy comes the extra recoil and extra snappiness. Obviously, if you are under stress, it is not exactly in your best interest to use a round that does not react the same way as the rounds used when practicing.

    Energy – The amount of energy is the one measurement that is easy to compare from one round to another, despite the caliber. 

    Penetration – The FBI protocol calls for between 12-18” of penetration in 10% ballistics gel. The idea is that there is sufficient penetration to reach vital organs or the central nervous system, without over penetrating. Many of the different tests used try to measure common barriers like heavy clothing and glass. Some bullets can become clogged with heavy clothing which can prevent their expansion.

    Stopping Power – There really isn’t any such thing as stopping power, however, it is a common term. What is really measured is the transfer of energy from the bullet to the target, which is often achieved through expansion of the bullet once it hits the target’s flesh. The material of the bullet is a significant factor in the expansion of the bullet, and the transfer of energy. For example, an all lead bullet will expand, quickly, and may not achieve the necessary penetration, while a full metal jacket (FMJ) will not expand and not transfer energy. The FMJ will most likely over penetrate the target. The preferred bullet is a jacketed hollow point (JHP).

    Weight Retention – The bullet must retain its weight, and not shed the jacket which will result in poor penetration.

    Wound Cavity – The energy, the expansion, penetration, and weight retention of the bullet all contribute to the size of the wound cavity. A larger wound cavity will cause more damage to vital organs and the central nervous system. The greater the wound, the more likely the attacker will be stopped.

    Barrel– The type and length of the barrel of the gun that you have chosen will also have an impact on the type of ammo that works best. The FBI tests were performed using full sized service guns, not subcompact and compact guns.

    Recommendations

    I highly recommend that everyone visits the Lucky Gunner Labs site. It is an excellent source for researching the different rounds available.

    Personally, I have found that the go-to defense ammo choices for 9mm include the following, but you may find different top contenders for .40 and .45 caliber:

    • Federal HST 147 or 150 grain – These are generally acknowledged as the top choice.

    image


    • Banes TAC-XPD 115 grain
    • Corbon 115 grain
    • Magtech Guardian Gold 115 grain
    • Remington Golden Saber 124 or 147 grain
    • Sig Sauer V-Crown 124 grain
    • Speer Gold Dot 124 and 147 grain
    • Winchester Ranger T-Series 147 grain
  • Honor Guard–A Review

    I haven’t done a review on a product in ages. It just isn’t something that I do very often.

    About two months ago, I bought an Honor Guard model HG9SCMS. Why? HG Left (2)_LIWhy not? I own several small, single stack, concealed carry firearms, so adding one more from a different vendor just made sense to me.

    Note: I just put 200 rounds through this gun, today, and it hasn’t been cleaned, so forgive any carbon or other dirt that shows in the pics. I wanted to get this blog out, tonight.

    Currently, I also have the following carry guns, just for comparison:

    • Glock 19
    • Glock 26
    • Glock 43
    • Smith & Wesson M&P Shield 9mm
    • Sig P238

    I have several full sized service handguns, too.

    Long story, somewhat short, I bought the Honor Guard as a demo gun, to show the features that people should consider when buying a concealed handgun. The features, include:

    • Ambidextrous Controls – Not just the slideHG Right stop lever, but also the manual safety, and the magazine release are available on both sides of the gun. It is so much easier to demonstrate the firing grip, magazine changes, and malfunctions for both righties and lefties using the same gun. Notice the controls as shown on the right side of the gun.
    • Grip Stippling – The OEM stippling is perfect. I am not a fan of stipple jobs, but this stippling is just aggressive enough to ensure a good grip while not chewing up your hands. HG Crown
    • Crowned Muzzle – I don’t think I have seen this, before, on a factory gun that isn’t on an upgraded model that costs more than the stock version. I may be wrong, but it jumped out at me. It is a nice feature that you won’t find on most carry guns. A good crowned muzzle will improve accuracy, but, let’s face it, most of us won’t notice the difference. I don’t, at least I am pretty sure I don’t.
    • Manual Safety – Yes, it is for demo, so I bought it with the safety. However, thinking about it, I probably would have purchased the model with the safety because I don’t like the way the blanks look on the gun where the safety would go, if it were not installed. Having the safety will help it appeal to more people, especially for those using purse carry, as the extra layer of safety. If I get to the point where I carry the gun, I probably won’t engage the safety.
    • Great Sights – I might be exaggerating a bit here, but I have several HG SightsGlocks, and I haHG Sights2te having to install better sights as I hate the stock sights on Glocks. Something that makes the sights even better is that they use the exact same sights as a Glock 43, so you will have lots of options if you want to upgrade the sights, further. I will probably add the Glock OEM night sights to this, later. Another note on the sights, the rear sight has a nice ledge, making it easier to do one handed reloads and malfunction manipulations.
    • Nice Grip Length – My main complaint with smaller concealed carry guns is that I can’t get my big manly hands fully on the grip. The extended 8 round mag is perfect for me.
    • Serial Number on Action, not Frame – I have to admit that this is one feature that I love on the Sig P320. The chassis can be removed and put into different frames since the serial number is on the chassis. Honor Defense sells different frames, including the FIST (it has a front end muzzle stand off), for a very reasonable fee.
    • Trigger – No odd safety blade. It is a nice smooth trigger that reminds me HG Triggerof the Sig P365. However, the trigger is not as nice as the P365. It is still a damned good trigger.
    • Slide Serrations – I know many people don’t like doing press checks using the front of the slide. I do. I teach it, as well as the rear grip method. You can see, in the front sight picture, that the serrations go clear across the top of the slide, too.

    Most Important Features

    Reliable – Yep, damned right it is reliable. So far, no malfunctions! I have used several types and weights of ammo, without any issues. Lots of defense ammo, and lots of jacketed practice ammo, as well as Syntech have gone through this gun. 

    Accurate – While I say that I really don’t notice the impact of the crowned muzzle, I have to say that I have, absolutely, noticed the accuracy of this gun. It is amazing! I was ringing steel all day, earlier today, from over 40 yards. While I don’t recommend practicing at that distance, I kept stretch it out further and further both left handed and right handed.

    Concealable – Being a single stack, this gun conceals nicely. I would like to see more holsters available, but I have found a couple of nice IWB kydex holsters for it, and they are working fine for training. Once I get a few more hundred rounds on this gun, it may become my go-to every day carry.

    Safe???? I bring this up because there has been a great deal made of the drop safety failing, like the Sig P320. It appears that there is a fix available, though, that improves the drop safety well above and beyond industry requirements. Of course, if you slam your gun down so hard that it can be simulated with a hammer, then I guess it is something to consider.

    Warranty – Honor Defense recently announced that they now have a limited lifetime warranty. The warranty applies to everything they have made, including guns made before the announcement.

    Summary

    Yes. I love it.

  • Honor Guard–A Review

    I haven’t done a review on a product in ages. It just isn’t something that I do very often.

    About two months ago, I bought an Honor Guard model HG9SCMS. Why? HG Left (2)_LIWhy not? I own several small, single stack, concealed carry firearms, so adding one more from a different vendor just made sense to me.

    Note: I just put 200 rounds through this gun, today, and it hasn’t been cleaned, so forgive any carbon or other dirt that shows in the pics. I wanted to get this blog out, tonight.

    Currently, I also have the following carry guns, just for comparison:

    • Glock 19
    • Glock 26
    • Glock 43
    • Smith & Wesson M&P Shield 9mm
    • Sig P238

    I have several full sized service handguns, too.

    Long story, somewhat short, I bought the Honor Guard as a demo gun, to show the features that people should consider when buying a concealed handgun. The features, include:

    • Ambidextrous Controls – Not just the slideHG Right stop lever, but also the manual safety, and the magazine release are available on both sides of the gun. It is so much easier to demonstrate the firing grip, magazine changes, and malfunctions for both righties and lefties using the same gun. Notice the controls as shown on the right side of the gun.
    • Grip Stippling – The OEM stippling is perfect. I am not a fan of stipple jobs, but this stippling is just aggressive enough to ensure a good grip while not chewing up your hands. HG Crown
    • Crowned Muzzle – I don’t think I have seen this, before, on a factory gun that isn’t on an upgraded model that costs more than the stock version. I may be wrong, but it jumped out at me. It is a nice feature that you won’t find on most carry guns. A good crowned muzzle will improve accuracy, but, let’s face it, most of us won’t notice the difference. I don’t, at least I am pretty sure I don’t.
    • Manual Safety – Yes, it is for demo, so I bought it with the safety. However, thinking about it, I probably would have purchased the model with the safety because I don’t like the way the blanks look on the gun where the safety would go, if it were not installed. Having the safety will help it appeal to more people, especially for those using purse carry, as the extra layer of safety. If I get to the point where I carry the gun, I probably won’t engage the safety.
    • Great Sights – I might be exaggerating a bit here, but I have several HG SightsGlocks, and I haHG Sights2te having to install better sights as I hate the stock sights on Glocks. Something that makes the sights even better is that they use the exact same sights as a Glock 43, so you will have lots of options if you want to upgrade the sights, further. I will probably add the Glock OEM night sights to this, later. Another note on the sights, the rear sight has a nice ledge, making it easier to do one handed reloads and malfunction manipulations.
    • Nice Grip Length – My main complaint with smaller concealed carry guns is that I can’t get my big manly hands fully on the grip. The extended 8 round mag is perfect for me.
    • Serial Number on Action, not Frame – I have to admit that this is one feature that I love on the Sig P320. The chassis can be removed and put into different frames since the serial number is on the chassis. Honor Defense sells different frames, including the FIST (it has a front end muzzle stand off), for a very reasonable fee.
    • Trigger – No odd safety blade. It is a nice smooth trigger that reminds me HG Triggerof the Sig P365. However, the trigger is not as nice as the P365. It is still a damned good trigger.
    • Slide Serrations – I know many people don’t like doing press checks using the front of the slide. I do. I teach it, as well as the rear grip method. You can see, in the front sight picture, that the serrations go clear across the top of the slide, too.

    Most Important Features

    Reliable – Yep, damned right it is reliable. So far, no malfunctions! I have used several types and weights of ammo, without any issues. Lots of defense ammo, and lots of jacketed practice ammo, as well as Syntech have gone through this gun. 

    Accurate – While I say that I really don’t notice the impact of the crowned muzzle, I have to say that I have, absolutely, noticed the accuracy of this gun. It is amazing! I was ringing steel all day, earlier today, from over 40 yards. While I don’t recommend practicing at that distance, I kept stretch it out further and further both left handed and right handed.

    Concealable – Being a single stack, this gun conceals nicely. I would like to see more holsters available, but I have found a couple of nice IWB kydex holsters for it, and they are working fine for training. Once I get a few more hundred rounds on this gun, it may become my go-to every day carry.

    Safe???? I bring this up because there has been a great deal made of the drop safety failing, like the Sig P320. It appears that there is a fix available, though, that improves the drop safety well above and beyond industry requirements. Of course, if you slam your gun down so hard that it can be simulated with a hammer, then I guess it is something to consider.

    Warranty – Honor Defense recently announced that they now have a limited lifetime warranty. The warranty applies to everything they have made, including guns made before the announcement.

    Summary

    Yes. I love it.

  • Red Flag Law–What is this?

    Updated January 19, 2020 to include actual law and recent events – Original post May 3, 2018

    In Colorado, they passed the following laws:

    • 13-14.5-103, Temporary Extreme Risk Protection Orders
    • 13-14.5-104. Petition for Extreme Risk Protection Order
    • 13-14.5-107. Termination or Renewal of Protection Orders

    The laws went into affect on January 1, 2020. It took less than three weeks for the laws to be abused. While many of us predicted that they would be abused, I don’t think very many saw it happening so quickly, and so overtly, without any punishment for the person that abused the laws by lying to the court.

    Summary of the Law

    Who can file?

    • Family member
    • Household member
    • Law enforcement officer or agency

    What is filed?

    • Petition with affidavit signed by petitioner sworn under oath and under penalty of perjury
    • Must be filed in county where respondent lives

    When is it heard by the court?

    • The day the petition is filed or the day after the petition is filed.

    Who is present during the hearing?

    • Judge to rule on petition
    • Petitioner and any witnesses

    What is presented?

    • Oral testimony
    • Written testimony
    • Supporting documentation

    What are the potential results of the hearing?

    • A temporary EPRO is issued is sufficient evidence is provided
    • If the temporary ERPO is issued, a hearing date is set to be no later than 14 days after approval, if approved
    • If the temporary ERPO is denied, the reason for the denial is provided by the court
    • If the respondent fails to appear, an ERPO may be issued for up to 364 days.

    What happens if the temporary ERPO is issued?

    • The respondent is served with notice of the temporary ERPO being issued
    • The respondent is served with a search warrant and all firearms are seized
    • The hearing date is provided, within 14 days of the issued temporary ERPO

    What happens at the hearing?

    • Petitioner and respondent present evidence
    • Court rules
    • If the court rules in favor of petitioner, an ERPO is issued for up to 364 days.

    What is next for the respondent if they have an ERPO issued against them?

    • Respondent can petition the court, once, in writing, to terminate the ERPO, and the court must schedule a hearing within 14 days.
    • The court could rule to terminate or extend the hearing to a date that they would consider terminating the ERPO.

    What happens when the ERPO is set to expire?

    • Notice is provided to the respondent 63 days before expiration.
    • Petitioner can request a renewal.
    • If a renewal is requested, the respondent can request a hearing within 14 days of the requested renewal.

    Issues with the Laws

    Definition of Family  – The definitions are pretty loose and allow too many people, without proper standing and valid knowledge, to file petitions as weapons in other legal matters such as divorce or child support requests.

    • Person related by blood, marriage, or adoption to the respondent
    • Person who has a child in common with the respondent, regardless of whether such person has been married to the respondent or has lived together with the respondent at any time
    • Person who regularly resides or regularly resided with the respondent within the last six months
    • Domestic partner of the respondent
    • Person who has a biological or legal parent-child relationship with the respondent, including stepparents and stepchildren and grandparents and grandchildren
    • Person who is acting or has acted as the respondent’s legal guardian

    Abuse – There are several examples of abuse of these laws around the country. I guarantee that there are many out there, and will be many more, but there are clear motivations for people to abuse the laws, and, in most cases, they will never be charged with perjury.

    • Legal conflicts – There is a case where a doctor didn’t like how a patient that was suffering from chronic pain gave him a bad review and became upset at his care.
    • Attempts to get revenge – A woman in Colorado tried to use the law to get revenge against a law enforcement officer that killed her son.
    • Misunderstandings – There is a case where an elderly veteran was Red Flagged because of something that somebody thought they heard.

    Rights Violation – The respondent’s rights are not protected and are clearly violated. The respondent has no recourse and no opportunity to defend themselves in the initial hearing. Unlike a Temporary Restraining Order (TRO), the ERPO results in a visit from law enforcement, which might involve them crashing through a locked door, and taking physical property.

    Right to Self Defense – One of the bigger issues to me is that firearms are great tools for those that are smaller, weaker, and slower to defend themselves against those with ill-intent. The ERPO would remove the person’s ability to defend themselves, and they are a more likely victim when others see the seizure and the seizure becomes public record. An ERPO takes away the natural right to self defense.

    Risk to Law Enforcement – The bill is supposed to reduce law enforcement, as well as others, from exposure to violence, but when law enforcement comes crashing into a home where guns exist, they are put at great risk. Logic is lacking.

    Significant Risk” – This is not defined and becomes incredibly subjective. Activist judges will be all over this one, and will most likely abuse it.

    Health Record Privacy – If health records are used by the petitioner, it will likely be a violation of existing privacy laws. I can already see family members violating those rights when seeking an ERPO. Of course, it is very unlikely that the petitioners that violate those privacy laws will ever be prosecuted.

    Punishment – There are no clear punishments outlined for those that abuse the law and use it to act out against others. For example, when somebody sues for divorce, and the other person goes to court and gets an TRO without real reason, it is granted and the petitioner is never punished for the false filing. The ERPO, can also be abused, and I expect it would be used as a significant weapon is divorce proceedings and child custody fights. Not only will the ERPO cost the respondent, directly, it will most likely impact the divorce and child custody cases. Not only is there that impact, but it could then be used in all future issues between divorcing couples and domestic partners with children.

    Summary

    These Red Flag laws can be easily abused, and too many of the concerns are not addressed in the legislation.

    https://www.westernjournal.com/woman-abuses-red-flag-law-lies-innocent-man-guns-confiscated/

  • You. It is All About You.

    I know, it is an odd title, but the point of this post is to remind everyone that learning and practicing with your concealed handgun is your responsibility, and you are the one that will benefit. It isn’t about the community. It isn’t about others. It is all about you. Another way to say it is: You are responsible for you.

    We can’t depend on our friends and family to be there when shit hits the fan to back us up and help us. We can’t depend on them to keep up their training so they will be able to help, even if they are there at the key time. Nobody is coming to your rescue, most likely. The person that may be there to help may not be qualified to help and may be more of a hindrance. The odds are pretty good that when you need to defend yourself, and your loved ones, you will be all on your own, and it will be all about you. Remember:

    • Police response times are horrible.
    • Police have no duty to protect us.
    • We can’t depend on others.
    • There is nobody riding in on a white horse with the Calvary right behind them to save the day.

    Carrying a concealed firearm is a big responsibility, and you need to prepare yourself. Of course, we hope that day never arises, but if it does, you don’t want to be “kind of” prepared. You want to be better at using violence than the evil attacker(s) that are the threat. The threat might be to you, your loved ones, or other innocents. Of course, you need to know whether you will insert yourself into situations involving innocent strangers or not, but that decision doesn’t change the need to be prepared.

    “Violence is never the answer.” Every time somebody says that, I want to smack them. It is a stupid quote. I will be clear: VIOLENCE CAN BE THE ANSWER. If violence is the answer, you better be damned good at it. You should be be able to turn on the switch and deal out violence when it is the answer, or you may fail the test of life. One of my new favorite sayings is:

    “You need to fight like you are the third monkey trying to get on Noah’s ark.”

    Preparing

    Preparation isn’t easy. It takes work. It requires that you dedicate time and money to learn and practice. Nobody is a natural. Some people may have steadier hands or may be stronger, but everyone needs to prepare for the fateful day that we hope never arrives.

    Learn to shoot, safely – Yes, you need to know how to shoot if you are WP_20140325_002 (2)going to carry a concealed firearm. You should take many classes. You should take the same class over and over to make sure you learn the information as well as you can. You should learn from multiple people and multiple training companies. Part of shooting, safely, is being accurate. You want to make sure you hit your target and do not hit innocent bystanders.

    Train with different companies and people so you can learn from many perspectives and utilize what works for you.

    Learn the law – Remember, it is up to you to understand the laws that apply to you when it comes to using deadly force.  As part of learning the law, you need to understand how it would apply to many different circumstances. It is your knowledge of the law and when you can deal out violence that must be ingrained in your thought processes. The laws vary, somewhat, between states and cities, so make sure you are aware of those laws.

    Choose  a system – When carrying concealed, it is important that you take into account all of the pieces of the system, including:

    • Your firearm – Your handgun should be reliable and fit your requirements for the size, capacity, and ease of use. You should, also, have a round chambered. When it is time to be violent, you won’t have time to prepare your gun by racking the slide.
    • Holster – Your holster should cover the trigger and trigger guard, it should hold your gun in a stable position, it should have enough retention to keep the gun in the holster, and it should protect the gun from the environment.
    • Holster alternatives – There are lots of options out there. Whether you use a purse to carry your gun, a belly band, or some other solution, you need to practice with it, and whatever solution you use, it should meet the same requirements of a holster.
    • Belt – Your belt, assuming you are using a belt mounted holster, should be strong enough to carry the weight of your firearm and extra magazine(s) without drooping. There are many quality belts that are reinforced and will hold us to years of use.
    • Extra magazine – Yes, you should carry an extra magazine whenever possible.
    • Other items – You may want to include a knife, a handheld light, and maybe even a small medical kit.

    Open hand skills – This is a tough one. The many martial arts schools out there just don’t teach you to use violence. They teach their forms, their kata. They don’t teach you how to do whatever you need to do to win. However, basic open hand skills can be gained from pretty much all martial arts schools. You need to learn how to gain distance so you can deploy your knife or gun and gain the advantage right away. You need to learn how to protect yourself if your attacker gets in close.

    Improve your fitness – This is an area where I am working hard to improve. Losing weight, being more active, and doing what you can so you won’t be breathing heavy when you get up too fast. Physical fitness is vital when it comes to self-defense. It becomes more important when it comes to using open hand skills. Mental fitness is a completely different, and very valuable, component of your fitness levels. I include the following when it comes to mental fitness:

    • Combat mind-set – This is the mindset necessary to be victorious. It is a combination of “awareness, anticipation, concentration, and coolness.” Jeff Cooper has written some great material on his perspective. I strongly suggest reading his article on The Combat Mind-Set. However, if you want to hear him explain it, go here.
    • Awareness – Cooper’s color code of awareness really doesn’t have anything to do with alertness as much as it has to do with the person’s state of mind. Our awareness of our surroundings should change based on what we observe. I know it sounds confusing, but Jeff Cooper is the best person to explain it. The easies way to explain it is that your ability to change gears and turn on that “violence” or become lethal may be slower or quicker based upon what level of awareness you are practicing. 
    • Running scenarios – You are walking from your car in the parking lot to the grocery store door. Somebody approaches you, what are the scenarios that you have played out, before, so that you know exactly what you will do based on how that person acts? You should run those type of scenarios in your head so you will not be caught by surprise and can respond without having to evaluate the scenario at that moment.
    • Being right with life – I thought about this one before putting it to paper. I have heard some people refer to it as being right with God, being spiritually right, and being prepared. I am not sure how to best communicate it, but in my life, I make sure that the people around me know how much I love them, my finances are in order to support my family in the event I am no longer around, and I have done my best to teach my children to live good lives. If I have to resort to violence, and lose, I will at least know that I did my best in my life as well as at the end.

    Practice – Practice sounds like it is common sense, but we don’t really practice how we should. We should train as we will fight. That means we should train in all weather and lighting conditions. We should be using movement. We really need to up our game when it comes to proper training so that you will be ready and able to become violent when it is time. Practice your malfunctions so they are second nature. Practice your open hand skills whenever you can. Make sure you don’t wait for a friend to be free to practice with you, after all, it is all about you.

    Prepare for the Aftermath – Assuming we do everything we can to survive, and we deal out violence better than our attackers and prevail, there is still the legal aftermath. Don’t forget to have a good attorney and legal plan to protect yourself. Minimize jail time, as you will most likely be arrested, and minimize the financial impact. There are several very good carry insurance companies out there. I highly recommend that you research them and understand what will work best for you.

    Lifestyle

    You will have to make changes to your lifestyle. There really isn’t any way around that. You can’t decide to protect yourself and others some days and not others. You will, most likely, need to make changes to your wardrobe. You will probably need to change where you travel because of limitations to the ability to protect yourself and your loved ones. Of course, by spending money buying the best equipment for yourself, and spending money on training, it will mean that you won’t be eating out very often. Or am I the only one that spends hundreds of dollars every month on ammo?

    Remember, you can’t predict the future, near or distant. If you could, you would be rich.

    Your skills might be needed at any moment in time, and when the answer is violence, you need to pass the test.

  • You. It is All About You.

    I know, it is an odd title, but the point of this post is to remind everyone that learning and practicing with your concealed handgun is your responsibility, and you are the one that will benefit. It isn’t about the community. It isn’t about others. It is all about you. Another way to say it is: You are responsible for you.

    We can’t depend on our friends and family to be there when shit hits the fan to back us up and help us. We can’t depend on them to keep up their training so they will be able to help, even if they are there at the key time. Nobody is coming to your rescue, most likely. The person that may be there to help may not be qualified to help and may be more of a hindrance. The odds are pretty good that when you need to defend yourself, and your loved ones, you will be all on your own, and it will be all about you. Remember:

    • Police response times are horrible.
    • Police have no duty to protect us.
    • We can’t depend on others.
    • There is nobody riding in on a white horse with the Calvary right behind them to save the day.

    Carrying a concealed firearm is a big responsibility, and you need to prepare yourself. Of course, we hope that day never arises, but if it does, you don’t want to be “kind of” prepared. You want to be better at using violence than the evil attacker(s) that are the threat. The threat might be to you, your loved ones, or other innocents. Of course, you need to know whether you will insert yourself into situations involving innocent strangers or not, but that decision doesn’t change the need to be prepared.

    “Violence is never the answer.” Every time somebody says that, I want to smack them. It is a stupid quote. I will be clear: VIOLENCE CAN BE THE ANSWER. If violence is the answer, you better be damned good at it. You should be be able to turn on the switch and deal out violence when it is the answer, or you may fail the test of life. One of my new favorite sayings is:

    “You need to fight like you are the third monkey trying to get on Noah’s ark.”

    Preparing

    Preparation isn’t easy. It takes work. It requires that you dedicate time and money to learn and practice. Nobody is a natural. Some people may have steadier hands or may be stronger, but everyone needs to prepare for the fateful day that we hope never arrives.

    Learn to shoot, safely – Yes, you need to know how to shoot if you are WP_20140325_002 (2)going to carry a concealed firearm. You should take many classes. You should take the same class over and over to make sure you learn the information as well as you can. You should learn from multiple people and multiple training companies. Part of shooting, safely, is being accurate. You want to make sure you hit your target and do not hit innocent bystanders.

    Train with different companies and people so you can learn from many perspectives and utilize what works for you.

    Learn the law – Remember, it is up to you to understand the laws that apply to you when it comes to using deadly force.  As part of learning the law, you need to understand how it would apply to many different circumstances. It is your knowledge of the law and when you can deal out violence that must be ingrained in your thought processes. The laws vary, somewhat, between states and cities, so make sure you are aware of those laws.

    Choose  a system – When carrying concealed, it is important that you take into account all of the pieces of the system, including:

    • Your firearm – Your handgun should be reliable and fit your requirements for the size, capacity, and ease of use. You should, also, have a round chambered. When it is time to be violent, you won’t have time to prepare your gun by racking the slide.
    • Holster – Your holster should cover the trigger and trigger guard, it should hold your gun in a stable position, it should have enough retention to keep the gun in the holster, and it should protect the gun from the environment.
    • Holster alternatives – There are lots of options out there. Whether you use a purse to carry your gun, a belly band, or some other solution, you need to practice with it, and whatever solution you use, it should meet the same requirements of a holster.
    • Belt – Your belt, assuming you are using a belt mounted holster, should be strong enough to carry the weight of your firearm and extra magazine(s) without drooping. There are many quality belts that are reinforced and will hold us to years of use.
    • Extra magazine – Yes, you should carry an extra magazine whenever possible.
    • Other items – You may want to include a knife, a handheld light, and maybe even a small medical kit.

    Open hand skills – This is a tough one. The many martial arts schools out there just don’t teach you to use violence. They teach their forms, their kata. They don’t teach you how to do whatever you need to do to win. However, basic open hand skills can be gained from pretty much all martial arts schools. You need to learn how to gain distance so you can deploy your knife or gun and gain the advantage right away. You need to learn how to protect yourself if your attacker gets in close.

    Improve your fitness – This is an area where I am working hard to improve. Losing weight, being more active, and doing what you can so you won’t be breathing heavy when you get up too fast. Physical fitness is vital when it comes to self-defense. It becomes more important when it comes to using open hand skills. Mental fitness is a completely different, and very valuable, component of your fitness levels. I include the following when it comes to mental fitness:

    • Combat mind-set – This is the mindset necessary to be victorious. It is a combination of “awareness, anticipation, concentration, and coolness.” Jeff Cooper has written some great material on his perspective. I strongly suggest reading his article on The Combat Mind-Set. However, if you want to hear him explain it, go here.
    • Awareness – Cooper’s color code of awareness really doesn’t have anything to do with alertness as much as it has to do with the person’s state of mind. Our awareness of our surroundings should change based on what we observe. I know it sounds confusing, but Jeff Cooper is the best person to explain it. The easies way to explain it is that your ability to change gears and turn on that “violence” or become lethal may be slower or quicker based upon what level of awareness you are practicing. 
    • Running scenarios – You are walking from your car in the parking lot to the grocery store door. Somebody approaches you, what are the scenarios that you have played out, before, so that you know exactly what you will do based on how that person acts? You should run those type of scenarios in your head so you will not be caught by surprise and can respond without having to evaluate the scenario at that moment.
    • Being right with life – I thought about this one before putting it to paper. I have heard some people refer to it as being right with God, being spiritually right, and being prepared. I am not sure how to best communicate it, but in my life, I make sure that the people around me know how much I love them, my finances are in order to support my family in the event I am no longer around, and I have done my best to teach my children to live good lives. If I have to resort to violence, and lose, I will at least know that I did my best in my life as well as at the end.

    Practice – Practice sounds like it is common sense, but we don’t really practice how we should. We should train as we will fight. That means we should train in all weather and lighting conditions. We should be using movement. We really need to up our game when it comes to proper training so that you will be ready and able to become violent when it is time. Practice your malfunctions so they are second nature. Practice your open hand skills whenever you can. Make sure you don’t wait for a friend to be free to practice with you, after all, it is all about you.

    Prepare for the Aftermath – Assuming we do everything we can to survive, and we deal out violence better than our attackers and prevail, there is still the legal aftermath. Don’t forget to have a good attorney and legal plan to protect yourself. Minimize jail time, as you will most likely be arrested, and minimize the financial impact. There are several very good carry insurance companies out there. I highly recommend that you research them and understand what will work best for you.

    Lifestyle

    You will have to make changes to your lifestyle. There really isn’t any way around that. You can’t decide to protect yourself and others some days and not others. You will, most likely, need to make changes to your wardrobe. You will probably need to change where you travel because of limitations to the ability to protect yourself and your loved ones. Of course, by spending money buying the best equipment for yourself, and spending money on training, it will mean that you won’t be eating out very often. Or am I the only one that spends hundreds of dollars every month on ammo?

    Remember, you can’t predict the future, near or distant. If you could, you would be rich.

    Your skills might be needed at any moment in time, and when the answer is violence, you need to pass the test.

  • Is an AR-15 a Good Home Defense Firearm?

    This topic came up recently, in a discussion with a “supposedly” knowledgeable person when it comes to firearms. He kept insisting that he was very well trained and knows all about the M-16, so therefore, he knows all he needs to know when it comes to the AR-15 and its use.

    Anyway, he repeats the same ignorant (which I maintain is not an insult, it is a description of a person’s knowledge of a topic) statements that we hear from the anti-gun crowd. His argument are what we always hear:

    • It is a weapon of war.300BLK (2)
    • It is a high powered rifle.
    • Nobody “needs” one.
    • Nobody “needs” 30 rounds of ammunition.
    • A rifle requires much more training.

    He showed his ignorance. However, that doesn’t mean that the AR-15 is, necessarily, a good firearm for home defense. Let me be clear, the AR-15 is a great firearm for home defense.

    To support my opinion on the topic, we can look at the threats that can be addressed and stopped by an AR-15, we can debunk a couple of the more common myths around an AR-15 when it comes to home defense and over penetration of its projectiles, we can review the benefits of the AR-15 in home defense, and we can hear from the actual experts in the field (DOL!).

    Threats

    • Burglars – Yes, the ones that break in thinking nobody is home or believe everyone is asleep and will not hear them while they move about and steal possession. Most burglars are trying to avoid contact, so they are most likely to be the ones that will run away when confronted. Of course, if cornered, accidentally, they might become violent, and they might become violent if confronted by somebody that is not a physical threat to them.
    • Home Invaders – Now, this is probably the scariest of situations. Especially, as they are usually working as a team. Home invaders use their numbers and physical superiority to impose their will on their victims, and sometimes, it includes rapes and murders.
    • Rioters/Looters – Mob mentality can lead to some really ugly situations. imageLarge numbers of people choosing to make their own laws and to take what they want can be serious threats to the safety of the law abiding. A great example, among many great examples, is the 1992 LA Riots where Korean shop owners had to defend themselves as the police were nowhere to be found and the mob was out of control.  A quick Internet search will provide lots of videos and pictures of shop owners and their families defending themselves using rifles, shotguns, and other firearms, one of which was the AR-15.

    Why is the actual threat important? Well, it may not be obvious, but if there are multiple threats, having the proper defensive firearm can make all of the difference in survival.

    We also need to consider that there are a few different types of criminals:

    • Fear Motivated – There are those criminals that will run away as soon as they are confronted, especially if they are confronted by a person with a firearm. One instructor refers to these people as suffering from FOBSA, fear of being shot at. FOBSA is a common fear of the common criminal, and they make decisions based on FOBSA.
    • Pain Motivated – There are those that must be physically dissuaded by being harmed in a confrontation. They need to be shown that they can be seriously harmed or killed by suffering some injury before they will disengage and leave. These are the ones that experience FIBS, f#ck I’ve been shot, and will then disengage from their attacks and stop being threats.
    • Incredibly Motivated – Then, there are the worst kind of threats.  The kind that must be completely disabled so that their body no longer responds to their mind, otherwise they will continue their attacks. They are incredibly motivated to accomplish their goal and won’t be dissuaded. Sometimes they are under the influence of drugs, and sometimes they are under the influence of some kind of fanaticism, like terrorists. They do not fear physical harm, and must be physically disabled to be stopped.

    Myths

    Too many people seem to, based on what they hear, believe the following about AR-15s:

    • They are used to spray bullets around, indiscriminately.
    • They are high-powered rifles.
    • They have some kind of evil magic in them.

    Spray and Pray – This is the term used to describe the behavior where somebody shoots and keeps shooting without aiming their rifle in the hope that the volume of fire will result in hits. Everyone that has been in the military understands that aimed fire is far more effective than “spray and pray” fire. Civilian owners also understand this same concept. You don’t just keep pulling the trigger in hope of hitting the target. Yet, some people still insist that the AR-15 is sprayed around and causes lots of injuries and death.

    High Powered Rifle – The belief is that an AR-15 is a high-powered rifle and its bullets will go through walls and furniture and even into neighbor’s homes if they are used in defense. This is where people are not easily persuaded that their thinking is flawed. After all, they have read it on the Internet and everything on the Internet is true. They also know that in the movies, cars explode when shot with AR-15s, and people fly through the air if they are hit by a bullet from an AR-15. Reality, though, is that the AR-15 is really low on the power side when it comes to rifles. I put together this graph to show just where the AR-15 is on the scale of power, which is measured by the energy of the bullet that is fired from the gun. This graph shows how they compare to handguns, too. The blue bars are the two most common rounds used by an AR-15.

    While an AR-15 has more energy than handguns, it is really low on the scale compared to other rifle rounds.

    What is really interesting, and almost counter-intuitive, is that a handgun imageround will penetrate more walls than an AR-15 round. An AR-15 round, because of its smaller mass, is more easily deflected and stopped by the walls in a home. Don’t believe me, look at the testing by going to YouTube and search on “AR-15 wall penetration” and look at the videos. You will find that the AR-15 is probably the best choice when it comes to not penetrating as much as a pistol or shotgun, and, thus, being safer for home defense. Of course, whether these videos are still available depends on whether Google does ban them like they have said they will.

    Benefits

    So why do some people, I am one, believe that the AR-15 is good for home defense? Let’s look at the benefits:

    Easier to Aim – Holographic and red dot sights make it easy to aim an AR-15, and especially in lower light situations like in the home late at night. Something else to consider is that a handgun is much harder to aim as it requires using two arms, usually extended, that are not very stable. Stable grips on handguns are even harder to achieve with adrenaline pumping through your system. While a rifle is held against your shoulder and is much more stable.

    Accessories – AR-15s have more space for accessories such as lights and fore grips with their picatinny rails. Firearm mounted lights can be setup and controlled from the hand grip. The addition of a light makes it easier to identify a threat and make sure it isn’t just a drunk neighbor that went into the wrong house.

    Lighter Recoil – AR-15s are designed to have minimal recoil which makes it imagemuch easier to train with them and allows defenders to keep control of the gun and get follow-up shots. I, again, recommend watching some videos on YouTube for verification on what I am saying. There are some great videos of pre-teen girls using an AR-15 that demonstrate that it is easy to use.

    Less Wall Penetration – As discussed above, the AR-15 is safer when it comes to over penetration and hitting innocents in other rooms.

    Velocity is Higher – Again, somewhat counter intuitive when it comes to over penetration, velocity is actually a good thing when it comes to the hydrostatic shock inflicted on the attacker, and is more likely to seriously harm attackers and stop the threat to you and your family, quickly. Yes, YouTube is your friend, here, too.

    Capacity – While many people say that nobody needs 30 rounds, there is no way to know what you will need in order to stop threats. For example, a rule of thumb is that you should engage each person with at least two shots to disable them. At least two, if you get good hits, should dissuade an attacker, but it might take more depending on the attacker’s motivation. If you have a few attackers, and they are dedicated, it may take more than a couple of shots per attacker, and you will likely have misses because of the adrenaline dump you are experiencing. Keep in mind that defenders do not have the choice to swap out magazines like an attacker does. An attacker can choose to stop their attack for a moment to reload, but a defender has to be ready to shoot at any moment and can’t take that short break.

    Scary – There is a psychological impact of seeing the AR-15 in somebody’s hands as compared to a handgun. Of course, this scary look is why so many people want to ban them.

    Slings – There are times that you must be hands free from your firearm, and a sling allows defenders to let the rifle hang down easier with a slinged rifle and be hands free, and then easily re-engage with the rifle.

    Experts

    Of course, there are the experts in the field. Here is a great article from one of them. I could provide MANY, but I think this one should be sufficient.

    https://www.americanrifleman.org/articles/2015/5/26/the-ar-for-home-defense-one-experts-opinion/

    Please remember that we do not have a choice of who will be in the house when the occupants are attacked, we don’t control when an attack might happen, and we will not know their motivations or their dedication to causing harm.

    Summary

    I want to have the best defensive firearm available to have a good chance of surviving and protecting my loved ones. I, certainly, don’t need some ignorant person trying to tell me what is the best gun to use. I, absolutely, do not need some completely ignorant politician thinking that they should have the power to make the decision for me.

  • Small Guns are Difficult to Shoot

    I heard this the other day, and it made me think. I have heard from several friends, over the years, how much they hate shooting smaller guns. I, of course, have a similar issue. For example, we have a Sig P238. It is a great gun, but it is small, and it is really difficult, for me, to shoot it well.

    Of course, I like to ponder on stuff like this, and I ask myself questions. The two questions, in this case are:

    • Why?
    • Does it really matter?

    Accuracy

    As a quick review, remember the three secrets of shooting, accurately:

    1. Sight Alignment – This is the alignment of the front and rear sights, so that the front sight is right in the center of the rear sight and the top of the front imagesight is even with the top of the rear sights.
    2. Sight Picture – The top edge of the front sight should be centered on the target, and you should focus on the front sight.
    3. Trigger Control –You need to maintain sight alignment and sight picture while pressing the trigger. Another way of saying it is, once you have your sight picture, your gun should not move while you press the trigger.

    Why are small guns difficult to shoot, accurately?

    It is important to recognize that different handguns have many different features and capabilities. For this post, I pulled out four different handguns: The 1911, Glock 19, Smith & Wesson M&P Shield, and Sig P238. All of these four handguns are single stack, except for the Glock 19, which is a double stack. There are clear size differences between the four handguns, and there are also clear differences in how they perform when it comes to accuracy. The 1911, is incredibly accurate, but is probably not what we would all consider the best choice when it comes to a concealed carry handgun.

    I chose these four as they are from different manufacturers, as well as being different sizes. Typically, the industry breaks handguns down to these size categories:

    • Full Size – Some examples include the 1911, Beretta 92FS, Glock 17, Smith & Wesson M&P 9, and other full sized service handguns. These handguns will usually be carried in an outside the waistband holster. While they can be concealed, they can be  challenge to conceal.
    • Compact – This would be the next step down in size. This category includes guns like the Glock 19, Springfield XD 9, Beretta 92 FS Compact, and the Smith & Wesson M&P 9C. Every one of these guns is capable of being used as a concealed carry handgun, depending on clothing and body type. Some people, however, have trouble concealing guns in this category.
    • Sub-compact – The next step down is the sub-compact. Some examples  include handguns like the Glock 26, Glock 43, Smith & Wesson Shield, Springfield XDs, and the Honor Defense Honor Guard. Most of these guns are single stack guns. The Glock 26 is a notable exception, as it is a double stack.
    • Pocket-This category is often referred to as mouse guns. Some examples include the Ruger LCP, Sig P238, and the Beretta Nano. There are many others, and they will use .380 ACP, .32 ACP, and .25 ACP. Almost all newer pocket pistols will shoot .380 ACP.

    The differences between the four handguns include the following attributes that I feel have the greatest impact on accuracy:

    • Sight Radius – Obviously, on larger guns, with longer slides (or shorter barrels if you are talking about revolvers), the sight radius is longer. A longer sight radius is important when it comes to accurate shooting, which is why target shooting guns have longer slides, like the Glock 34 or 17L.
    • Grip Size – One of the keys to accurate shooting is keeping the sights aligned and the sight picture in place while activating the trigger. Getting, and keeping a good grip on the gun during trigger compression is very important.
    • Weight – Larger guns, obviously, are heavier. Well, in most cases that is true.
    • Ammunition – Of the four handguns, we have the 1911 that shoots .45 ACP, the Glock 19 and Shield shoot 9mm Luger/Parabellum, and the Sig P238 that shoots .380 ACP. Different ammunition creates different levels of recoil. The felt recoil can impact accuracy when the shooter starts to anticipate the recoil and jerks the gun in an attempt to minimize the jerking in their hands.

    Note: The trigger and action are significant factors in accuracy, too. There is no doubting that a single action handgun is often more accurate than a double action or a striker fired handgun as it is easier to keep the sight alignment and sight picture with a short and smooth trigger. I am not discounting the trigger and action. While the trigger in a handgun can be improved or replaced, the difference between a hammer fired and striker fired gun can’t really be changed.

    While each attribute comes into play, some of them are much more larger factors. For example:

    • The 1911 uses .45 ACP, but the ammunition is not a significant factor as the weight of the 1911 and its single action trigger more than make up for the ammunition’s impact.
    • The Sig P238 uses .380 ACP, but the weight of the all metal P238 and its single action trigger do not overcome the short sight radius and the short grip length.

    Full size vs Compact

    Compare1If you refer to the picture of the 1911 and the Glock 19, it is clear that the Glock 19 is shorter in length. The longer length of the 1911 provides for a longer sight radius and longer barrel. The 1911 has a longer grip, too. 

    Of course, the 1911 is also all metal, and it has a single action trigger. When you add up all of the benefits of the 1911, as a full size gun, you end up with a much more accurate handgun, and it is also much easier to shoot even though it uses a .45 ACP as compared to the Glock 19’s 9mm. The weight of the all metal frame helps absorb the recoil energy and makes the 1911 very easy for most people to shoot. While the grip surface of the 1911 is longer, since it is a single stack, it does not have much girth. Compare7Compare5

    While the pictures are not the same proportions, you can see that I am able to get all of my firing hand on the grip of both guns without any issues. The Glock 19 is a double stack, so it is has more girth. The double stack can be an issue for some people with smaller hands.

    Note: Yeah, I need a manicure. My hands are far from pretty with the scars and the nicks and scratches. I should have had somebody with pretty hands for the pictures, but I wanted to get this post done.

    From my personal experience, I can really shoot the 1911, easily, and accurately. If I had to go to the range with some friends and have a shooting competition, i will use the 1911.

    Compact vs Sub-compact

    If you refer to the picture of the Glock 19 as Compare2compared to the Smith & Wesson M&P Shield, it is clear that the Shield is shorter in length. The shorter slide, with the shorter sight radius and barrel, means that it is not as accurate as the Glock 19. At least, that is my experience.

    Both guns have polymer frames, and, in this case, shoot 9mm. Both guns are striker fired, and have similar trigger behaviors.  Those that are experts will probably notice that I have replaced the Shield’s trigger with the Apex trigger and spring kit because I hated the hinged trigger. Some people will also notice that I changed out the trigger shoe on the Glock. I also did some polishing of both trigger components to smooth out burrs. The result is that the triggers are very similar.

    The Glock 19 is a double stack, while the Shield is a single stack. The Shield also has a shorter Compare4gripe. However, the Shield comes with two different magazines, and I use the extended magazine, as shown, so I can get a good firing grip on the gun. I also added the rubberized Talon grips to the Shield to make it easier for me to hold onto the gun. Because of the extended magazine and the Talon grips, I find the Shield easy to shoot, as well. If I were to go with the Shield’s flush fit magazine, I would not be able to get my pinky on the grip, and would not have as good of a grip on the gun. With the flush fit grip, I find that I am not able to shoot the Shield as well as with the extended magazine.

    Note: I carry the Shield in situations where the Glock 19 tends to print, too much for my tastes. The single stack of the Shield makes it much easier to conceal. I carry the Glock 19 whenever possible because of its larger capacity, though.

    Sub-compact vs Pocket

    Comparing the single stack Shield to the Sig P238, shows, very clearly, the Compare3size differences. The Sig’s slide is much shorter and the grip is also much shorter. You end up with a shorter sight radius, and a shorter barrel.

    The big differences are that the Sig has a metal frame, uses .380 ACP, and has a single action trigger. While the .380 is not as powerful as the 9mm, and the metal frame of the Sig gives it more heft, the Sig is actually a great deal snappier than the Shield. The reason that a shooter, especially somebody with larger hands, experiences more felt recoil is the  inability to get a good grip on the gun. With more felt recoil comes the susceptibility to “push” the gun in anticipation of the recoil. While the anticipation can be minimized with lots of practice, the grip will still be a factor in keeping the gun steady while shooting.

    It is really easy to see the issue with the grip on the Sig when you see how I Compare6can’t get my pinky on the grip. I can barely get my first two fingers on the grip.

    Of course, there is another issue at play when shooting this gun. The trigger is much closer, and it is a bit awkward for my index finger to reach the trigger and operate it as well as the other guns shown in this post.

    While, I have lots of issues shooting the Sig, and other pocket sized guns, accurately, does it even matter?

    Does it matter that small guns are difficult to shoot, accurately?

    Yes, it Does – Of course, accuracy is vital. We have all learned that you have to get good hits if you want to stop the threat. So long as you are using good ammunition and of the proper type, good hits should stop the threat. While there is debate about whether the .380 ACP is good enough for self defense, the .380 ACP, and some other rounds in small guns, will get the job done.

    No, it Does Not – We are not having a bull’s eye shooting competition. Most conflicts occur at very short distances, and getting shots on target is not as difficult as people have been led to believe when at close quarters. After all, we often teach point shooting and using a close quarter retention stance, when shooting at close contact distances. We probably will not get the chance to use our sights until we have gotten some distance from the attacker and have already shot a couple of rounds.

    Summary

    You have to take into account several factors when selecting your gun, and accuracy may not be the most important concern. Oh, yeah, and practice, practice, practice.

  • Small Guns are Difficult to Shoot

    I heard this the other day, and it made me think. I have heard from several friends, over the years, how much they hate shooting smaller guns. I, of course, have a similar issue. For example, we have a Sig P238. It is a great gun, but it is small, and it is really difficult, for me, to shoot it well.

    Of course, I like to ponder on stuff like this, and I ask myself questions. The two questions, in this case are:

    • Why?
    • Does it really matter?

    Accuracy

    As a quick review, remember the three secrets of shooting, accurately:

    1. Sight Alignment – This is the alignment of the front and rear sights, so that the front sight is right in the center of the rear sight and the top of the front imagesight is even with the top of the rear sights.
    2. Sight Picture – The top edge of the front sight should be centered on the target, and you should focus on the front sight.
    3. Trigger Control –You need to maintain sight alignment and sight picture while pressing the trigger. Another way of saying it is, once you have your sight picture, your gun should not move while you press the trigger.

    Why are small guns difficult to shoot, accurately?

    It is important to recognize that different handguns have many different features and capabilities. For this post, I pulled out four different handguns: The 1911, Glock 19, Smith & Wesson M&P Shield, and Sig P238. All of these four handguns are single stack, except for the Glock 19, which is a double stack. There are clear size differences between the four handguns, and there are also clear differences in how they perform when it comes to accuracy. The 1911, is incredibly accurate, but is probably not what we would all consider the best choice when it comes to a concealed carry handgun.

    I chose these four as they are from different manufacturers, as well as being different sizes. Typically, the industry breaks handguns down to these size categories:

    • Full Size – Some examples include the 1911, Beretta 92FS, Glock 17, Smith & Wesson M&P 9, and other full sized service handguns. These handguns will usually be carried in an outside the waistband holster. While they can be concealed, they can be  challenge to conceal.
    • Compact – This would be the next step down in size. This category includes guns like the Glock 19, Springfield XD 9, Beretta 92 FS Compact, and the Smith & Wesson M&P 9C. Every one of these guns is capable of being used as a concealed carry handgun, depending on clothing and body type. Some people, however, have trouble concealing guns in this category.
    • Sub-compact – The next step down is the sub-compact. Some examples  include handguns like the Glock 26, Glock 43, Smith & Wesson Shield, Springfield XDs, and the Honor Defense Honor Guard. Most of these guns are single stack guns. The Glock 26 is a notable exception, as it is a double stack.
    • Pocket-This category is often referred to as mouse guns. Some examples include the Ruger LCP, Sig P238, and the Beretta Nano. There are many others, and they will use .380 ACP, .32 ACP, and .25 ACP. Almost all newer pocket pistols will shoot .380 ACP.

    The differences between the four handguns include the following attributes that I feel have the greatest impact on accuracy:

    • Sight Radius – Obviously, on larger guns, with longer slides (or shorter barrels if you are talking about revolvers), the sight radius is longer. A longer sight radius is important when it comes to accurate shooting, which is why target shooting guns have longer slides, like the Glock 34 or 17L.
    • Grip Size – One of the keys to accurate shooting is keeping the sights aligned and the sight picture in place while activating the trigger. Getting, and keeping a good grip on the gun during trigger compression is very important.
    • Weight – Larger guns, obviously, are heavier. Well, in most cases that is true.
    • Ammunition – Of the four handguns, we have the 1911 that shoots .45 ACP, the Glock 19 and Shield shoot 9mm Luger/Parabellum, and the Sig P238 that shoots .380 ACP. Different ammunition creates different levels of recoil. The felt recoil can impact accuracy when the shooter starts to anticipate the recoil and jerks the gun in an attempt to minimize the jerking in their hands.

    Note: The trigger and action are significant factors in accuracy, too. There is no doubting that a single action handgun is often more accurate than a double action or a striker fired handgun as it is easier to keep the sight alignment and sight picture with a short and smooth trigger. I am not discounting the trigger and action. While the trigger in a handgun can be improved or replaced, the difference between a hammer fired and striker fired gun can’t really be changed.

    While each attribute comes into play, some of them are much more larger factors. For example:

    • The 1911 uses .45 ACP, but the ammunition is not a significant factor as the weight of the 1911 and its single action trigger more than make up for the ammunition’s impact.
    • The Sig P238 uses .380 ACP, but the weight of the all metal P238 and its single action trigger do not overcome the short sight radius and the short grip length.

    Full size vs Compact

    Compare1If you refer to the picture of the 1911 and the Glock 19, it is clear that the Glock 19 is shorter in length. The longer length of the 1911 provides for a longer sight radius and longer barrel. The 1911 has a longer grip, too. 

    Of course, the 1911 is also all metal, and it has a single action trigger. When you add up all of the benefits of the 1911, as a full size gun, you end up with a much more accurate handgun, and it is also much easier to shoot even though it uses a .45 ACP as compared to the Glock 19’s 9mm. The weight of the all metal frame helps absorb the recoil energy and makes the 1911 very easy for most people to shoot. While the grip surface of the 1911 is longer, since it is a single stack, it does not have much girth. Compare7Compare5

    While the pictures are not the same proportions, you can see that I am able to get all of my firing hand on the grip of both guns without any issues. The Glock 19 is a double stack, so it is has more girth. The double stack can be an issue for some people with smaller hands.

    Note: Yeah, I need a manicure. My hands are far from pretty with the scars and the nicks and scratches. I should have had somebody with pretty hands for the pictures, but I wanted to get this post done.

    From my personal experience, I can really shoot the 1911, easily, and accurately. If I had to go to the range with some friends and have a shooting competition, i will use the 1911.

    Compact vs Sub-compact

    If you refer to the picture of the Glock 19 as Compare2compared to the Smith & Wesson M&P Shield, it is clear that the Shield is shorter in length. The shorter slide, with the shorter sight radius and barrel, means that it is not as accurate as the Glock 19. At least, that is my experience.

    Both guns have polymer frames, and, in this case, shoot 9mm. Both guns are striker fired, and have similar trigger behaviors.  Those that are experts will probably notice that I have replaced the Shield’s trigger with the Apex trigger and spring kit because I hated the hinged trigger. Some people will also notice that I changed out the trigger shoe on the Glock. I also did some polishing of both trigger components to smooth out burrs. The result is that the triggers are very similar.

    The Glock 19 is a double stack, while the Shield is a single stack. The Shield also has a shorter Compare4gripe. However, the Shield comes with two different magazines, and I use the extended magazine, as shown, so I can get a good firing grip on the gun. I also added the rubberized Talon grips to the Shield to make it easier for me to hold onto the gun. Because of the extended magazine and the Talon grips, I find the Shield easy to shoot, as well. If I were to go with the Shield’s flush fit magazine, I would not be able to get my pinky on the grip, and would not have as good of a grip on the gun. With the flush fit grip, I find that I am not able to shoot the Shield as well as with the extended magazine.

    Note: I carry the Shield in situations where the Glock 19 tends to print, too much for my tastes. The single stack of the Shield makes it much easier to conceal. I carry the Glock 19 whenever possible because of its larger capacity, though.

    Sub-compact vs Pocket

    Comparing the single stack Shield to the Sig P238, shows, very clearly, the Compare3size differences. The Sig’s slide is much shorter and the grip is also much shorter. You end up with a shorter sight radius, and a shorter barrel.

    The big differences are that the Sig has a metal frame, uses .380 ACP, and has a single action trigger. While the .380 is not as powerful as the 9mm, and the metal frame of the Sig gives it more heft, the Sig is actually a great deal snappier than the Shield. The reason that a shooter, especially somebody with larger hands, experiences more felt recoil is the  inability to get a good grip on the gun. With more felt recoil comes the susceptibility to “push” the gun in anticipation of the recoil. While the anticipation can be minimized with lots of practice, the grip will still be a factor in keeping the gun steady while shooting.

    It is really easy to see the issue with the grip on the Sig when you see how I Compare6can’t get my pinky on the grip. I can barely get my first two fingers on the grip.

    Of course, there is another issue at play when shooting this gun. The trigger is much closer, and it is a bit awkward for my index finger to reach the trigger and operate it as well as the other guns shown in this post.

    While, I have lots of issues shooting the Sig, and other pocket sized guns, accurately, does it even matter?

    Does it matter that small guns are difficult to shoot, accurately?

    Yes, it Does – Of course, accuracy is vital. We have all learned that you have to get good hits if you want to stop the threat. So long as you are using good ammunition and of the proper type, good hits should stop the threat. While there is debate about whether the .380 ACP is good enough for self defense, the .380 ACP, and some other rounds in small guns, will get the job done.

    No, it Does Not – We are not having a bull’s eye shooting competition. Most conflicts occur at very short distances, and getting shots on target is not as difficult as people have been led to believe when at close quarters. After all, we often teach point shooting and using a close quarter retention stance, when shooting at close contact distances. We probably will not get the chance to use our sights until we have gotten some distance from the attacker and have already shot a couple of rounds.

    Summary

    You have to take into account several factors when selecting your gun, and accuracy may not be the most important concern. Oh, yeah, and practice, practice, practice.

  • Shootings at Schools

    I don’t know of a single person that isn’t concerned about the safety of our children in school. It is an emotional topic, and every incident fans the emotional flames.

    The questions usually come down to variations of these three:

    1. Are we seeing an increase in these incidents?
    2. What causes the monsters out there to target our children?
    3. What can and what should we do?

    These same questions apply to all shootings, but let’s focus on school incidents, for now. This blog entry will be long enough as it is.

    To outline my views, as I am sure they will be questioned by many, here is what I see as being of utmost importance in all discussions around potential solutions:

    • Freedom – I do not believe in restricting the freedoms of law abiding citizens because of the actions of the very smallest of minorities. For example, I would never support a curfew restricting everyone because our Government wants to prevent looting after a natural disaster. 
    • Acceptance – I do not believe that every concern must be addressed by Government. I am willing to accept that Government and regulations are not the answer in most cases.
    • Diminishing Returns – When there is an issue that must be addressed, I do not believe that we should spend exorbitant amounts of money and effort to try to reduce it to zero impact. There is a point where investment is worthwhile, but there is also a point where we are tilting at windmills and can’t hope to knock them down.
    • Common Sense – First off, it isn’t common. Common sense is rare. For somebody to say that something is common sense, often means it isn’t.
    • Thinking it Through – This is where most proposed solutions fail. Those that think Idea X is great, fail to see the big picture and see what all of the impacts are as caused by Idea X, directly, and indirectly.

    Are we seeing an increase in these incidents?

    This depends on who you ask and what definition they use. As this is my blog, I will use my definition. I will start at 1980 as many incidents before that are not well documented.

    Definition: The attacker(s) target multiple people (meaning more than one target) and intend to kill multiple students or staff on school grounds, during or shortly after class hours or school sponsored events, not including College or University environments.

    Defending my Definition: I explicitly removed Colleges and Universities as many States are now implementing Concealed Campus Carry, or similar laws, and those that meet concealed carry standards are allowed to defend themselves and those around them. I am more concerned about K-12 environments as students will probably never have the means to defend themselves and will depend on others. I also believe that the focus should be on incidents where somebody is targeting the school, not an individual. I also do not believe that gang vs. gang activity should be included as they are not necessarily related to what we are seeing with schools shootings, in general.

    Others would say that anytime a bullet traverses the air of a school or the school grounds, that it counts as a school shooting, and they do that to drive up the count to try to make the problem appear larger than it is. However, my focus is not on one individual attacking another individual, my focus is on a general desire to kill as many as possible for whatever reason they may have. For example, the following are not included in my definition:

    • incidents where only one person is targeted
    • incidents that happen well after school hours and after the conclusion of schools sponsored events
    • Gang vs gang activity
    • Suicides

    Ok, so back to the question. Using my definition, I see the following data points:

    image

    What we see is that the number of incidents over the years, since 1980, has been fairly consistent. The victims, which includes deaths and injuries, spikes based on one or two incidents, since in most cases the number is small. There have been just over 300 school shooting incidents since 1980 up until the day of this posting. The average number of victims (deaths and injured) is about than 3.4 per incident. That number includes 394 deaths (which includes gang vs. gang violence, direct personal attacks, accidents, and suicides) over the last 38 years. That comes to a little over 10 deaths per year. Using my definition to remove what I feel to be irrelevant incidents, the number of deaths since 1980 is just 5 per year. Of course, that seems like way too many, but how much will it cost to prevent those 5 deaths per year? The problem with trying to use statistics in these cases is that there just isn’t enough data, which is a good thing. Small numbers are good when it comes to deaths.

    What causes the monsters out there to target our children?

    I am using “monsters” to cover those that are mentally ill and those that just have evil intents. In most cases, we hear that the attacker(s) had a mental illness. In many cases, there were signs of their issues. We hear of their hate and how others have reported them to law enforcement. It is sad to hear that the signs were there, but no actions were taken to try to get them help.

    One of the obviously suggested causes is that our children as in a gun free zone. They are soft targets. Another reason that they target schools is that they are familiar with the layout (in cases of current and former students and staff) and know the entrance and exit points as well as where their targets will be and at what times.

    We often hear that it isn’t like this in other countries, but everyone fails to realize that the United States is very different and we have different challenges. For example, the United States has:

    • A greater appreciation for freedom
    • A much larger single parent population
    • A larger population where both parents work outside of the home
    • Biological fathers that do not pay for child support and are not involved in child raising
    • Disperse extended families where extended family members rarely spend time with each other because of distance

    Children, today, grow up with less family, immediate and extended, influence than in the past, and certainly, as compared to other countries. Children grow up without the advice and support of strong father figures, in many cases, whether a biological father, a grandfather, or other strong male figures. What we end up with are children that do not get the mentoring and guidance that they should get on how to resolve conflicts and how to express their anger and frustrations in other ways.

    The United States is very different, culturally, when compared to other countries. We need to understand that. This is where we can, hopefully, make some changes for the better.

    What can and what should we do?

    What I am tired of hearing is that we need to do something. I hear all sorts of people, especially politicians, say we need to “try” what they feel are common sense controls to see if it works. They push legislation that infringes on the rights of law abiding citizens, and they push us onto the slippery slope. They don’t get the results that they want, and then they add more legislation that infringes even further on our rights. They never give them back. I hate to use the “slippery slope” point, but it is a concern.

    We also hear that there is some reasonable gun control that everyone should agree with, because, it is reasonable. Of course it isn’t, and when push comes to shove, they can’t show how any of the new laws would prevent any of these tragedies. Now, this may sound crazy, but there are lots of very intelligent people in our country, and around the world. Don’t you think that if there was an easy answer, it would have been discovered? If there really were some reasonable gun controls that would prevent these incidents, I am absolutely certain that it would have been discovered and implemented already.

    So, what should we do? Well, trying to protect our children with some gun free zone laws just doesn’t work. We have the proof. It is like people just can’t get it through their heads that the monsters out there don’t follow and honor the law. So, let’s take some action. Real action. Let’s protect the children by not allowing them to be soft targets anymore. Let’s put trained and armed people into the schools, use some physical screening i.e. metal detectors), and leverage the teachers and counselors that can see when students and staff are at risk. Most importantly, let’s stop pretending that laws will stop attacks. How horrible would it be to physically protect our children? Why would we not want to do that?

    Yes, it would add costs to protect our children from the very small number of incidents. Of course, it might mean hiring people. It might mean providing firearm training for our teachers and staff that want to participate in keeping our children safe. Cost is a hurdle. I heard a suggestion to control costs by having trained gun owners help be part of the solution. The suggest is that those trained, and background checked, gun owners would volunteer at our schools and protecting our children. Great idea. Of course, as soon as we say we will be glad to volunteer, that we will work with some national or local organization to help train and coordinate the volunteers, and that we will be there every single day to help protect our children, we hear the screams about exposing our children to firearms as part of their every day lives.

    It is time to stop thinking that laws will help and that more laws are a good thing.  Let me say it this way, the number of incidents where we have had attackers in schools where no laws were violated is ZERO.

  • I Have my Concealed Handgun Permit–What’s Next?

    Many people think that getting the permit is the end to the journey, but it is not even close. Once you have done the minimum to get your permit, the next steps are to become proficient in:

    • Carrying – You have many decisions to make, here, and you have to get good at making sure you have the tool when you need it. The tool is important, but unless you actually have it with you, it doesn’t matter how good of a handgun you have in your safe at home.
      • What handgun will you carry?WP_20171227_15_05_57_Pro
      • What position will you use to carry?
      • What holster will you use to carry?
      • What ammo will you use?
      • Will you carry an extra magazine?
      • Will you modify your gun?
      • What about a light, a knife, and a small first aid kit?
    • Shooting – Training, training, and more training. The key is training how you will carry. That means, if you will carry inside the waistband, that you will train with your gun and holster in the same position. Your shooting should be at all distances and using ammo similar to what you will carry.IDPA Of course, you should test your gun with the ammo you will use to make sure it is reliable in your gun, and accurate. The hardest part of training is trying to make it realistic and to implement IPSCsome pressure into your training. Of course, your typical range will not like it if you are moving, drawing, and shooting, and they will not be providing cover and concealment for you to maneuver as you shoot. This is where competitive shooting comes in and should be incorporated into your training.
    • Understanding the Law – Do you understand when you are allowed to use your handgun in self defense? Hopefully, your training for your permit covered the laws of your state so you understand when using deadly force is appropriate and justified. For example, I own several books, and a subscription to Lexis Nexis so I can review the actual laws and some of the related cases.
    • Understanding Legal Repercussions – The aftermath of using deadly force is also a key part of what you need to learn, and how to handle the aftermath. Do you understand that you will be arrested, in many cases, even if your shooting was justified? Do you understand how much defending yourself will cost and the risk of being incarcerated? Hopefully, you have purchase some good concealed carry insurance from a reputable company. There are many good insurance programs out there. I would recommend that you dig into each of them and keep away from those that only provide reimbursement for the majority of your costs after you are found not guilty or your charges are dismissed.

    Summary – Please, oh please, understand that there is much more than just attending a class and getting a permit to carry your handgun. Shooting is a very perishable skill. You need to keep training to keep up your new skill, but you also need to do much more than just go out to your local range every few weeks.

  • OODA – Easy Decisions and Easy Actions

    I was thinking about the many decisions that we make and the actions that we choose, as well as the actions that we choose not to take, and how those actions can change our defensive posture in significant ways. What I find amazing is how lazy many people can be when protecting themselves only takes a few seconds in most cases.

    OODA Loop

    To illustrate the issue, let’s look at some scenarios, but let’s look at the OODA loop, first.

    • Observe – We use our senses to get information from our surroundings. In some cases, we observe something is not “normal” and it makes us more aware of our surroundings.
    • Orient – We orient our senses to focus on what we just observed, which is usually something different from normal. We focus our attention on the observation. We analyze the situation, and evaluate the options available to us. The analysis and options are the results of our training and experience.
    • Decide – We observed something, and have given it our attention and analyzed it. The next step is to decide what we are going to do, if anything, in response.
    • Act – Finally, we act, based on our decision.

    OODA is a loop in that our actions can change the observations, or there may be other observations, and we continue to go though the steps of the loop. The loop may continue for several cycles.

    Scenarios

    Let’s apply the OODA loop to some scenarios and see what easy decisions and easy actions we can take.

    Scenario 1: You are in your home, and you hear a loud noise.CowsComeHome 

    Reaction: Most people will perk up for a second or two and listen. “Hmm… must have been the cat” is a typical reaction, and then the typical person will go back to whatever they were doing before. That covers Observe and Orient. Of course, it could be simply that the cows smacked into the side of the garage or the horse barn. Yeah, I know, you probably don’t have cows. Yes, it might have been the cat. So, you settle back down to your TV show or your book, and just ignore the noise. In many cases, the analysis is that there is nothing to worry about. The decision to do nothing requires no action. However, you may decide to do something in response and take action.

    EDEA (Easy Decision, Easy Action): So, the easy decision and easy action is simply to grab a good flashlight (please read about using hand held lights) to investigate. How much time will it take from your life to make sure it was just the cat? Does it take significant effort? What if it is somebody trying to break in? How much noise do they need to make before you will get off your ass and check it out? Out on the ranch, we are a bit more vulnerable as the nearest neighbor is a good ways away, and the Sheriff’s Department would be lucky to be only 20-30 minutes away. So, in my case, I will investigate, with a good light, and a handgun which is never far from me at all times. If the noise is outside, I will turn on all of the external flood lights. An easy decision and easy action that takes seconds might be what saves me and my wife from an intruder by identifying the intruder early on. Of course, if you identify an intruder, then we will go through another OODA loop.

    Scenario 2: You need to make a quick run to the store for some flour. In the parking lot, you observe a couple of people wandering around the parking lot talking to customers and you focus on them to see what they are doing. We can see that we have options when it comes to what we will do if approached. This is a good example of training and experience impacting our analysis. Many people do not understand issues with distances and reaction times, and how potential threats use transitional spaces. 

    Reaction: Yeah, we do it all the time. We turn off our car, get out and we go into the store. After buying our flour, we head back out to our car. If somebody walks up to us, we just ignore then and continue to go to our car. In this case, the decision is to ignore them, and the action is to just continue on as if they don’t exist. If they start telling us a story, we might even stop and listen to them. Well, now, we have a new observation and orient on their story and analyze the options available to us. By the way, the last time I ran into this scenario, it was a guy complaining that his brother ditched him and he needed money so he could take an Uber home. Yeah, right.

    EDEA: You may not know it, but that person in the parking lot may be interviewing you to see if you are a good potential victim. You can choose to carry your flour in your weak hand, leaving your strong hand available for any actions you may need to take. That is a one second decision, at best, and the action of moving the flour to your weak hand is a simple action. You can also choose to stop the person from getting close to you and making it clear that you will have nothing to do with them. For example, in the last case where the guy was complaining about his brother, I put my hand up in the universal “stop” sign, and told him, “Keep your distance, I want nothing to do with you.” My decision to address him, and taking the action to address him and warn him off, made it clear to him that I was fully engaged in the situation. While it may appear rude to some people, it makes it clear that you are not a good victim, so they will probably move on. However, if they continue, now you have another OODA loop to process. In an escalation, I now have my strong arm free to strike, pull a knife that is clipped onto my pocket, or, in an extreme case, draw a handgun. Of course, based on my observation and orienting on the individual and situation, I may choose to keep the flour in my strong hand and use it as an impact weapon, if needed.

    Scenario 3: You are cut off in traffic and need to slam on your brakes. The other driver starts “communicating” with you. You see that he is pissed off and you gauge his emotional level and analyze his behavior. You review your options.

    Reaction: You may do what many people do: communicate back at them. You may choose to ignore them. In each case, you make a decision and take action.

    EDEA: Perhaps it is a better decision to not just ignore them, but to take the next turn or exit, and totally disengage from them.  While this may seem to be a significant decision and action, it really doesn’t take much effort, and it does not take much time out of your day. At this point, if they try to follow you, then something is seriously wrong. This would be another OODA loop, and it may be time to make a call to 911 to report a road rage person that is following you. What you have done, at this point, is identify how serious a threat this person is to you by making that easy decision and taking easy action. Continuing to drive down the road may not be a good decision and action as it may come across as provoking to them, and they may decide to continue to cause problems on the road that may make them more of a threat to you, and others, on the road.

    Easy Decision and Easy Action

    We really should make the easy decision and take easy actions that will put us in a better position to avoid a threat or at least put us in a better position to stop a threat. Choosing to not do anything is a very bad idea, in many cases.

  • Open Carry vs. Concealed Carry

    I will try to be as clear as I can in this post. We should care about the appropriate use of a defensive firearm. We carry a defensive firearm to defend ourselves and our loved ones around us. We should make responsible decisions and avoid conflict when possible, at all times.

    Making political statements by carrying a rifle strapped to your back at Starbucks or walking the streets trying to attract a police officer to catch them on video trying to curb your rights is not in anyone’s best interests. Of course, let’s remember that wasting time and resources of our police is not in the best interest of our community, either.

    As far as politics go, we need to understand that open carry groups have done a great deal of harm to our rights by causing legislators to take actions to curb the behavior by passing new laws. If somebody feels the need to raise awareness and encourage discussion, it does not require openly deploying a lethal tool to do that. On the flip side, open carry advocates have helped raise awareness of our rights by stirring up new conversations.

    Despite all of the above, we need to understand that, on occasion, we may not be able to carry concealed and may need to open carry vs. not carrying at all. There are also some situations where open carry makes more sense than concealed carry.

    In any case, we should be aware of the pros and cons of open carry and concealed carry.

    Open Carry

    Pros

    • Deterrent for criminals that are not willing/able to engageClose Retention Ready
    • Quicker draw in response to attacks
    • Assumption of intent – very few feel that open carriers have ill-intent in public settings
    • Easier to carry a full-sized hand gun
    • Easier to include extra magazines and a flash light and other support gear
    • Easier access in many cases, such as horseback and ATV riding, hiking, and hunting
    • Comfort
    • Political – Draws attention and encourages discussions about guns and the laws
    • Political – Desensitizes others to guns if they see them all the time

    Cons

    • Political – Draws negative attention in many cases and accusations about toughness and paranoia
    • Political – Results in harsh discussions and being banned from public venues
    • Loss of “Grey Man” can result in being targeted first in attacks
    • Targeted attempts to take the gun
    • Requires appropriate retention devices and retention training

    Conceal Carry

    Pros

    • “Grey Man” and the element of surprise
    • Freedom of movement in most public settings without arousing suspicions
    • No need to engage others in discussions about your rights
    • Unlikely to be asked to leave a business establishment

    Cons

    • More difficult draw
    • Slower draw
    • Less comfort
    • Clothing options can be limited and unflattering
    • Less room for extra magazines, lights, and other support gear
  • Chamber a Round?

    A common question and misconception when it comes to every day carry is imagewhether carrying your handgun with a round in the chamber is risky. Negligent discharges (NDs) happen when a gun is fired because of the negligence of the person in carrying and handling the gun, inappropriately.

    NDs – Common Causes

    • Not using a holster – The trigger is exposed and can be activated by foreign objects that get into the trigger guard. Carrying in a pocket or a purse without some kind of holster can increase this risk. The trigger guard should always be completely covered by a quality holster, even if the gun is inside a purse or pocket.
    • Using a broken holsterWorn out and broken gear can cause a ND. It is the owner’s responsibility to inspect equipment and replace it as needed.
    • Holstering without proper care – NDs often happen during holstering your gun when you don’t watch for objects that might get into the trigger guard, like concealment garments. Too often, people slam their guns back in the holster without taking due care. There is never a need to holster, quickly.
    • Using a poorly designed holster – The holster should be designed so that it is easy to keep your trigger finger away from the trigger guard. The holster needs to be made of quality material that protects the trigger.
    • Poor trigger finger discipline – Rule 3, keep your finger off of the trigger until you are ready to shoot. You need to train and build automaticity when it comes to trigger finger placement. This point can’t be emphasized enough. Finger off of the trigger until you are ready to shoot.

    The Arguments

    There are several arguments around this topic. 

    • Draw Stroke – Proponents of not chambering a round say that adding the step of chambering does not increase the time for a draw stroke very much. That is true, it only add a split second, if you have practiced it, over and over and over. However, that split second can be the split second that makes the difference between life and death. Proponents of not chambering a round like to say that the extra split second won’t make a difference in most cases. So, yeah, the proponents of an empty chamber are basically saying that they are depending on probability. Probabilities are not the basis of the decision to carry a gun. The decision is made because we value our lives and the lives of our loved ones enough that we choose to mitigate those slim probabilities with our decisions.
    • Short Stroke – What you will see, if you watch enough videos, is that when under pressure, it is very easy to short stroke the slide and fail to chamber a round when you absolutely must be successful. The stress and pressure of needing to chamber a round, quickly, can results in the shooter not pulling the slide all the way to the rear, and when it moves forward, it doesn’t pick up a round from the magazine and load it into the chamber.
    • Support Hand – Chambering a round during the draw stroke requires that your support hand is free. However, we will see, in many videos, that defensive shooters end up using their support hand to try to gain space from an attacker or to move them off of the mark. To be fair, we should all train to run our guns with one hand as we might become incapacitated. However, the plan to have the hand free may just not be possible to implement.
      NOTE: Be prepared to throw your phone down if you have it in your hand and you need to draw your gun. It amazes me how people just won’t drop that ever present phone.
    • Excessive Handling – NDs happen most often during holstering and un-holstering. It may make some sense in law enforcement where officers are required to un-holster and clear their gun at the end of their shift, then load and holster, again, at the start of the next shift. For a concealed carry person, however, it is simple to take off our holster, with the gun in it, and never expose the trigger and trigger guard to foreign objects and poorly disciplined trigger fingers.
    • Training – Israeli carry, the common term used, has been taught by some militaries and by some law enforcement agencies. The reason it is taught is fairly simple: They do not have the resources to property train and instill best practices. Israel, for example, has many short-term conscripts and rapid turnover of personnel, and it is a never ending process to get them through some basic training in handling firearms, safely. It is best to keep them as safe as possible, and the investment in high levels of training with handguns just doesn’t make financial sense.
    • Old Guns – Some older handguns did not have drop safeties. To overcome the risk of the gun firing if dropped, leaving the chamber empty was a good mitigation for the problem. However, no responsible concealed carrier would use an older gun without a drop safety.

    Probability

    I often hear people say that they don’t carry with a round in the chamber because of the probability of a ND.

    To me, it makes little sense. We choose to carry a handgun to protect ourselves and our loved ones from threats to our lives or serious bodily harm. We make this decision despite the probability of it happening being incredibly slim. The odds are long that we will have to use our handgun in self defense, yet we make the decision to protect ourselves in those cases. Why would we choose to make it more difficult to deploy our gun in the event it is needed?

    So, we have already made the decision to protect ourselves against some incredibly slim odds of a threat occurring. Yet, even though it is possible that we will not have time to draw and then rack the slide to chamber a round, some people will choose to include the time and effort of chambering a round and the risk of not being able to complete the process and then get good hits on the target before it is too late.

    There are a couple of statements that I have heard that really bring the point home:

    • Trying to chamber a round when you absolutely need to bring your gun imageinto the fight is like trying to put on your seatbelt right before the impact of a car crash. It is too late!
    • Trying to chamber a round might be the last thing you “try to do” and you have until the end of your life to keep trying.

    Malfunction

    In the past, I have covered malfunctions, and I will do that again, soon. In the case of not carrying a round in the chamber, you have basically chosen to start off any highly stressful situation where you need to use your gun with a Type 1 malfunction, and you must clear it before you can actually defend yourself.

    If you understand malfunctions and malfunction clearance, you should recognize that this is an incredibly bad situation. By choosing to not chamber a round, you are giving yourself the handicap of starting off with a malfunction. You are choosing to have a broken gun.

    Solution

    The solution is incredibly EASY.

    • Holster – Buy and use a quality holster.
    • Train – Train, and train some more, so that you have great trigger discipline. Trigger discipline needs to be burned into your brain so that it becomes instinctual. Keep training to keep your confidence levels high. Every single time I draw, or pick up, a gun, my trigger finger will be well away from the trigger until I am sighted in on my target and ready to shoot.
    • Gun in Holster – Keep your gun in its holster. Take off your holster with your gun inside it. Put your holster on, with your gun in it.
  • MOVE!

    The way many people train just seems… wrong. I don’t believe that many of us really train properly when we get out and actually train. Some people don’t even shoot enough to keep their shooting skills up.

    What We Do Wrong

    How we Stand – We are always standing in one position. After all, you are WP_000231not allowed to move around while you shoot at the range as there are others there, and they sure don’t want you moving around just like you don’t want them moving around.

    Walls and Partitions – We have walls or partitions on each side of us. We can’t see to our left and our right.

    Benches – We have these nice, often even carpeted, benches where we put our guns.

    Targets – Our targets are not lifelike. The targets don’t even have facial features in most cases. They are facing us straight on in most cases, and they are upper body, only. They don’t fall over when we get good hits. They don’t rush us. Sure, there are some exceptions, but they are very minimal.

    After Action – We can simulate the steps that we would take after a shooting. We can kind of glance around a bit to the sides to simulate checking the environment around us for other potential threats. However, we really can’t do that on the range.

    Distance – We seem to focus on the 3, 5, 7, and 10 yard shooting distances WP_20140326_008 (2)with some people adding 15 yards because we are limited based on the range where we shoot.

    Weather – No rain, no snow, no wind, and air conditioning are the norm for our training. We are shooting without coats on, without gloves, and without any distractions that might make us uncomfortable. Even when we train outside, most people refuse to get out in the rain.

    Coaching – In most of our training environments, we have friends and family there helping to coach us. They help us fix our problems while shooting and give us advice.

    Stress – We can, calmly, aim and take our time in shooting. There is no  stress. If we are lucky, we might have a shot timer that helps us at least introduce a little stress.

    What We Need

    Instructors always talk about training as we fight, meaning, we should have the same factors included in our training that we would possibly run into if we ever need to fight for our lives or the lives of our loved ones.

    Movement – MOVE! MOVE! MOVE! In the time that we are fighting, we won’t be standing still, yet, that is what we do in almost all of our training. We should be moving while we shoot, moving to cover and concealment, and moving away from the threat. Yet, we just don’t get to do that in many cases. Luckily, there are some great opportunities via USPSA, IPSC, and IDPA to get out there and move while engaging targets.

    Work from Concealment – Not only should we all work from holsters, we should be working from our concealment holsters. We should practice moving concealment garments out of the way, drawing, engaging our targets, and very carefully re-holstering so we can do it all over again and again.

    Malfunctions – We can set up malfunctions, and practice them. We can even do it on the range or in dry practice opportunities, but not enough people do this. It should get to the point of it being reflexive when you have a malfunction.

    Moving Targets – Thankfully, we see more moving targets at our ranges than we have had in the past, but we need more. Our potential assailants won’t be standing still. The targets we shoot at on the range just don’t duck, bob, and weave, either.

    Multiple Targets – We have found that bad guys have friends that are also bad guys, and that by working together, they are able to get a bigger advantage in an encounter. We should practice engaging multiple targets and transitioning from target to target.

    After Action – This should be a part of every one of our training sessions. We need to be able to look behind us, and do a complete 360 degree scan of the environment to make sure we do not have other threats on the scene.

    Distance – Get out and shoot at multiple distances, and don’t look for the standard distances. Shooting at 25 yards will also help us with shorter distances, plus, it will encourage us to start thinking outside the 21 foot rule in our day to day training.

    Cover and Concealment – We need to learn how to use cover and concealment and how to move into good shooting positions that use cover and concealment. We need to learn how to move from one covered position to another.

    Weather – We need to get out in the rain, the snow, the wind, and the general cold weather while wearing the proper coats and gloves. After all, we can’t control what the weather will be like if we have to stop a threat. We need to be ready to act in all sorts of weather conditions. Let’s not forget working in low light environments, too.

    Stress – Going back to USPSA, IPSC, and IDPA, we can use these opportunities to move and shoot, and move and shoot, and practice with the physical stress as well as the stress of competition.

    Summary

    It is time that we all look at how we train, and we need to make the changes where we can to improve our training.

  • GSSF and Its Benefits (like Blue Label Pricing)

    Glock Sport Shooting Foundation (GSSF) is a wonderful program that’s sole imagepurpose is promoting shooting sports for people of all ages, both male and female.

    There seems to be a great deal of confusion around the program and how it works, so I thought a quick primer might help out some people, and really help the see why they should consider joining.

    Cost

    This is the easy part. Prices are shown, here. image

    There are three different types of memberships in the program.

    • Individual – Everyone qualifies. You don’t need to belong to any special group or hold any special job. Everyone qualifies.
    • Family – Three to six family members can use this option. The family members do not have to live at the same address.
    • Agency – A law enforcement agency can enroll three members at no charge, and add more at $15 each.

    Benefits

    I guess everyone values each benefit, differently. However, the benefits of the GSSF membership provide something or significant value for everyone, pretty much.

    CMP – GSSF is an affiliate of the Civilian Marksmanship Program. Members can take advantage of all benefits available to CMP members.

    Pistol Purchase Program – This program is also referred to as the Blue Label program because the label on case is, yeah, you guessed it, blue. While others that are eligible can purchase two guns per year under the program, GSSF members are limited to one per year. GSSF has the details, HERE. Basically, if you enroll in just one year, you will receive a coupon from GSSF after renewing for the second year. If you enroll for two years to start, you will receive a coupon from GSSF, then. Blue Label Glocks are generally $75 to $100 off from the normal retail prices. For those that can’t do math, this benefit more than covers the cost of the GSSF membership.

    Armorer’s Course – Glock’s armorer’s courses are available to GSSF members. The schedule is available HERE. Graduates of the armorer’s course can purchase parts directly from Glock for a reduced price. Some parts are not available, such as slides and frames, but many other parts are available including night sights, extended controls, and other standard components.

    Matches – GSSF sponsors matches all over the country, and each match offers some pretty nice prizes, like cash and free guns. Another nice benefit of attending a match is that there are armorers available to inspect your gun, and replace worn parts for no charge. There is no requirement that members actually compete in matches. However, the opportunities to work with peers in the industry, win nice prizes, and get some free work done on your gun add up to some good reasons to get out there.

  • Should I Carry an Extra Magazine?

    Short Answer

    Yes

    Longer AnswerLoad Semiautomatic

    Yes. There are several reasons that you should consider carrying an extra magazine with your every day carry (EDC) gun.

    Many people will say that capacity is everything. Others will say that good shot placement is vital, and that is why we train. Both are right. When it comes to capacity, nobody knows just how many rounds might be needed when that really bad day rolls around, and no matter how many rounds we have, you still need to get good shots to stop the threat(s). However, there is more to the discussion that “more is better,” and it is a good idea to outline some of the discussion points.

    Small EDC capacity – Many people carry smaller single stack hand guns, and the single stacks have much smaller capacities as compared to larger double stack hand guns. I think an extra magazine is probably more of a need for those that carry single stacks, especially the smaller concealed carry guns like the Smith & Wesson Shield and the Glock 43.

    Motivated assailants – I wish I could find the video that I saw a couple of years ago about OC spray. It was really interesting because they were able to show that if the person was motivated enough, they would easily continue despite being sprayed in the face. They had about five people, and told them that if they could get to the table and perform a simple task, after being sprayed, they would get a nice sum of money. Every single one of them could do it. We have seen some really motivated attackers that just continued to absorb shot after shot and kept on coming. If you want to see how a motivated attacker will just keep coming, just watch the video of the Minnesota mall stabbing attack where the officer that killed the attacker had to shoot him several times. We just don’t know how many rounds might be needed to properly dissuade an attacker or stop them, completely.

    Drugs – I think it is pretty clear that mind altering substances can prevent the pain center from providing the “F#CK, I have been shot” response. FIBS is a nice acronym that John Correia uses. I love it. Anyway, under the influence of many different types of drugs, an assailant may continue, even though another person would have already died. So, again, we just don’t know how many rounds it will take to stop the threat.

    Multiple assailants – I point out, often, that bad guys have friends that are also bad guys. They like to work in groups as it gives them an overwhelming advantage in an altercation, and they seem to be braver when they are in groups. How many shots will it take to stop multiple attackers? Again, we don’t know.

    Average shots in defensive gun use – The stats are out there. The super tactical Internet ninjas will tell you that the average defensive gun user will only shoot X number of shots. So what? Yeah, I said it. Since when do we make decisions around our lives based on averages and other statistics? If we really made decisions based on stats, we would never carry, because the stats show that we will probably never need to draw our handgun and use it. I made the decision to not bet my life and the lives of my loved ones, based on some statistic, so why would I choose to not carry an extra magazine because of some statistic?

    Stress  – I think it is clear that if you ever need to shoot somebody, the adrenaline will be kicking in, and you will not react like you would on the range. You might draw your gun, and fumble it a bit, and accidentally release your magazine onto the ground. You will very likely not be nearly as accurate when shooting as you would be on the range, either. Actually, many trainers refer to it as the rule of 50%. You will be lucky to be 50% as good as you are, normally, when that stressful situation arises and you have all of that adrenaline flooding through your body. You might, normally, only need a controlled pair to end the threat. However, your controlled pair will not be very well controlled, and you will probably miss.  Need further support for the impact of stress? Do a little research on Police accuracy in similar situations.

    Range targets don’t bob and weave – I have yet to see a target on the range duck. Even the best targets don’t bob and weave and duck while you shoot at them, but real people do. I don’t remember there being a rule that assailants have to stand still. If there is such a rule, I don’t think they will abide by it. So, again, that controlled pair may not even hit your target, and you won’t know how many rounds it will take to get good hits and stop the threat.

    Malfunctions – Mr.  Murphy will appea0957-0199r at the worst time. That gun that has never had a double feed, ever, will pick that moment to have a double feed. I hope you learned how to fix a Type 3 Malfunction. If not, you should pay somebody like me to teach you. The solution to fixing your malfunction will be best solved by getting a different magazine into your gun so you can continue firing. While your Type 3 malfunction might look like the one in the picture (I hope you are using real defense rounds and not inert rounds like in the picture), you will need to fix it, quickly.

    Summary

    Each situation is different, and nobody can predict how many rounds you will need, or whether you will have a magazine related failure, when Murphy shows up during that one time when you need your gun to work, flawlessly. That extra magazine may be the deciding factor on that really bad day in your life and whether you will have more days in the future.

  • When is it Legal to use Deadly Force?

    I have been asked two questions around this topic during my classes:

    When is it OK to shoot somebody?

    When is it appropriate to shoot somebody?

    Whew, those are tough ones, partly because they sound so similar, but they are not, and partly because we all have different lines that we will not cross. At what point, in that negative interaction with criminals or terrorists, are you allowed to use deadly force to defend yourself and others? When is it appropriate to use deadly force to defend yourself and others? They are very different questions.

    Disclaimer

    I am not a lawyer. I don’t pretend to be a lawyer. I don’t want to be a lawyer.

    Background – I teach concealed handgun permit classes in Colorado. I am also certified to teach courses that meet the requirements of the Utah conceal handgun permit. More importantly, I have read the laws that are on the books for many states, I am very familiar with the laws in Colorado and Utah, and I teach the basics of those laws to my students while providing this same disclaimer to them. I hope they get the gist.

    Killing within the Law

    Gabe Suarez, earlier this year, announced a new class, “Killing within the Law.” When the class was announced, it really became a hot topic of conversation. Many people were just up in arms (pun intended) about the class and how that evil person could teach a class like that. Of course, many people failed to understand just what the class covered. The whole intent of the class isn’t to teach people how to kill without legal repercussions, it is to teach people what the rules of engagement are for defensive gun users, and how students can protect themselves from the repercussions of killing somebody in self defense or in the defense of others.

    Gabe Suarez addressed the uproar in his video on the topic. The goal is to teach students how to protect themselves from the repercussions of killing somebody in self-defense. In particular, what might happen before, during, and after a defensive gun incident. For example:

    • Understanding the laws around when you can legally use deadly force
    • How to behave and comport yourself
    • Interacting with law enforcement at the scene
    • Knowing that you might be:
      • Prosecuted by the local district attorney
      • Sued for wrongful death in civil courts
      • Investigated for civil rights violations by federal authorities

    Principles of Legal Deadly Force

    Many people have been down the route of tryingimage to boil all of the different laws in our country to a few basic principles when it comes to legal use of deadly force. Keep in mind, you have shot somebody, and they may have died. You, in the mind of many, have just committed a crime that may range from felony assault to murder in the first degree. You need to defend yourself (hopefully with a top quality lawyer) against those charges. Thankfully, every state in the US allows individuals, and third parties, in certain circumstances, the right to protect themselves from harm, even though the actions would normally be considered a crime. For example, in Colorado, we have

    18-1-702 – Choice of Evils. This law states what would otherwise constitute an offense is justifiable under some circumstances. So, you can kill somebody, legally, under the right circumstances.

    One of the common ways to explain when it is legal to use deadly force to protect yourself is to use the JAM analysis.

    • Jeopardy – You must be under imminent threat of being killed or suffering great bodily harm, in the mind of a reasonable person.
    • Ability – The attacker, in the mind of a reasonable person, must have the ability to cause death or great bodily harm from where they are at, or where they could be in a moment.
    • Means – The attacker must, in the mind of a reasonable person, have the physical ability or the tools to deliver on the threat.

    Another view on how all of the pieces interact is to consider the following components of a legal deadly force engagement.

    • Innocent Party – You need to be an innocent party to the altercation/incident. Meaning, you must not be an instigator, you must not be the one initiating the incident, you must not escalate the altercation/incident, and you must not be a willing participant in the incident. For example, it will be hard to justify your use of deadly force if it is the result of an ongoing feud where you took actions against the other person over a period of time. You will also have great difficulty justifying your actions if you were involved in combat by agreement (an agreed upon fight) with the other party. A recent case involved a person that disengaged from an incident, went to his car to get a gun, and then returned to shoot the other person. That is not something that can be shown to be justified, for example.
    • Imminent Threat to Self or Others – The altercation/incident must either be ongoing or about to start. The standard  is that a reasonable person, in the same situation, would have also felf that it was imminent. Jeopardy must exist.
    • Reasonable – Oh! Oh! Oh! This one is the tough one as what is reasonable to one person is not reasonable to others. Your belief that the threat is imminent must be reasonable. Your belief that the threat could result in death or serious bodily harm must be reasonable. You must be able to show that a reasonable person would likely do the same thing in a similar situation. This fictional “reasonable ” person is sane, not under the influence of substances, has some normal moral and ethical values, and does not have a temper that would cause them to act differently than other “reasonable ” people. Would a reasonable person have drawn a gun and pulled the trigger, in a similar situation?
    • Proportional Response – We have learned, over time, that our responses must be proportional. If somebody insults us, that does not justify us burning down their house. If somebody insults us, that does not even justify physical force in the vast majority of situations. In most cases, people respond to verbal threats with verbal responses. There is a point where higher levels of responses are justified. For example, in Colorado, we have 18-1-704 – Use Of Physical Force In Defense Of A Person. This law clearly states that deadly physical force can be used if the defender “has reasonable ground to believe, and does believe, that he or another person is in imminent danger of being killed or of receiving great bodily injury.” Again, there is that “reasonable” component.
    • Avoidance – This one is kind of tricky, too. Some states have “Stand your Ground” statutes. Some states have “Castle Doctrine” statutes. However, these statutes do not, necessarily, remove your responsibility to make good and reasonable decisions, and while you may be protected in criminal court, you may not be protected from civil action. While the law may provide some protections in criminal cases because of these statutes, you need to understant that your actions will appear to others and whether your actions can still be justified in their eyes as cases are tried in civil courts. In many states, you have a duty retreat to the furthest place possible to avoid having to use deadly force. Preclusion, means means that you had the ability to avoid the situation or make it impossible to happen, but chose to not take action. Preclusion is a requirement in many legal cases. In some states, if you have been found not guilty in criminal court, you are shielded from civil action, but that is not a common protection in all states.

    Personal View

    Most of us have a personal take on the whole topic of justifiable self defense. I have spent many hours pondering when I would use deadly force against another person. I have thought about many situations that would result in me using deadly force, and many that would not.

    I watched a video where John Correia talked about this topic, the other day. He said that there is a mentality that we need to consider, too. To paraphrase  one of his statements: whether you can shoot, does not mean you should shoot, or that you must shoot. Even though, your action may be justified under the law, does that mean that it fits your values?

    Example 1 – Let’s say that I live in a multi-story home (I do not), with the living room on the main level, and the bedrooms on the top level. In the middle of the night, I hear strange noises on the main level, so I get my gun and a good hand held light, and I investigate. I see two strangers, taking my TV. They do not appear to be interested in anything else. They have already unhooked it, and they start to carry it out the door.

    Can I shoot? Legally, under Colorado’s laws, I could shoot and kill both of them.

    Should I shoot? I don’t see a reason to shoot them if they are on the way out the door and they are just stealing my TV. I have insurance, but even then, it is not a huge amount of money.

    Must I shoot? If they started to come up the stairs, well, then the scenario changes. At that point, they are a significant threat to me and my family. In my mind, I must shoot, at this point.

    Would you do it differently?

    Example 2 – I am in the parking lot of a large store. I see two men assaulting a young woman. She has a bloody face and is screaming for help. One of them starts to rip at her clothing.

    Can I shoot? Yep. They are, clearly, committing a violent felonious assault on the young woman. Under 18-1-704(2)(c) in Colorado, I would be fully justified to use deadly force and kill them.

    Should I shoot? If they fail to disengage and run off based on my presence and my verbal challenge, then yes, I probably should shoot them. At this point, assuming they run away, I can be a good witness for the police, and I can get immediate medical attention for the young woman.

    Must I shoot? If they grab a blunt instrument and start running at me, then yes. Absolutely, in my mind, I need to use deadly force to defend myself.

    Would you do it differently?

    Summary

    It is vital that we understand:

    • The laws around deadly force
    • The repercussions of using deadly force
    • How we will interact with law enforcement in the aftermath
    • Our personal morals and what we are willing to do in certain circumstances

    Your mileage may vary when it comes to the questions:

    • Can you shoot?
    • Should you shoot?
    • Must you shoot?
  • Blackhawk Serpa Holster

    I have two of these holsters. One, I bought to demo in my classes, the other actually was used by one of my sons, on rare occasions, when riding around Blackhawk Serpa Level2 Sportsteron our UTV on our ranch. Yes, it was used, but it was not carried in the real world, only on the 10,000 acre ranch to make sure the gun wasn’t lost. Of course, now, he uses a much better holster.

    I do not like it, and for good reason. So, let’s review a previous blog about holsters. In that blog, I stated that a good holster will have the following features:

    • Ease of Carry – A holster allows us to carry our gun on our body so that it is as close as possible in the event we need it.
    • Retention – One of the biggest fears of a conceal carrier is that you will see your gun skittering down the hallway of your office or some other public place. Keeping the gun in the holster is important. Also, retention, passive and active, helps keep the gun safe from a potential gun grabber. In other words, the holster needs to keep the gun in the holster until you need to access the gun.
    • Trigger Protection – Proper carry requires that the trigger be protected so that other objects can’t accidentally activate the trigger and cause a negligent discharge that might harm/kill you or others that are near you.
    • Protect the Gun – We tend to forget that a gun is susceptible to sweat, lint, and whatever else you might contact that can scratch the surface treatment and cause corrosion. A concealed carry gun gets lint, even in a good holster, but using a holster that doesn’t keep your gun separated from the environment will lead to greater exposure to corrosive elements and general dirt and lint.
    • Stability of Position – We need our gun to be held so that it is stable and doesn’t bounce around as we move around through the day and night. It is also very important that your gun is in the same place with the same cant every time you train with it and carry it. You need to practice, over and over, and build automaticity can, reflexively, draw your gun when it is needed.

    Now, that we have gone over the review, let’s talk about what is wrong with the Serpa.

    • Recognized Safety Issue – While on the surface, the Serpa looks great as it provides active retention, it is the retention design that is a huge safety issue. A quick search on the Internet will provide several examples of issues with the Serpa. The fact that the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) has banned them should be enough. After all, if the Government finds something to be unsafe and takes action when they are the last to ever take action, that should tell you something. There have been many incidents where people have shot themselves when using this holster. In one particular incident, Tex Grebner shot himself when using the Serpa. Many people stated that it was a training issue and that Tex, like many others, needs to properly train with the holster and use it properly. Tex, like others, found that the finger that is used with to deactivate the retention device aligns very closely with the trigger of the gun in the holster, especially when trying to draw, quickly. It is fairly easy to replicate what happened to Tex. Watch the video. Please! While Tex, today, does not blame the holster, many of us do.
    • Retention Device Failures – The other issue that has been discovered is that dirt and other debris can get into the retention paddle and disable it by clogging it up. It happens way too often. With a little dirt or small gravel pieces underneath the retention paddle, it will not depress and you can’t get your gun out. Obviously, this is a concern for those that may need their gun at that moment.
    • Poor Construction – The material is not kydex. It is injection molded plastic and does not have the strength of a kydex holster.

    John Correia posted a great video on this subject, earlier today. While I have previously posted about the Serpa in previous blogs, I felt it was worth mentioning again. Please view John’s video. It is well worth the time. In his video, John says that the following issues exist:

    • Safety
    • Flimsy construction of the belt attachment device
    • Debris can prevent deactivating the locking mechanism
    • Locking mechanism can not be inspected or cleaned
    • Many other options available around same price
    • Locking mechanism easily deactivated when fighting for the gun

    Banned – This holster has been banned by pretty much every private training center in the US and has been banned by many large police departments. The reason is that it is not safe enough. Again, refer to FLETC and their banning of the holster.

    Support for it – This holster, for some reason, has a strong group of supporters. Why? I don’t know. But, they are not about to admit that they made a bad choice when they purchased it, even if they did not know what they should know, now. I about lost my mind the other day when somebody said, “I have carried with it for years and never had a problem.” Well, you know, I heard that crappy logic before from a relative that told me, “I have been drinking and driving for years and have never had an accident.” Yes, it was said. I don’t think I have to explain that just because you have been lucky doesn’t mean that you will continue to be lucky.

    Summary

    Don’t buy this holster. If you have one, keep it and use it to show your friends what not to buy before they buy their first gun and holster. If you see people wearing one, stand far away from them.

  • Blackhawk Serpa Holster

    I have two of these holsters. One, I bought to demo in my classes, the other actually was used by one of my sons, on rare occasions, when riding around Blackhawk Serpa Level2 Sportsteron our UTV on our ranch. Yes, it was used, but it was not carried in the real world, only on the 10,000 acre ranch to make sure the gun wasn’t lost. Of course, now, he uses a much better holster.

    I do not like it, and for good reason. So, let’s review a previous blog about holsters. In that blog, I stated that a good holster will have the following features:

    • Ease of Carry – A holster allows us to carry our gun on our body so that it is as close as possible in the event we need it.
    • Retention – One of the biggest fears of a conceal carrier is that you will see your gun skittering down the hallway of your office or some other public place. Keeping the gun in the holster is important. Also, retention, passive and active, helps keep the gun safe from a potential gun grabber. In other words, the holster needs to keep the gun in the holster until you need to access the gun.
    • Trigger Protection – Proper carry requires that the trigger be protected so that other objects can’t accidentally activate the trigger and cause a negligent discharge that might harm/kill you or others that are near you.
    • Protect the Gun – We tend to forget that a gun is susceptible to sweat, lint, and whatever else you might contact that can scratch the surface treatment and cause corrosion. A concealed carry gun gets lint, even in a good holster, but using a holster that doesn’t keep your gun separated from the environment will lead to greater exposure to corrosive elements and general dirt and lint.
    • Stability of Position – We need our gun to be held so that it is stable and doesn’t bounce around as we move around through the day and night. It is also very important that your gun is in the same place with the same cant every time you train with it and carry it. You need to practice, over and over, and build automaticity can, reflexively, draw your gun when it is needed.

    Now, that we have gone over the review, let’s talk about what is wrong with the Serpa.

    • Recognized Safety Issue – While on the surface, the Serpa looks great as it provides active retention, it is the retention design that is a huge safety issue. A quick search on the Internet will provide several examples of issues with the Serpa. The fact that the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) has banned them should be enough. After all, if the Government finds something to be unsafe and takes action when they are the last to ever take action, that should tell you something. There have been many incidents where people have shot themselves when using this holster. In one particular incident, Tex Grebner shot himself when using the Serpa. Many people stated that it was a training issue and that Tex, like many others, needs to properly train with the holster and use it properly. Tex, like others, found that the finger that is used with to deactivate the retention device aligns very closely with the trigger of the gun in the holster, especially when trying to draw, quickly. It is fairly easy to replicate what happened to Tex. Watch the video. Please! While Tex, today, does not blame the holster, many of us do.
    • Retention Device Failures – The other issue that has been discovered is that dirt and other debris can get into the retention paddle and disable it by clogging it up. It happens way too often. With a little dirt or small gravel pieces underneath the retention paddle, it will not depress and you can’t get your gun out. Obviously, this is a concern for those that may need their gun at that moment.
    • Poor Construction – The material is not kydex. It is injection molded plastic and does not have the strength of a kydex holster.

    John Correia posted a great video on this subject, earlier today. While I have previously posted about the Serpa in previous blogs, I felt it was worth mentioning again. Please view John’s video. It is well worth the time. In his video, John says that the following issues exist:

    • Safety
    • Flimsy construction of the belt attachment device
    • Debris can prevent deactivating the locking mechanism
    • Locking mechanism can not be inspected or cleaned
    • Many other options available around same price
    • Locking mechanism easily deactivated when fighting for the gun

    Banned – This holster has been banned by pretty much every private training center in the US and has been banned by many large police departments. The reason is that it is not safe enough. Again, refer to FLETC and their banning of the holster.

    Support for it – This holster, for some reason, has a strong group of supporters. Why? I don’t know. But, they are not about to admit that they made a bad choice when they purchased it, even if they did not know what they should know, now. I about lost my mind the other day when somebody said, “I have carried with it for years and never had a problem.” Well, you know, I heard that crappy logic before from a relative that told me, “I have been drinking and driving for years and have never had an accident.” Yes, it was said. I don’t think I have to explain that just because you have been lucky doesn’t mean that you will continue to be lucky.

    Summary

    Don’t buy this holster. If you have one, keep it and use it to show your friends what not to buy before they buy their first gun and holster. If you see people wearing one, stand far away from them.

  • Jeff Cooper and Gabe Suarez

    I was doing some thinking the other day about some of the differences and some of the similarities when it comes to Jeff Cooper and Gabe Suarez. For those that have worked with both, the differences seem to be more of an evolution of gun fighting.

    Jeff Cooper and the Modern Technique of the Pistol

    I have not met a single handgun instructor that doesn’t teach the Modern Technique as the core of their course.

    Jeff Cooper codified the Modern Technique of the Pistol based on his JeffCooperobservations of competitors at his Leatherslap events held in Big Bear Lake in the late 1950’s. The Modern Technique was founded based on man vs man competitions where both shooters shot at targets, 10 yards away, and the first to get a good hit won. Cooper witnessed the evolution of single handed point shooting to the two-handed Weaver stance, for example. Cooper’s competitions provided more realism than found in typical bullseye competitions by introducing time stresses.

    Over the years, Copper developed the Modern Technique and began teaching it in the mid to late 1970’s. Cooper started teaching the Modern Technique at what is now known as Gunsite. Cooper made it clear that the intention of a defensive shooter should be to shoot quick, accurate, and incapacitating gun fire. Cooper’s Modern Technique includes:

    • Large Caliber Pistols – Cooper preferred 45 ACP over other ammunition based on the increased damage over other ammunition. Cooper preferred the 1911, but also saw the value of the CZ-75 and the Browning Hi-Power chambered in 45 ACP as well as other semiautomatic 45 ACP hand guns.
    • Draw Stroke – The five step draw stroke is an important part of the Modern Technique. The draw stroke is practiced from an outside the waist band holster in the 3 o’clock position.
    • The Weaver Stance – Jack Weaver began using the two-handed grip and his self-developed stance to win several competitions at Big Bear Lake. The theory behind the Weaver Stance is that sighted and well controlled accurate gun fire will win over single-handed point shooting.
      NOTE: Jack Weaver has stated that his stance came about because of an issue with his elbow, and while it is still taught, it has been replaced by more of a hybrid stance that includes some elements of the Weaver stance. He discusses the beginnings here.
    • Flash Sight Picture – While a perfect sight picture is preferred, it was found that just getting the front sight on target while it is somewhere within the rear sight, is usually enough to get good hits on target.
    • Compressed Surprised Break – Pressing the trigger, instead of mashing it, will result in less movement of the gun and better accuracy. As experience is gained with a particular trigger, it is easier for the shooter to keep the gun steady, and reach the trigger break faster.
    • Color Code – The color code of awareness was created and codified by Cooper.

    While not technically one of the principles of the Modern Technique, the Failure to Stop Drill (Mozambique Drill) was added to the Modern Technique. In the case where a controlled pair fails to stop the threat, the defensive shooter snaps the sights up the head and fires a shot to the cranial/ocular cavity to immediately stop the threat by destroying the central nervous system of the attacker. Cooper also added some other drills to the Modern Technique in order to provide more real world solutions.

    In recent years, there has been a move away from the Weaver Stance to a modified/hybrid version of the Weaver and Isosceles stances. There has also been a move to the 9mm as a defense round because of the performance advances; round expansion and improved accuracy because of its reduced recoil. However, most training classes still use the Modern Technique as the basis of their teaching.

    Gabe Suarez and the Suarez System

    Gabe Suarez is a controversial figure in the industry in that his system is GabeSuarezrooted in reaction, movement, and extreme violence. The Suarez System has its roots in the Modern Technique. However, the Suarez System uses reactive tactical movement as supported by after action reviews of gun fights and what worked for those that survived. The Suarez System does not fully depend on everything taught on the artificial world of the gun range. The Suarez System includes many differing elements from the Modern Technique, to include:

    • Movement – Suarez implements movement as an integral part of self-defense and winning the battle. Suarez refers to it as “getting off the X” by moving out of the line of the bad guy’s fire while firing at the bad guy using a less than perfect site picture, if one is even achieved, and without using a stable shooting stance. Standing still makes you a much easier target and movement keeps you safer.
    • Reactive – While Cooper taught the color code of awareness, Suarez found that it is very hard to keep high awareness and be proactive in the reaction to a potential threat. Suarez sees quick and reflexive reaction to surprise as vital to winning. It is almost impossible to be in a constant state of awareness.
    • Stance – Suarez realizes that the Weaver Stance, used to control recoil for most shooters, just isn’t useful in reactive environments. In reactive environments, our natural tendency is to draw and punch our gun out in the direction of the attack while running the trigger. Many times, the reaction is to use one hand and not turn towards the attack while building a two-handed grip. Remember, you should be moving. A strong stance can be used, when possible, but it should not be required before firing in response to a threat.
    • Sight Picture – While a good sight picture is not ignored, reaction often calls for just centering the slide of the gun on the center of the attacker. Suarez refers to it as “the meat of the bad guy surrounding the metal image of the slide.” Eventually, you can get to a proper sight picture for follow-on shots, but that first shot may be based on point shooting or the meat and metal picture. A good site picture will be used, though, in situations where you have surprise on your side, and you can take the time to establish that site picture.
    • Compressed Surprise Break – While the compressed surprise break is preferred, the best and quickest reaction might just be mashing your trigger fast and repeatedly. This is especially true in close quarters situations. The trigger should be run based on the distance and the degree of initiative when shooting at the bad guy. Having the initiative allows the smoother compressed surprise break, but being reactive requires quick firing.
    • 9mm – Cooper preferred larger caliber guns. Suarez has found that 9mm guns are very effective using today’s defense rounds, and the higher capacity of 9mm guns is a major plus.
    • Shooting to the Ground – Cooper taught controlled pairs, and this is still taught today. The defensive shooter fires a controlled pair, and evaluates the situation and either continues to fire to center mass or to the head based on the evaluation. Suarez teaches shooting in bursts to the chest and bursts to the face to bring the attacker down and put them out of the fight when in reactive mode. Suarez also teaches bursts to the face when in a more proactive mode where you have the initiative. Aggressive violence against those trying to harm or kill us and our loved ones is fully justified, especially when a terrorist is involved.
    • Instanbul Drill – In the case of a terrorist, we use a head shot as an anchoring shot. The term, anchoring shot, comes from big game hunting where hunters attempt to bring down the animal by breaking supporting bone structures of an animal that might charge and kill the hunter. The hunter would then follow-up the anchoring shot with a shot to the brain to kill the animal, quickly. In the case of a terrorist, and an active shooter, the anchoring shot is to the head. This, to be clear, is just in situations where the threat is a terrorist or an active shooter that may be wearing a bullet resistant vest or have an explosive device where you need to stop them from deploying it.
    • Holster – Suarez teaches drawing from concealment, exclusively, as we should be grey, and Suarez also prefers appendix carry because of its improved retention, better concealment, and quicker draw.
    • Malfunctions – Suarez teaches a basic flow chart where if a malfunction happens, we do not try to fully evaluate it because you are in an incredibly high stress environment and you are moving. Instead, you tap/rack, and if that doesn’t fix it, you strip out the magazine, replace it, and rack the slide. If the gun ran empty or experienced a type 3 malfunction, both of those problems would be resolved with the magazine replacement.

    Another major difference between the Modern Technique and the Suarez System is that Suarez recognizes the differences between a mugger/robber/home invader and a terrorist/active shooter when it comes to the attacker’s motivation and you stopping the threat. A typical criminal wants to live, so a controlled pair will often stop the attack. A terrorist wants to wreak havoc and does not care of about living through the incident. In many cases, just stopping the attack of a terrorist might result in triggering of a bomb. To properly diffuse the terrorist and prevent triggering a vest or some other improvised explosive device, they need to be killed. The terrorist/active shooter needs to be killed, not just stopped, so you should shoot them to the ground, and keep shooting them while advancing over their body.

    Conclusion

    While Suarez worked under Cooper, and much of what he teaches is based on the Modern Technique, Suarez recognizes the differences between the typical street criminal and the terrorist. For the typical criminal, we still use much of what is taught in the Modern Technique by firing controlled pairs and assessing the target. However, the terrorist that has no desire to get away and live, has to be treated differently, and that is where the Suarez System shines.

  • What Gun Should I Buy for My Wife for Conceal Carry?

    I hear this question way too often. There are a couple of problems with this question. The biggest issue that I have with this is that somehow, many men think they know what women need. Yeah, I know, that whole issue about what women need is a big issue for men, in general. Smile

    Luckily, there are some really good women out there that understand that the male focused industry has done a horrible job of meeting the needs of women, and those same women have gone out and done some great work trying to get a good idea of what works best for women. I will get to the articles in a minute, but first, here is my take:

    • Let women make their own decision.
    • Let them try out several different guns and see what they like best and can shoot best. The best place to do that is at a range that rents several guns.
    • Make sure they get some basic training in safety, first.

    This year, the American Rifleman (yeah, I get the irony of the “man” part of it Winking smile) published two great articles on the topic.

    The first one The Ladies Pistol Project is a great starting point. TheLadiesPistolProject idea was to define what a female friendly handgun really is, according to women, not according to some marketing guys that work for gun manufacturers and think that making it pink makes it something that will work for women.

    Basically, women like guns that fit them well and that they can shoot well. Sounds like the same thing that men like.

    The one item that really caught my eye was that so many women did not like the smaller J-Frame revolvers. I have always felt that they don’t work as well for women as men believe. I felt vindicated when I read that.

    The second part of this project was The Ladies Pistol Project II – Concealed Carry Pistols. This is another great article where several women got to shoot and rate several conceal carry pistols to see what they liked best. Again, there were some great results from the project that I encourage everyone to read.

    Summary: It isn’t about the color of the gun, as many marketing people seem to think. It isn’t about being able to rack a slide, as we have seen from the survey results from women. It is about comfortable with the gun and being able to accurately shoot it.

  • Handgun Modifications and Concealed Carry

    As always, I have an opinion to share. Smile 

    Disclaimer – I am not a lawyer. I don’t pretend to be one. I don’t want to be one.

    Background – I do teach concealed handgun permit classes in Colorado. I love it. I am also authorized to teach courses that meet the requirements of the Utah concealed handgun permit. I have military experience that I will not discuss with most people. I have taken several armorer courses, and am qualified/certified as an armorer for multiple handgun manufacturers.

    I often read questions on forums, and am asked by students, around whether it is OK to modify an every day carry (EDC) handgun, also known as a carry gun that is either carried openly or concealed. I see many people jump up and say that it can be held against you in court and your gun should remain completely stock. The other side responds by asking for any court case where it has been a factor in a justified defensive shooting. I am in the latter group as there is no case where a justified shooting has turned into an unjustified shooting because of a gun modification.

    Some of the common modifications made to a hand gun include the following (I am certain that I missed some of the more common ones):

    • Grip – This includes stippling, applying grip tape or sleeves, grip panels, grip size reductions, removal of finger grooves, and extensions.
    • Slide – This includes engraving, custom back plates, slide cuts, and custom fitting.
    • Barrel – This includes barrel crowning, refinishing or coating, and custom fitting as well as replacement barrels.
    • Color – This includes using nail polish or melted crayon to fill in engravings, refinishing the slide and receiver with custom coatings in custom colors, and even having designs put on the gun.

    Most of the time, the question has to do with trigger jobs or replacement triggers and changing the weight of the trigger. Of course, there are also questions regarding other modifications that are functional or cosmetic. In any case, it is about whether any of these modifications will have an impact on your case in the event you are involved in a defensive shooting. Since the trigger is the main one, and the most discussed, let’s start off with a couple of definitions and focus on the trigger for the rest of this blog, even though it applies to all modifications.

    Trigger Job – A trigger job can be simply polishing the components of the trigger and removing any burrs in the metal, or it can involve changing the engagement of the trigger, sear, and hammer/striker. Changing the angle of engagement between the components and replacing the springs may be part of the trigger job. The goal is to improve the trigger pull and its impact on keeping the sight picture on the target. A good trigger job will provide a smoother trigger pull, and most likely, reduce the weight of the trigger pull. A good trigger job will allow you, as a shooter, the ability to keep your sights on the target as a poor trigger will require greater pressure on the trigger which will then make it harder to keep the sights on target. WP_20171029_11_58_54_Pro (2)

    In my case, I am thinking very seriously about replacing the trigger shoe on my Glock 43 [edit – I did it]. I hate the way the trigger feels against my finger and how it has graduated steps and grooves (shown here) on its face of the trigger shoe that limit my ability to properly train with the gun. After about 30 rounds, it really starts to bother my trigger finger. I may even go so far as to get a complete replacement for the trigger [edit – I did not, replacing the shoe was enough for me].

    Replacement Trigger – There are many great third party companies that WP_20171029_21_15_02_Promake their own trigger, and complete kits that include replacement springs, that can be used to completely replace the stock trigger and components. I won’t even try to list them all as it would take a pretty long time. You can research the different options and read reviews for each of them, and you will find that some vendors have much better reputations based on the quality of their parts and their support.

    On my S&W M&P Shield, I did a complete trigger replacement with the Apex Duty trigger and springs (shown here). I am glad that I did, as it is a much smoother trigger with a cleaner break than the stock trigger and springs.

    Question

    What am I allowed to do, and what would be the impact on my case in the event I am involved in a defensive shooting?

    Answer

    As always, the answer is, “It depends.” In the vast majority of the cases, it won’t make any difference whatsoever in your case. The reason is that your modifications, functional or cosmetic, have nothing to do with whether you violated a law or whether you violated a person’s rights. The “it depends” part is whether you have a competent lawyer that understands how to respond to a prosecutor or plaintiff’s lawyer that tries to influence the jury by trying to make a modification into an issue when it is not an issue. A good lawyer will object to any mention of such modifications as they are not relevant.

    Note: A modification can be an issue in cases where you did not intend to shoot (a negligent discharge). So, yes, if you have a negligent discharge that harms or kills an innocent person, then your functional modifications matter.

    Legal Standard

    If, let’s hope it doesn’t happen, you must draw your gun and shoot an attacker, there are some possible repercussions. You can, and most likely, will be arrested, and you might be charged with one of the following (I am going to use Colorado law as I am pretty familiar with it):

    Murder in the First Degree – There are three elements to be convicted of this charge. They are:

    • Intent – You intended to cause the death of the other person. it was your plan. This is where modifications might come into play as the prosecutor tries to prove intent.
    • Deliberation – Also known as premeditation, you have to have had time to consider it and make the conscious decision to commit the murder. Generally, this means that you had time to reconsider and second guess yourself.
    • Death – The person must actually be killed.

    Murder in the Second Degree – The elements are a bit different. In particular, the change between Murder in the First Degree and Murder in the Second Degree is the “deliberation” element. There is no deliberation if:

    • In the heat of passion.
    • Instigated by a serious and highly provoking act of the victim and there is not a sufficient time between instigation and the act for second guessing and reconsideration.

    Manslaughter – The difference between Murder in the Second Degree and Manslaughter is that in Manslaughter, the act is not knowingly committed, but it is committed recklessly. In other words, there is no intent, but there is negligence.

    Assault in the First Degree – Intent to cause serious bodily injury or to disfigure another person, resulting in serious bodily injury or disfigurement to any person by means of a deadly weapon. So, again, intent must be shown.

    Others – There are other charges where the attacker lives, and it becomes attempted murder or other lesser crimes.

    Legal Defenses

    Choice of Evils – The Choice of Evils allows people to engage in what would normally be an offense (like Assault in the First Degree or Murder in the Second Degree) to prevent another offense from harming us or third parties.

    Use of Physical Force in Defense of a Person – In cases where a person reasonably believes that the imminent actions of another person may cause death or great bodily injury, then you are allowed to use physical force, and even deadly force is allowed.

    Impact of Gun Modifications

    In all of the above possible charges, you will not see any place where the tool, the handgun, has been modified in any way as part of the equation will impact the defense against any charges brought. In fact, there is no place in any of the laws that you would likely be charged with that have any element associated with the defense tool used being modified.

    In you intend to pull the trigger, and do so, and the gun goes off like it is supposed to, then any legal standard for charges brought against you will not apply to any modifications of your handgun. Even if a prosecutor brings it up, your qualified defense lawyer will shoot it down (pun intended), and the judge will also back up your lawyer as it isn’t relevant. In the worst case where a jury might hear that you made changes to your gun, it can be addressed in further questioning, and the judge will make it clear what the jury is supposed to consider when the judge provides the jury instructions on what is required to convict you of any charges brought by the prosecution. The jury instructions are clear in that they define the elements that must be proven in the case.

    However…

    Yeah, there is usually a “however” in these discussions. In this case, we need to understand that if we make changes that impact the safety of a handgun that we use, and it causes a negligent discharge, then we will be held liable for any death, injury, or damage to property that is caused by that negligent discharge.

    As soon as you say, “I didn’t intend to shoot…” then the modifications to your handgun are very much in play. You just did something that was negligent. You will pay the consequences.

    Recommendations

    Please understand that if you make changes that impact the safety of your handgun, and your gun goes off when you don’t intend it to go off, then you will be liable. You can protect yourself, though.

    Do not modify your handgun. If you don’t screw with it, and something happens that is beyond your control (i.e. you drop your gun, and the drop safety fails because of its design), the manufacturer will be held liable.

    Use Qualified Gunsmiths – Of course, if you are going to have some work done that will change the gun from its stock configuration, use a qualified/certified gunsmith. Don’t do it yourself and take on the liability of you making a change that might impact the safety of your gun. Liability is why you will never see a gun manufacturer support third party components.

    Verify Safeties – I tell all of my students that anytime you work on your gun, even if it is cleaning it, you need to do a function check before you load it up and use it. Test the trigger safety. Test the trigger with the safety disengaged. Test the reset of the trigger. Test the grip safety if you have one. Test any manuals safeties that you have, and then test the trigger and the trigger reset after each one is disengaged.

    Follow the Four Safety Rules – Jeff Cooper’s four rules have become universal because they make great sense. The community, overall, has accepted them and they are taught all of the time. In the case of a trigger, Rule 3 is huge. Keep your finger off of that trigger until you are ready to activate the trigger and shoot.

    Train – Take training classes, and document your training. If you say that you were taught “in this situation, you should…” you need to be able to say who taught you that and when. For example, I have been taught that when the attacker is wearing body armor or some kind of explosive vest, I should take head shots. If such a situation came up, and I was questioned on it, I can easily show that I was taught by qualified people and they can verify and back up my training.

    Be able to Articulate Your Modifications – Understand why you have had others make modifications to your handgun and the value of those modifications. For example, if you can clearly state that the trigger was modified because the new/modified trigger is crisper and smoother and results in you being more accurate and less likely to shoot an innocent bystander, that will make a difference if it is ever brought up.

    Legal Up! – By this, I mean, make sure you know the laws where you carry, make sure you have a good defense insurance plan, and make sure you have a plan in case you are involved in a defensive shooting.

    Valuable Links

    Please review the following links. They may be valuable to you in your decision making when it comes to modifications to your every day carry handgun.

    https://www.usconcealedcarry.com/trigger-mods-concealed-carry-weapon/

    http://blog.cheaperthandirt.com/trigger-pull-modifications-legal-trouble-waiting-happen/

    https://blog.uslawshield.com/legal-risks-of-modifying-your-trigger-pull/

  • Handgun Modifications and Concealed Carry

    As always, I have an opinion to share. Smile 

    Disclaimer – I am not a lawyer. I don’t pretend to be one. I don’t want to be one.

    Background – I do teach concealed handgun permit classes in Colorado. I love it. I am also authorized to teach courses that meet the requirements of the Utah concealed handgun permit. I have military experience that I will not discuss with most people. I have taken several armorer courses, and am qualified/certified as an armorer for multiple handgun manufacturers.

    I often read questions on forums, and am asked by students, around whether it is OK to modify an every day carry (EDC) handgun, also known as a carry gun that is either carried openly or concealed. I see many people jump up and say that it can be held against you in court and your gun should remain completely stock. The other side responds by asking for any court case where it has been a factor in a justified defensive shooting. I am in the latter group as there is no case where a justified shooting has turned into an unjustified shooting because of a gun modification.

    Some of the common modifications made to a hand gun include the following (I am certain that I missed some of the more common ones):

    • Grip – This includes stippling, applying grip tape or sleeves, grip panels, grip size reductions, removal of finger grooves, and extensions.
    • Slide – This includes engraving, custom back plates, slide cuts, and custom fitting.
    • Barrel – This includes barrel crowning, refinishing or coating, and custom fitting as well as replacement barrels.
    • Color – This includes using nail polish or melted crayon to fill in engravings, refinishing the slide and receiver with custom coatings in custom colors, and even having designs put on the gun.

    Most of the time, the question has to do with trigger jobs or replacement triggers and changing the weight of the trigger. Of course, there are also questions regarding other modifications that are functional or cosmetic. In any case, it is about whether any of these modifications will have an impact on your case in the event you are involved in a defensive shooting. Since the trigger is the main one, and the most discussed, let’s start off with a couple of definitions and focus on the trigger for the rest of this blog, even though it applies to all modifications.

    Trigger Job – A trigger job can be simply polishing the components of the trigger and removing any burrs in the metal, or it can involve changing the engagement of the trigger, sear, and hammer/striker. Changing the angle of engagement between the components and replacing the springs may be part of the trigger job. The goal is to improve the trigger pull and its impact on keeping the sight picture on the target. A good trigger job will provide a smoother trigger pull, and most likely, reduce the weight of the trigger pull. A good trigger job will allow you, as a shooter, the ability to keep your sights on the target as a poor trigger will require greater pressure on the trigger which will then make it harder to keep the sights on target. WP_20171029_11_58_54_Pro (2)

    In my case, I am thinking very seriously about replacing the trigger shoe on my Glock 43 [edit – I did it]. I hate the way the trigger feels against my finger and how it has graduated steps and grooves (shown here) on its face of the trigger shoe that limit my ability to properly train with the gun. After about 30 rounds, it really starts to bother my trigger finger. I may even go so far as to get a complete replacement for the trigger [edit – I did not, replacing the shoe was enough for me].

    Replacement Trigger – There are many great third party companies that WP_20171029_21_15_02_Promake their own trigger, and complete kits that include replacement springs, that can be used to completely replace the stock trigger and components. I won’t even try to list them all as it would take a pretty long time. You can research the different options and read reviews for each of them, and you will find that some vendors have much better reputations based on the quality of their parts and their support.

    On my S&W M&P Shield, I did a complete trigger replacement with the Apex Duty trigger and springs (shown here). I am glad that I did, as it is a much smoother trigger with a cleaner break than the stock trigger and springs.

    Question

    What am I allowed to do, and what would be the impact on my case in the event I am involved in a defensive shooting?

    Answer

    As always, the answer is, “It depends.” In the vast majority of the cases, it won’t make any difference whatsoever in your case. The reason is that your modifications, functional or cosmetic, have nothing to do with whether you violated a law or whether you violated a person’s rights. The “it depends” part is whether you have a competent lawyer that understands how to respond to a prosecutor or plaintiff’s lawyer that tries to influence the jury by trying to make a modification into an issue when it is not an issue. A good lawyer will object to any mention of such modifications as they are not relevant.

    Note: A modification can be an issue in cases where you did not intend to shoot (a negligent discharge). So, yes, if you have a negligent discharge that harms or kills an innocent person, then your functional modifications matter.

    Legal Standard

    If, let’s hope it doesn’t happen, you must draw your gun and shoot an attacker, there are some possible repercussions. You can, and most likely, will be arrested, and you might be charged with one of the following (I am going to use Colorado law as I am pretty familiar with it):

    Murder in the First Degree – There are three elements to be convicted of this charge. They are:

    • Intent – You intended to cause the death of the other person. it was your plan. This is where modifications might come into play as the prosecutor tries to prove intent.
    • Deliberation – Also known as premeditation, you have to have had time to consider it and make the conscious decision to commit the murder. Generally, this means that you had time to reconsider and second guess yourself.
    • Death – The person must actually be killed.

    Murder in the Second Degree – The elements are a bit different. In particular, the change between Murder in the First Degree and Murder in the Second Degree is the “deliberation” element. There is no deliberation if:

    • In the heat of passion.
    • Instigated by a serious and highly provoking act of the victim and there is not a sufficient time between instigation and the act for second guessing and reconsideration.

    Manslaughter – The difference between Murder in the Second Degree and Manslaughter is that in Manslaughter, the act is not knowingly committed, but it is committed recklessly. In other words, there is no intent, but there is negligence.

    Assault in the First Degree – Intent to cause serious bodily injury or to disfigure another person, resulting in serious bodily injury or disfigurement to any person by means of a deadly weapon. So, again, intent must be shown.

    Others – There are other charges where the attacker lives, and it becomes attempted murder or other lesser crimes.

    Legal Defenses

    Choice of Evils – The Choice of Evils allows people to engage in what would normally be an offense (like Assault in the First Degree or Murder in the Second Degree) to prevent another offense from harming us or third parties.

    Use of Physical Force in Defense of a Person – In cases where a person reasonably believes that the imminent actions of another person may cause death or great bodily injury, then you are allowed to use physical force, and even deadly force is allowed.

    Impact of Gun Modifications

    In all of the above possible charges, you will not see any place where the tool, the handgun, has been modified in any way as part of the equation will impact the defense against any charges brought. In fact, there is no place in any of the laws that you would likely be charged with that have any element associated with the defense tool used being modified.

    In you intend to pull the trigger, and do so, and the gun goes off like it is supposed to, then any legal standard for charges brought against you will not apply to any modifications of your handgun. Even if a prosecutor brings it up, your qualified defense lawyer will shoot it down (pun intended), and the judge will also back up your lawyer as it isn’t relevant. In the worst case where a jury might hear that you made changes to your gun, it can be addressed in further questioning, and the judge will make it clear what the jury is supposed to consider when the judge provides the jury instructions on what is required to convict you of any charges brought by the prosecution. The jury instructions are clear in that they define the elements that must be proven in the case.

    However…

    Yeah, there is usually a “however” in these discussions. In this case, we need to understand that if we make changes that impact the safety of a handgun that we use, and it causes a negligent discharge, then we will be held liable for any death, injury, or damage to property that is caused by that negligent discharge.

    As soon as you say, “I didn’t intend to shoot…” then the modifications to your handgun are very much in play. You just did something that was negligent. You will pay the consequences.

    Recommendations

    Please understand that if you make changes that impact the safety of your handgun, and your gun goes off when you don’t intend it to go off, then you will be liable. You can protect yourself, though.

    Do not modify your handgun. If you don’t screw with it, and something happens that is beyond your control (i.e. you drop your gun, and the drop safety fails because of its design), the manufacturer will be held liable.

    Use Qualified Gunsmiths – Of course, if you are going to have some work done that will change the gun from its stock configuration, use a qualified/certified gunsmith. Don’t do it yourself and take on the liability of you making a change that might impact the safety of your gun. Liability is why you will never see a gun manufacturer support third party components.

    Verify Safeties – I tell all of my students that anytime you work on your gun, even if it is cleaning it, you need to do a function check before you load it up and use it. Test the trigger safety. Test the trigger with the safety disengaged. Test the reset of the trigger. Test the grip safety if you have one. Test any manuals safeties that you have, and then test the trigger and the trigger reset after each one is disengaged.

    Follow the Four Safety Rules – Jeff Cooper’s four rules have become universal because they make great sense. The community, overall, has accepted them and they are taught all of the time. In the case of a trigger, Rule 3 is huge. Keep your finger off of that trigger until you are ready to activate the trigger and shoot.

    Train – Take training classes, and document your training. If you say that you were taught “in this situation, you should…” you need to be able to say who taught you that and when. For example, I have been taught that when the attacker is wearing body armor or some kind of explosive vest, I should take head shots. If such a situation came up, and I was questioned on it, I can easily show that I was taught by qualified people and they can verify and back up my training.

    Be able to Articulate Your Modifications – Understand why you have had others make modifications to your handgun and the value of those modifications. For example, if you can clearly state that the trigger was modified because the new/modified trigger is crisper and smoother and results in you being more accurate and less likely to shoot an innocent bystander, that will make a difference if it is ever brought up.

    Legal Up! – By this, I mean, make sure you know the laws where you carry, make sure you have a good defense insurance plan, and make sure you have a plan in case you are involved in a defensive shooting.

    Valuable Links

    Please review the following links. They may be valuable to you in your decision making when it comes to modifications to your every day carry handgun.

    https://www.usconcealedcarry.com/trigger-mods-concealed-carry-weapon/

    http://blog.cheaperthandirt.com/trigger-pull-modifications-legal-trouble-waiting-happen/

    https://blog.uslawshield.com/legal-risks-of-modifying-your-trigger-pull/

  • Glock 19 vs Glock 43–Concealment

    OK, this isn’t a shoot off or anything like that. I just heard somebody state that a Glock 43 with a magazine extension is the same as having a Glock 19 when it comes to concealability.

    Yeah… no.

    I happen to have a Glock 43 with a +3 mag extension from Taran Tactical, and a Glock 19 with a stock magazine, we can easily compare the two guns side by side.

    Concealing a carry gun involves several factors.

    • Height is the distance from the top of the slide to the bottom of the magazine.
    • Length is the distance from the end plate of the slide to the muzzle, and will also include the rear of the grip if it extends past the end plate.
    • Weight – well, all of us understand gravity and its impact on everything.
    • Capacity of each gun will differ, and capacity will impact concealment by adding weight and size. It is, absolutely, a trade off.
    • Capability of each gun differs, but only very slightly, and it really doesn’t impact concealment.

    Let’s look at each of these factors.

    Height – With the extended +3 mag, which is pretty much one of the larger WP_20171028_15_12_22_Pro (2)WP_20171028_15_12_43_Pro (2)ones out there, the measurements are pretty interesting. The Glock 43 from top of the slide to bottom of the extended mag is just under 5 1/8”, not including the sights. The Glock 19 is just under 4 7/8”, not including the sights. So, with the super big extended mag the Glock 43 is about 1/4” taller. Pretty negligible.

    Length – Obviously, the Glock 43 will have no change from stock with the WP_20171028_15_10_04_Pro (2)extended magazine. The length of the Glock 43 is a touch over 6 1/4″. The Glock 19 is a bit over 7 1/3”. So, well over an inch in length difference. It is pretty clear that the Glock 43 is much smaller.

    Weight – I don’t have a scale nearby to measure the Glock 43 with the extended mag, but I am certain that it is safe to say that it is less than the Glock 19. I doubt anyone would argue that, but if they leave a response, I will make sure I verify. The local grocery store is starting to get used to me weight hand guns by using the fruit and vegetable scales.

    Capacity – There is a big difference here. The Glock 43, with the extended +3 mag, puts it at 9+1. The Glock 19 is 15+1. Obviously, concealability is very important, so we see single stack guns like Glock 43 holding fewer rounds than double stack guns like the Glock 19.

    Capability – There is a difference in sight radius (thus, accuracy at distance) and bullet velocity. The Glock 43 is on the short end of each of those measures. However, as a defensive gun used in close quarters, those measures don’t mean anything at all.

    Summary

    The difference in concealability is really measured by the eye of the beholder.WP_20171028_15_14_52_Pro (2) Which of the two guns will print more and which impacts the lengths that we have to go to as a concealed carrier? I can speak from experience, I have to go with my extra baggy jeans to carry my Glock 19, but I really don’t have to change my clothing style to carry the Glock 43. Yes, I have to give up capacity, but that is really all I lose. So, maybe I should carry one more mag when carrying the Glock 43. Smile

  • Glock 19 vs Glock 43–Concealment

    OK, this isn’t a shoot off or anything like that. I just heard somebody state that a Glock 43 with a magazine extension is the same as having a Glock 19 when it comes to concealability.

    Yeah… no.

    I happen to have a Glock 43 with a +3 mag extension from Taran Tactical, and a Glock 19 with a stock magazine, we can easily compare the two guns side by side.

    Concealing a carry gun involves several factors.

    • Height is the distance from the top of the slide to the bottom of the magazine.
    • Length is the distance from the end plate of the slide to the muzzle, and will also include the rear of the grip if it extends past the end plate.
    • Weight – well, all of us understand gravity and its impact on everything.
    • Capacity of each gun will differ, and capacity will impact concealment by adding weight and size. It is, absolutely, a trade off.
    • Capability of each gun differs, but only very slightly, and it really doesn’t impact concealment.

    Let’s look at each of these factors.

    Height – With the extended +3 mag, which is pretty much one of the larger WP_20171028_15_12_22_Pro (2)WP_20171028_15_12_43_Pro (2)ones out there, the measurements are pretty interesting. The Glock 43 from top of the slide to bottom of the extended mag is just under 5 1/8”, not including the sights. The Glock 19 is just under 4 7/8”, not including the sights. So, with the super big extended mag the Glock 43 is about 1/4” taller. Pretty negligible.

    Length – Obviously, the Glock 43 will have no change from stock with the WP_20171028_15_10_04_Pro (2)extended magazine. The length of the Glock 43 is a touch over 6 1/4″. The Glock 19 is a bit over 7 1/3”. So, well over an inch in length difference. It is pretty clear that the Glock 43 is much smaller.

    Weight – I don’t have a scale nearby to measure the Glock 43 with the extended mag, but I am certain that it is safe to say that it is less than the Glock 19. I doubt anyone would argue that, but if they leave a response, I will make sure I verify. The local grocery store is starting to get used to me weight hand guns by using the fruit and vegetable scales.

    Capacity – There is a big difference here. The Glock 43, with the extended +3 mag, puts it at 9+1. The Glock 19 is 15+1. Obviously, concealability is very important, so we see single stack guns like Glock 43 holding fewer rounds than double stack guns like the Glock 19.

    Capability – There is a difference in sight radius (thus, accuracy at distance) and bullet velocity. The Glock 43 is on the short end of each of those measures. However, as a defensive gun used in close quarters, those measures don’t mean anything at all.

    Summary

    The difference in concealability is really measured by the eye of the beholder.WP_20171028_15_14_52_Pro (2) Which of the two guns will print more and which impacts the lengths that we have to go to as a concealed carrier? I can speak from experience, I have to go with my extra baggy jeans to carry my Glock 19, but I really don’t have to change my clothing style to carry the Glock 43. Yes, I have to give up capacity, but that is really all I lose. So, maybe I should carry one more mag when carrying the Glock 43. Smile

  • Being Gray

    What is Gray?

    Many of us in the industry have heard how important it is to be the gray man in our daily lives. For those that have not heard the term, what it means is that you should:

    • Not stand out
    • Not be memorable
    • Not be seen as a potential threat
    • Blend into the crowd

    There are several challenges to maintaining that gray status. We train. We gain confidence. We observe our surroundings. Just by being prepared, and aware, we are no longer gray.

    The Basics

    So, the conundrum is that it is hard to not stand out in some way when we are out in the daily world. The basics have always been pretty simple, and we should still remember those basics, such as:

    • Don’t wear tactical pants
    • Don’t wear gun or defense related shirts or hats
    • Make sure that our guns do not print when concealed
    • Make sure that our knives and flashlights are not readily visible
    • Don’t talk about your training and your preparation for the worst

    Even the basics are easier said than done. I tend to violate the last one because I am a trainer and spend a good bit of my time writing about defense and helping others learn how to protect themselves and their families. However, I am far from a celebrity. Some in the industry know a little about me, but the number is pretty small. Some people have even seen my picture, but still don’t connect it to me.

    The Challenges

    There are some basic challenges that many of us can’t overcome, but some of them we can mask a bit, but others involve some major changes. For example:

    Physical: I am a fairly large person. I stand out just because of that. I don’t shave my head, even though I have in the past. I have a very slight limp because of a torn up knee from some of my past “activities” in my prior life. Thankfully, it is almost not noticeable. There are others that hit the gym, and hit it hard every day. The large biceps and huge shoulders are very apparent and memorable. The short hair cuts and the perfectly trimmed facial hair or perfectly shaved face can also stand out. I am not saying that we should be sloppy looking, but damn, some of us are just too good looking to not be noticed. Smile

    Clothing: I don’t wear jackets that are bright colors or have gun logos on them, and I don’t wear boots. However, my pants might be a bit too baggy in order to accommodate the stuff (get your minds out of the gutter) in my pants. I need room for my gun, a good knife, and some other stuff. Yeah, I know, I could do so much more, but that is the challenge. Too much effort to blend in can actually result in standing out.

    The Crowd: The size and make up of the crowd will also impact whether you trigger awareness and are memorable. Small towns can be much more difficult than large cities with lots of people walking around. Of course, the financial districts of large cities will be better dressed, and to not match that dress style, can cause people to notice and remember you.

    Presence and Mannerisms: This one is tough to define and explain, but the confidence and how we appear to others can stop us from passing, unnoticed. Have you ever noticed how the crowd will part around certain people and that same crowd will force others to move off to the side of it? Have you ever heard somebody talking as they walk by because they talk louder than everyone else around them.? Have you ever watched a young guy checking out a pretty young woman? You can see his eyes move and his focus change. It is clear what he is doing. The same challenge exists for many of us. It can be apparent that we are observing everything around us and that we are evaluating potential risks. Can others tell what we are doing and thus bring attention to ourselves?

    Not Looking Vulnerable: This is part of that fine balance when it comes to presence. You don’t want to look so innocuous that you appear to be vulnerable, but you don’t want to look like you are ready to spring into action, either.

    Summary

    Sorry, there is no clear answer or solution to meeting the challenges of being gray. We need to be aware of how our being aware can make us more visible and memorable. Think about what you are doing and how you can do it better. I am going to start reviewing some of my scanning methods to see how I can still be aware of my surroundings without

  • What is the best holster for … ?

    What is the best holster for open/conceal carry for gunX? I have seen this question asked at least 100 times in the last year on one gun forum or another, and I have been asked this question by family, friends, students, and colleagues about 20 times this year.

    It is important to note how the holster will be used. Inside waistband (IWB) WP_20170926_21_01_08_Pro (2)and outside waistband (OWB) usually refers to a holster that is worn on the strong side. Appendix inside waistband (AIWB) is fairly clear, too (see picture of an AIWB holster). There are many other methods such as bottom of back (BoB), shoulder holster, chest holster, and off body carry. For example, if somebody is back packing and needs ready access to a gun in case of a bear or mountain lion threatening or attacking them, then a chest holster makes lots of sense. The kind of gun and the size of the gun can make a difference in holster choice, too.

    Holster Requirements

    I have given this a great deal of thought over the recent years. I have also done some reconsidering of those thoughts in recent days.

    I believe that the following features should be considered requirements for safe and reliable use:

    • Ease of Carry – The main reason that we use holsters is because a holster makes it easy for us to carry our handguns. Every quality holster should make it easy to for us to carry the gun. The holster has to be easy to put on and take off while being easy to wear every day. A minimal level of comfort is required, or we just won’t use the holster and may choose to not carry.
    • Stability – The gun needs to be held in a stable position so imagethat it is in the same place every time you reach for it. It is pretty hard to build automaticity (again, I promised that I would start using this word) if you can’t practice over and over and find your gun in the same position every time you reach for it without looking. This means that the gun needs top quality loops or clips that will hold the gun and holster, securely, on your belt. For example, if you look at one of the clips on the AIWB holster shown, you can see that it is secured with two screws to the holster and it is made of metal. With two clips holding the holster on the belt, it is incredibly stable.
    • Retention – The gun needs to stay in the holster until you draw it. Passive and/or active retention is vital for every holster. For those that have had the experience of seeing a gun skittering down a hallway because it came out of the holster, it makes you cringe to see it. Skittering syndrome is very ugly. Your gun needs to stay in that holster, even during strenuous physical activity. You should probably roll around on the floor with your gun (unloaded, of course, until you are confident in the holster) in the holster, run around a little, do some jumping jacks and burpees, and perform some other daily activities to test your holster’s retention. Also, retention needs to be considered as part of your defense against gun grabbers. Kydex, especially when it is well formed to the gun (see picture of the imagekydex molded around the trigger guard), provides excellent passive retention. There are also many good holsters that have active retention devices that must be deactivated for the gun to be drawn from the holster. By the way, I don’t like the holster shown here as it does not completely cover the trigger guard.
    • Protect the Trigger – The trigger must be covered so that it is not possible for other objects to get into the trigger guard and activate the trigger. The trigger also needs to be protected from the holster, itself. We have had some reports of holsters actually causing negligent discharges because the material of the holster got into the trigger guard during holstering.
    • Protect the Gun – When we carry a gun in a holster, it is likely that we will, accidentally, bang the holster and gun into other objects like door frames, desks, shelves, and so on. A holster should protect our gun from day to day beatings. Sweat and flaking skin cells (yuck!) can have a severe impact on your gun, too. One of my friends was showing me his gun, and when he broke it down, it had belly hair in it. Kind of gross, and unlikely to prevent the gun from firing, but the impact of sweat (salt water at a warm temperature) can lead to rust. Lint and other contaminants can gum up the action of a gun, even though it might take quite a bit of it. You can protect your gun just by covering it with a holster.

    Elimination Round

    First, the elimination round. I have seen way too many fad or gimmick solutions that just don’t meet what I see as some of the bare requirements for a quality holster. For example:

    • Clipdraw – Anyone who knows me knows how much I despise the Clipdraw, and other devices like it. There are many issues with this product. Even the manufacturer says that you should not carry with a round in the chamber so you can prevent negligent discharges. If you aren’t supposed to carry with a round in the chamber, what does that say about the device?
    • Serpa – The Blackhawk Serpa is disliked by many because it is promoted as an active retention holster, and many people think it is awesome with its lower price, but those that know of its reputation can’t support its use. The Serpa is well known as a poorly designed holster. The retention paddle is easily jammed by dirt and debris, and the way the release paddle aligns with the trigger finger when trying for draw too quickly can result in a negligent discharge. This holster has been banned at pretty much every single large training center in the country, including the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center.
    • VersaCarry – This device, just doesn’t measure up. It, actually, fails to deliver. As with the Clipdraw and the Serpa, I am far from the only one that hates this device. The poor protection provided, and the plastic piece that is inserted into the barrel should scare you away. If you are not scared of it, please research it. You will find it isn’t worth the risk.
    • MIC – The MIC holster covers the trigger guard, but that is about it. There is no secure method provided to hold that gun in position. There is no protection for the gun. I also dislike that the MIC relies on a string wrapped around your belt to separate the MIC from your gun when you draw your gun.
    • Others – There are many others that should just jump out at you as not being good devices or holsters, i.e. the Urban Carry Holster, when it comes to carrying your gun. Please ask around before using them, but, at a minimum, read through the rest of this blog so you can better evaluate a holster before using one out there on the street.

    Evaluating Holsters

    If the holster meets the basic requirements, as discussed, above, I will take the next steps when it comes to evaluation. I have always looked at holsters using a few different criteria, above meeting the minimum requirements of a holster, before buying one. Even then, I still have way too many holsters sitting in a box in my closet because they just didn’t work out for me. Here is what I tend to look at when buying a holster:

    • Material – Kydex is king. Leather can be good, too, and I have used a couple of leather holsters, in the past. Kydex and leather, combined, make for some good hybrid holsters. There are lots of good hybrid holsters out there. Stay away from nylon holsters, injection molded plastic, and anything that uses strings. If using leather, make sure it is stiff and uses double/triple stitching at stress points. Durability is as important as retention when it comes to the materials used.
    • Comfort – Keep in mind, very few people are ever comfortable with a new holster because it just doesn’t feel right. It is like a new pair of shoes. You need to get used to them. It takes time to get used to a holster. After all, if you can’t carry comfortably, you will be tempted to not carry as much as you should, or not at all. So, comfort is important. I have found that some holsters, like Alien Gear and Stealth Gear, are incredibly comfortable right out of the box (OK, really they arrive in plastic bags). Kydex holsters can take some time to get used to them. Give them a chance.
    • Functionality – You need to be able to draw your gun from the holster, with ease. The gun must be drawn, rapidly, and safely, for the holster to have any value, at all. Some holsters are difficult to access. Also, it is important to note if any of the retention devices are hard to operate or if the front sight catches on the holster. Another example, you shouldn’t have to twist your gun while drawing it, for it to come out of the holster.
    • Adjustability – Sometimes we need to adjust the cant of a gun, or the depth that it rides as it compares to our belt. It is vital, for example, that we can get a full firing grip on our gun when drawing it from the holster.

    Recent “Re-Thinking”

    I have lumped all minimalist holsters together, in the past. I blew up Glock Nation, recently, and was barraged with insults (some of the insults were really entertaining) when I discounted a particular holster based on my thinking around minimalist holsters. BTW, those that insulted me had no clue about my background and abilities, but I have a thick skin, so no worries. Not all perception is reality.

    As I have always stated, my main issues with minimalist holsters have been:

    • Stability – The gun needs to be stable on the body. It needs to stay where you put it.
    • Protection of the Gun – The holster needs to protect the gun from being smacked around and from being exposed to the body’s sweat and skin flakes.
    • Training – It is really hard to built automaticity if you can’t draw, fire, then holster the gun, repeatedly. Building automaticity is hampered by the heat of the barrel and slide after firing a few times.

    A Glock Nation member recommended this holster, the VEIL Ghost (shown here), and I was quick to discount it, a little too harshly and without really researching it well enough. The reason that I discounted it was that I didn’t like the belt loop and I didn’t like that the slide was exposed and not protected by the holster.

    A couple of members stepped in and pointed out that the holster was very stable with the right size loop to match the belt width, but that it was also available with a good clip instead of the loop, which would meet my requirement. The claw device, and an optional bump are also available, and they would increase stability while also improving the concealment of the holster. The clip was the key to me, though. Another person demonstrated their use of this holster and that there were no issues with training with it, especially if you use an undershirt to give you a layer of fabric between you and the slide of the gun. The other part of protecting the gun is from banging into things. Well, that is not an issue, either, when carrying AIWB. People just don’t bang that part of the body into door frames and desks. Well, at least, I don’t. Smile

    Anyway, I thought long and hard about this holster, and some of the others like it. I decided that they, definitely, should be considered. This kind of holster should not be lumped in with the MIC and other minimal holsters as it offers much more than they do. I haven’t ordered the Ghost, yet, but it is on the short list of holsters that I want to try. I appreciated the professionalism of those that took the time to address my concerns. I also took the time to make sure everyone knew that I was reassessing my point of view on this holster and others like it.

  • Questions People Ask When They Find Out You Carry

    Guns American posted a great article the other day, Top Five Questions People Ask Whey They Find Out I Carry Concealed.

    I love it when I see articles like this because they make me think. It has Unload Semiautomatichappened to many of us: Getting interrogated by those that find out that we carry. I have heard many questions, but the first and foremost is the “Why?” question. I have heard many question about guns going off for no reason, about people getting killed cleaning their guns, about why people don’t support reasonable gun controls, why does anyone need 30 bullets and automatic machine guns, and so on. I hate the questions that are just repeats of the stuff that the media and politician ask. However, as I have heard them all, I have my scripted answers.

    Why? – I have talked to others that are conceal carry instructors like I am, and this is far and away the most asked question. It really is simple. We carry knives in case you need to cut cheesecake or somebody needs to be stabbed. We carry guns in case somebody needs to be shot. Simple enough? Well, that is it. I carry because I can’t predict when and where evil will show up. We have seen evil appear in movie theaters, churches, offices, grocery stores, shopping malls, and in the many dark corners of the world. When it comes down to it, I have had the bad luck of having to deal with home invaders, twice. Once, a drunk neighbor got the wrong house and tried to break down our door when his key wouldn’t work. It was a very bad night for him, and for me. Another time, somebody broke into our house when we were out at dinner and my early-teen children were home by themselves. They had the smarts to go out the back door, and go to a neighbor to call the police.

    I am not paranoid. I am prepared. I wear a seat belt when I drive. I watch for other drivers that might drift into my lane or cut me off. I am careful when cutting stuff with a knife. I make sure that I have a hose around when I have a fire in my well constructed fire pit. I carry my AAA card when I am driving in case I get a flat or my car won’t start. I, also, do my best to make sure that I am able to defend myself from those that are motivated to do harm to me or my loved ones for whatever reason that they might have.

    Does your family know? What about other friends? – Some do, some don’t. Those that do know range from glad to know it to wondering what is wrong with me and how dare I carry around them. One of our friends really understood, after we were followed when out riding in our UTV with them, and an unsavory character proceeded to follow us up a trail that very few people in the world even knows exists. He jumped on his ATV and began following us right after we passed the driveway to his house. We were not on his land. Long story, short: When we got to the top, I bailed out the driver side and moved into position where I could engage him without endangering anyone else, including the two small children that were with us (my UTV is a six-seater). He saw me moving to the side and choosing a position. He stopped, and turned around. We found out, later that week, that this same person had been visited by the Sheriff’s office multiple times in recent weeks for his very aggressive and intimidating behavior.

    Do you carry at work? Do you carry at…? – I clearly state that I carry wherever I can legally carry. See above. We don’t know when and where evil, or unbalanced people, will be, and if we will need to defend ourselves. My favorite was, “Were you carrying at ***’s funeral service?” My answer was, “It is called concealed carry because people aren’t supposed to know that you have a gun or other lethal tools.” The next questions were, “What are other lethal tools?” and “Who are others?”

    Who else carries that I know? – Well, it isn’t a club where we meet every week. We don’t have secret decoder rings or secret hand shakes. Even if I know that others carry, I am not about to tell anyone.

    Can I see your gun? What is it? – None of your business. However, if you ever want to learn how to shoot and how to be safe with firearms, I will be glad to help you. I will take as much time as you need to help you learn about guns and how to use them properly. I will do it because it is the right thing to do.

  • Handheld Lights

    I will start off with a quick story. I have always recognized the value of handheld lights for searching for the source of noises. I started using handheld lights, long ago, when a friend of mine made the horrible mistake of using his weapon mounted light to check the noises in the bushes while he was walking his dog. He found a neighbor, who’s dog was watering the bushes. He also pissed off that neighbor because he was pointing his gun at him. He narrowly avoided the call to the police, but he really damaged his reputation in the neighborhood. He was lucky.

    Fast forward to a seminar I attended last weekend at the NRA Carry Guard Expo. Jeff Gonzalez presented a seminar on handheld lights. After the seminar, I thanked Jeff for the great information and said that I still wasn’t buying that a handheld light can be used to blind or disorient somebody. One of the other attendees said that he could prove it to me. He took a step back, and quickly flashed me in the face with his light. OK. I was wrong. Damn! I threw my hand up in front of me to fend off that evil flash of light.

    Background on Light Levels

    I am odd as I was really interested in the whole concept of different levels of light and how they impact us. Jeff discussed three different types of natural light. Some of you may not care, but since I am writing this, I get to decide what to write.

    • Diurnal – Humans have two types of of receptors in the eye, rods and cones. Rods are more sensitive to dim light but do not provide good color depth and they provide course images. Cones provide sharper images and good color depth. There is a point when light is too dim to see color, and we are only able to see in black and white.
    • Mesopic – Low light, but not quite dark times fall in this category. For example, most outdoor lighting and traffic lights provide this kind of light. Mesopic is between the Photopic (where there is good color discrimination) and Scotopic levels where it is all black and white.
    • Scotopic – The lower extreme of lighting conditions exclusively using rods and your vision, if any, is in black and white.

    Why do we care? Well, it is hard to be a good witness when we don’t have clarity of vision and our eyes are not receptive to the color spectrum. It is also hard to get a good sight picture when trying to use a handgun in low light conditions.

    The Light Beam

    There are three parts to the typical flashlight beam:

    • Hotspot – The center of the beam which provides the strongest light.
    • Corona – The area between the hotspot and the spill/wash of the light.
    • Spill/Wash – The outer portions of the light beam.

    Impact of Light

    As was made clear to me, the human eye is very sensitive to light. Damn! If ILightBeam close my eyes, I can still see the spots. How we react to the introduction of over powering bright light is important. In a defensive situation, the person that we flash in the face with our light will suffer the effects and respond by:

    • Closing their eyes
    • Turning away from the light
    • Blocking the light with a hard or some object

    Bright light can even be painful. Yes, I promise you that is true.

    Side Note: The Wife and my oldest son also got the experience of an intense beam to the face when I got back from the conference. I had to share. Smile

    Use of Light

    As defensive gun users, we use light in a few ways.

    Target Identification – The most common use of a light in a defensive WP_20170830_18_41_17_Prosituation is to identify the target and verify the target before shooting or taking some other action. We have all heard the stories of the teenager or some other family member coming in late at night and being shot as a suspected intruder. It is vital that we identify the target before shooting.

    Search – We saw the bad guy, and he evaded us. He might be in the basement or in another room, so we need to search and make sure that the area is clear. This, by the way, is a great use for a weapon mounted light, too.

    Investigating – We heard noises, and we need to see what cause the noise. This is where we should never use a weapon mounted light. Ever. You should never point the gun’s muzzle at something we are not willing to destroy (Rule 2!). It is easy to explain away a flashlight to the face when it is just a flashlight by saying, “Wow, sorry, I didn’t know it was you. Sorry about that!” All will be well with your neighbor, but you can bet all will not be well if you are pointing a gun at them.

    Pre-Handgun Deployment – In the case we are investigating, and we find a bad guy, we have the light in hand to use while we deploy our handgun. The light can be used for disorientation, as an improvised striking tool, and the wash of the light can be used to monitor the hands of the potential attacker while the light is shined at their face.

    Choosing a Light

    Power – Generally, lumens is the best measure of the output power of a flashlight. The general consensus is that 80 lumens is enough to temporarily blind somebody. However, today, most manufacturers recommend a minimum of 200 to 300 lumens. I know several instructors that recommend at least 500 lumens. The higher power, the lower the battery life, so there is a balance to be achieved. A good light is not expensive. The light shown in the attached pictures cost less than $30 and is 320 lumens. It is more than powerful enough, and if you don’t believe me, ask my son and my wife. They will tell you.

    Some examples, for comparison:

    • 100 Watt Incandescent Light Bulb – 1600 Lumens
    • Car Head Light – 700 to 1200 Lumens, and more for some
    • 60 Watt Incandescent Light Bulb – 800 Lumens

    Note: Lumens can be measured at the emitter or out the front of the device. Out the front is a better comparison as light is lost by the lenses of many devices. While not perfect, most companies use lumens as it is a better comparable measurement than most others.

    Size – The size of a good handheld light can be fairly small and fit easily in a pocket and be held in a hand, covertly. Too small, and it is hard to hold, and there is little use as an improvised striking weapon. Too big, and it is not easy to hold and is sure is not subtle when deploying it.

    Construction – Aluminum or plastic are the two major options, and aluminum is the better material for longer life, and better striking force. WP_20170830_18_41_57_ProRemember, we can use the handheld light to strike an attacker. A good strong bezel made for striking can be very beneficial. Of course, the bezel can be over done and you could end up with some ugly DNA extractor on the end of your flashlight. Construction should also include considerations for the light bulb and battery type. Typically, LEDs handle impact shock better, have better battery life, and have brighter light than incandescent bulbs, and CR123 batteries provide better power than rechargeable batteries or standard size batteries.

    Switch – Tail cap. I just don’t think a side switch is a good idea as it limits how you are able to hold the flashlight. With a tail cap, it is really easy to engage the switch with your thumb. Also, I would stay away from the Rogers/Surefire Ring attachment as it will make it difficult to easily deploy a flashlight out of a pocket.

    Modes – Strobe mode seems to be one of the newer fads. When you are trying to watch somebody and see their hands, a strobe might not be a good idea as you only see those split times of movement. A good option is to have a high and low brightness mode. The low mode can be used for extended use to extend battery life, and the high mode can be used for the blinding effect.

    Using the Handheld Light With Your Gun

    There are several well known methods of using a handheld light. Some of them are better than others. I will try to hit the high points of the more prominent methods. I am, purposefully, leaving off the Graham and Rogers techniques. I do not consider them to be better than the ones that follow as they do not provide for a good grip on the light and the SureFire ring is not helpful when it comes to deploying the light.

    My personal preferences are to use the neck index and FBI methods as they allow you to move your gun separate from the light, and they can be used before deploying your gun.

    Harries – Michael Harries developed this technique that is based on an ice pick grip on the flashlight and the shooters hands held back to back. The flashlight needs to have an end cap switch.

    Pros

    • Gun and light work together and you will muzzle anywhere you point your lightHarries
    • Great isometric tension resulting in stable gun grip
    • Can be used with large and small flashlights
    • Can use standard stance
    • Illumination of target, surroundings, and can use sights
    • Works well with a tail cap switch
    • Can start with just the flashlight and deploy the gun without having to change grip on the light

    Cons

    • Gun and light work together and you will muzzle anywhere you point your light
    • Beam is slightly off center from aiming point
    • Easy to muzzle support hand moving into the position

    Chapman – This technique, using an underhand sword grip, was developed by Ray Chapman. The hands are held side by side. The flashlight needs to have a side switch. The three lower fingers of the support hand wrap around the shooting hand to improve the grip on the gun and provide more stability. The image to the right is from the video that is linked.

    ProsChapman

    • Can use standard stance
    • Strong grip
    • Can be used with side switch flashlights

    Cons

    • Flashlight must have a side switch
    • Beam is center mass
    • The flashlight bangs against the gun when moving and when shooting

    Ayoob – This technique was developed by Massad Ayoob. The flashlight is held in a sword grip like Chapman, but the grip is more overhand than underhand like Chapman. This technique uses a flashlight with a side switch.

    Pros

    • Beam is off center, and the gun is held in a low ready while the beam illuminates the target.Ayoob
    • The beam can be adjusted, easily, up and down.

    Cons

    • Gun and light work together and you will muzzle near where you point your light
    • Requires a side switch light.
    • The grip on the gun is not as strong as other techniques.
    • Tiring
    • The flashlight bangs against the gun when moving and when shooting

    Neck index – The flashlight is held in the support hand at the neck. As your turn, the flashlight points in the direction of your view. Your gun is held in one hand.

    ProsNeck

    • Light points where you look
    • Light is independent of gun movement
    • Works with small and large lights
    • Works well with end cap or side switch lights
    • Flashlight can be easily used as an impact weapon if needed

    Cons

    • Single hand grip is less stable
    • Stronger impact on night vision
    • Illuminates shooter’s gun and hand
    • Light can create glare on the gun’s sights

    FBI – The light is held in an ice pick grip high to the support side and the gun is held in a single hand grip and the light is moved around to minimize exposure of the shooter and make it harder for an attacker to aim based on the location of the light.

    ProsFBI

    • Can use small and large lights with either end cap or side switches
    • Light held away from body
    • Hand can move around to improve searching
    • Light and gun are able to move independently

    Cons

    • Single hand grip is less stable
    • Stronger impact on night vision
  • Handheld Lights

    I will start off with a quick story. I have always recognized the value of handheld lights for searching for the source of noises. I started using handheld lights, long ago, when a friend of mine made the horrible mistake of using his weapon mounted light to check the noises in the bushes while he was walking his dog. He found a neighbor, who’s dog was watering the bushes. He also pissed off that neighbor because he was pointing his gun at him. He narrowly avoided the call to the police, but he really damaged his reputation in the neighborhood. He was lucky.

    Fast forward to a seminar I attended last weekend at the NRA Carry Guard Expo. Jeff Gonzalez presented a seminar on handheld lights. After the seminar, I thanked Jeff for the great information and said that I still wasn’t buying that a handheld light can be used to blind or disorient somebody. One of the other attendees said that he could prove it to me. He took a step back, and quickly flashed me in the face with his light. OK. I was wrong. Damn! I threw my hand up in front of me to fend off that evil flash of light.

    Background on Light Levels

    I am odd as I was really interested in the whole concept of different levels of light and how they impact us. Jeff discussed three different types of natural light. Some of you may not care, but since I am writing this, I get to decide what to write.

    • Diurnal – Humans have two types of of receptors in the eye, rods and cones. Rods are more sensitive to dim light but do not provide good color depth and they provide course images. Cones provide sharper images and good color depth. There is a point when light is too dim to see color, and we are only able to see in black and white.
    • Mesopic – Low light, but not quite dark times fall in this category. For example, most outdoor lighting and traffic lights provide this kind of light. Mesopic is between the Photopic (where there is good color discrimination) and Scotopic levels where it is all black and white.
    • Scotopic – The lower extreme of lighting conditions exclusively using rods and your vision, if any, is in black and white.

    Why do we care? Well, it is hard to be a good witness when we don’t have clarity of vision and our eyes are not receptive to the color spectrum. It is also hard to get a good sight picture when trying to use a handgun in low light conditions.

    The Light Beam

    There are three parts to the typical flashlight beam:

    • Hotspot – The center of the beam which provides the strongest light.
    • Corona – The area between the hotspot and the spill/wash of the light.
    • Spill/Wash – The outer portions of the light beam.

    Impact of Light

    As was made clear to me, the human eye is very sensitive to light. Damn! If ILightBeam close my eyes, I can still see the spots. How we react to the introduction of over powering bright light is important. In a defensive situation, the person that we flash in the face with our light will suffer the effects and respond by:

    • Closing their eyes
    • Turning away from the light
    • Blocking the light with a hard or some object

    Bright light can even be painful. Yes, I promise you that is true.

    Side Note: The Wife and my oldest son also got the experience of an intense beam to the face when I got back from the conference. I had to share. Smile

    Use of Light

    As defensive gun users, we use light in a few ways.

    Target Identification – The most common use of a light in a defensive WP_20170830_18_41_17_Prosituation is to identify the target and verify the target before shooting or taking some other action. We have all heard the stories of the teenager or some other family member coming in late at night and being shot as a suspected intruder. It is vital that we identify the target before shooting.

    Search – We saw the bad guy, and he evaded us. He might be in the basement or in another room, so we need to search and make sure that the area is clear. This, by the way, is a great use for a weapon mounted light, too.

    Investigating – We heard noises, and we need to see what cause the noise. This is where we should never use a weapon mounted light. Ever. You should never point the gun’s muzzle at something we are not willing to destroy (Rule 2!). It is easy to explain away a flashlight to the face when it is just a flashlight by saying, “Wow, sorry, I didn’t know it was you. Sorry about that!” All will be well with your neighbor, but you can bet all will not be well if you are pointing a gun at them.

    Pre-Handgun Deployment – In the case we are investigating, and we find a bad guy, we have the light in hand to use while we deploy our handgun. The light can be used for disorientation, as an improvised striking tool, and the wash of the light can be used to monitor the hands of the potential attacker while the light is shined at their face.

    Choosing a Light

    Power – Generally, lumens is the best measure of the output power of a flashlight. The general consensus is that 80 lumens is enough to temporarily blind somebody. However, today, most manufacturers recommend a minimum of 200 to 300 lumens. I know several instructors that recommend at least 500 lumens. The higher power, the lower the battery life, so there is a balance to be achieved. A good light is not expensive. The light shown in the attached pictures cost less than $30 and is 320 lumens. It is more than powerful enough, and if you don’t believe me, ask my son and my wife. They will tell you.

    Some examples, for comparison:

    • 100 Watt Incandescent Light Bulb – 1600 Lumens
    • Car Head Light – 700 to 1200 Lumens, and more for some
    • 60 Watt Incandescent Light Bulb – 800 Lumens

    Note: Lumens can be measured at the emitter or out the front of the device. Out the front is a better comparison as light is lost by the lenses of many devices. While not perfect, most companies use lumens as it is a better comparable measurement than most others.

    Size – The size of a good handheld light can be fairly small and fit easily in a pocket and be held in a hand, covertly. Too small, and it is hard to hold, and there is little use as an improvised striking weapon. Too big, and it is not easy to hold and is sure is not subtle when deploying it.

    Construction – Aluminum or plastic are the two major options, and aluminum is the better material for longer life, and better striking force. WP_20170830_18_41_57_ProRemember, we can use the handheld light to strike an attacker. A good strong bezel made for striking can be very beneficial. Of course, the bezel can be over done and you could end up with some ugly DNA extractor on the end of your flashlight. Construction should also include considerations for the light bulb and battery type. Typically, LEDs handle impact shock better, have better battery life, and have brighter light than incandescent bulbs, and CR123 batteries provide better power than rechargeable batteries or standard size batteries.

    Switch – Tail cap. I just don’t think a side switch is a good idea as it limits how you are able to hold the flashlight. With a tail cap, it is really easy to engage the switch with your thumb. Also, I would stay away from the Rogers/Surefire Ring attachment as it will make it difficult to easily deploy a flashlight out of a pocket.

    Modes – Strobe mode seems to be one of the newer fads. When you are trying to watch somebody and see their hands, a strobe might not be a good idea as you only see those split times of movement. A good option is to have a high and low brightness mode. The low mode can be used for extended use to extend battery life, and the high mode can be used for the blinding effect.

    Using the Handheld Light With Your Gun

    There are several well known methods of using a handheld light. Some of them are better than others. I will try to hit the high points of the more prominent methods. I am, purposefully, leaving off the Graham and Rogers techniques. I do not consider them to be better than the ones that follow as they do not provide for a good grip on the light and the SureFire ring is not helpful when it comes to deploying the light.

    My personal preferences are to use the neck index and FBI methods as they allow you to move your gun separate from the light, and they can be used before deploying your gun.

    Harries – Michael Harries developed this technique that is based on an ice pick grip on the flashlight and the shooters hands held back to back. The flashlight needs to have an end cap switch.

    Pros

    • Gun and light work together and you will muzzle anywhere you point your lightHarries
    • Great isometric tension resulting in stable gun grip
    • Can be used with large and small flashlights
    • Can use standard stance
    • Illumination of target, surroundings, and can use sights
    • Works well with a tail cap switch
    • Can start with just the flashlight and deploy the gun without having to change grip on the light

    Cons

    • Gun and light work together and you will muzzle anywhere you point your light
    • Beam is slightly off center from aiming point
    • Easy to muzzle support hand moving into the position

    Chapman – This technique, using an underhand sword grip, was developed by Ray Chapman. The hands are held side by side. The flashlight needs to have a side switch. The three lower fingers of the support hand wrap around the shooting hand to improve the grip on the gun and provide more stability. The image to the right is from the video that is linked.

    ProsChapman

    • Can use standard stance
    • Strong grip
    • Can be used with side switch flashlights

    Cons

    • Flashlight must have a side switch
    • Beam is center mass
    • The flashlight bangs against the gun when moving and when shooting

    Ayoob – This technique was developed by Massad Ayoob. The flashlight is held in a sword grip like Chapman, but the grip is more overhand than underhand like Chapman. This technique uses a flashlight with a side switch.

    Pros

    • Beam is off center, and the gun is held in a low ready while the beam illuminates the target.Ayoob
    • The beam can be adjusted, easily, up and down.

    Cons

    • Gun and light work together and you will muzzle near where you point your light
    • Requires a side switch light.
    • The grip on the gun is not as strong as other techniques.
    • Tiring
    • The flashlight bangs against the gun when moving and when shooting

    Neck index – The flashlight is held in the support hand at the neck. As your turn, the flashlight points in the direction of your view. Your gun is held in one hand.

    ProsNeck

    • Light points where you look
    • Light is independent of gun movement
    • Works with small and large lights
    • Works well with end cap or side switch lights
    • Flashlight can be easily used as an impact weapon if needed

    Cons

    • Single hand grip is less stable
    • Stronger impact on night vision
    • Illuminates shooter’s gun and hand
    • Light can create glare on the gun’s sights

    FBI – The light is held in an ice pick grip high to the support side and the gun is held in a single hand grip and the light is moved around to minimize exposure of the shooter and make it harder for an attacker to aim based on the location of the light.

    ProsFBI

    • Can use small and large lights with either end cap or side switches
    • Light held away from body
    • Hand can move around to improve searching
    • Light and gun are able to move independently

    Cons

    • Single hand grip is less stable
    • Stronger impact on night vision
  • Appendix Carry

    I had been against Appendix Carry for years. About two years ago, I sat down and researched, and then talked to a few instructors that are proponents. I changed my mind.

    At the recent NRA Carry Guard Expo, there were a couple of really good seminars on Appendix Carry, so I decided to sit down and pass along some information that I had found in my previous research, and enhance it a bit with some information that I picked up from Jeff Gonzales and Matt Jacques in their seminars. As an FYI, I told both of them that I was going to out and out steal from them. They both smiled and said to go for it.

    Holster

    This is always a great place to start. There are many different manufacturers of holsters, and many of them have started to produce appendix holsters. The issue is that they didn’t all design something new, they just repurposed existing holsters. A good appendix carry holster will include the following features:

    • Retention – Passive retention is important in appendix carry as well as any other carry holster. The gun needs to stay in the holster, even when you are very active. This will mean that the holster should either be kydex or a hybrid that uses kydex. If you can roll around on the ground without fear of the gun coming free, then you are on the right track.
    • Neutral Cant – Since the gun is right in front of you, there is no need for an FBI cant or any other kind of cant. The gun should be straight up so that you will not have to bend your wrists when drawing it. Some people, especially smaller women, might find that using the holster as a cross draw can make all the difference.
    • Protects Trigger – Like any other holster, an appendix holster needs to full cover the trigger and protect it from any potential accidental activation.
    • Secure – This means that the holster needs to be secure to the body. It needs good straps/clips that will hold that holster to your belt andKeeper keep the gun in a very stable position. A good appendix holster should also control the vertical and horizontal play. That means that the holster should have features that will keep the gun close and tight to the body. You will see features like claws and bumps that help control the positioning to keep the gun tight and in place. For example, Spencer Keepers’ design includes Ravena foam wedge, top/right, that helps push the grip/stock of the gun closer to the body. The same is true of JM Custom Kydex. I really like those two holsters. I also heard several recommendations for Raven Concealment Systems. The claw devices, like on the Raven Concealment Systems holster to the right, will help twist the holster to keep the grip/stock tucked in tight, too. Between the two features, you will get a much more secure holster that will also conceal your gun and minimize any printing.
    • Proper Ride Height – The gun must be at the right height so that you can get a good strong firing grip on the gun as you draw it. Many of the holsters out there are adjustable. You need that good grip so that you can draw properly and bring your gun into action quicker and with more confidence and control.

    I really like the INCOG holsters, andWP_20171227_15_05_57_Pro will be sticking with them until I get something with a better balance of comfort and functionality. I still laugh at the term, “Tactical Felt” when I think about it, but it really makes a big difference.

    Belt

    A good belt is vital. A good belt will be reinforced and will not sag like a plain leather belt will over time. There are many good belts out there, and some are leather, that are reinforced with cores that are rigid and will retain their shape. Features to consider:

    • Reinforced – Yeah, I know that I already said it, but it is worth saying again. There are some good nylon and leather belts out there. They should last about forever.
    • Buckle – The belt buckle must be strong and hold up over time. Something that you should look for is a belt, though, that has more sizing options. For example, my gun belt has holes in it for the buckle. However, based on where it hooks in, it might be too loose and the next hole might be too tight. There are some newer belts that have more variability.
    • 1 1/2 Inch – The clips on most holsters are an inch and a half, but many belts are only an inch and a quarter. Make sure you get the right thickness.

    Building Confidence and Comfort

    Every holster feels strange and isn’t comfortable at first. Even my favorite IWB bugged me for a couple of days. Now, I can carry with it all day long, without any issue. Carry the gun while walking, sitting, bending down to pick up items from the floor, standing on your toes to put items on shelves, and even rolling around on the floor a little will make it clear that your gun is secure in place, and it will feel comfortable much sooner. Some good hints that will help you become more comfortable with carrying appendix will include:

    Gradual Use – Use the holster around the house for a couple of hours. Extend the time over a week or so, and then start carrying with it longer and longer until you feel odd when you are not wearing it.

    Open Carry – Yeah, I don’t recommend open carry very often, but when you are first starting to use the appendix holster, it is probably a good idea to tuck in your clothing and keep your gun outside concealment garments. This will eliminate the fear of getting tangled up in clothing while you are getting used to the holster.

    Correct Gun Size – The size of the gun matters. Yes, I will say it clearly, size matters. Hopefully, you have a nice sized compact or sub-compact gun. The right ratio of barrel to magazine length is also important. The barrel should be longer than the grip/stock as it will feel more secure in the holster and will be more balanced.

    Manual Safety – I can’t believe I am saying this, but having a manual safety will ease the fear that many people have with appendix carry. I do not like manual safeties, especially with striker fired guns, but it can help people be more accepting of appendix carry and give them the confidence to try it.

    Trigger Discipline – Go back the first time you started learning to shoot and start cracking down on trigger discipline. The better you feel about your control of that trigger finger, the better you will feel about appendix carry.

    Practice – I know, it is kind of a duh statement, but it is important that you practice putting the holster on, taking it off, and drawing from the holster. Dry practice is incredibly helpful in getting comfortable with the holster. As always, when engaged in dry practice, make sure there isn’t any live ammunition around. Inert rounds can be helpful for dry practice if you want to also practice malfunctions, but for just drawing from the holster and returning the gun to the holster (slowly and in a very controlled fashion) will help build confidence in the holster and your ability to use it.

    Avoiding a Negligent Discharge (ND)

    The biggest fear that all gun owners have is that they are afraid that their gun will go off. As we have proven, over and over, a gun will not go off unless you do something wrong, like pressing the trigger. The fear of an ND is elevated when carrying appendix because of the proximity of the femoral artery.

    There are a few times when you are most likely to experience an ND:

    • Dressing – When gearing up to start the day, there is an increased risk of the trigger catching on foreign objects. However, you can reduce that risk by putting the gun in the holster before you put on the holster. This will protect the trigger while gearing up.
    • Drawing – During the draw, there is an increased risk of an ND as the trigger can be activated by the conceal garment or an errant trigger finger. Practice should help cut down that risk, considerably.
    • Holstering – When dry practicing, you should get lots of experience holstering your gun. However, you might consider actually removing your holster, putting the gun back in the holster, and then putting the holster with the gun back in its position inside your waistband.
    • Disarming – When removing your holster and gun at the end of the day, the safest method is to keep your gun in the holster and remove the holster and put your gun and holster away, together. There is no way that the trigger will be accidentally activated. Then, when you start the next morning, you put it all on at once with the gun being protected by the holster.
  • NRA Carry Guard Conference

    I signed up and flew from Denver to Milwaukee to attend the inaugural WP_20170827_22_38_56_Pro (2)conference. I made it home, today, and decided to write up some thoughts on the conference: What was good, what was not so good, and what really needs to be included in the future. I did not take advantage of the concert or the simulators, so I can’t speak to them. I also didn’t attend any of the seminars that required additional payment. Of course, it wasn’t possible for me to attend every seminar, but I will address the ones that I did attend. The following are the good, the not so good, and the WTF sections and then alphabetic by subject within each section:

    The Good

    All Things Appendix – Jeff Gonzales

    Jeff did a great job explaining the benefits of appendix carry, and how to be safe while deploying a defensive gun in an appendix holster. We have all heard the Internet Ninja Operators talk about how it is a horrible concept, but the tide is turning, and it is turning for good reason.

    Appendix Carry: Carry with Confidence – Matt Jacques

    I attended Jeff’s session before attending Matt’s, but there was not a great deal of overlapping information. Sure, there were some basics that overlapped like using a quality belt and a quality holster, but they both did a great job of explaining the benefits and how to be safe when using appendix carry. I hope to see Matt, again, as he has a wealth of knowledge, like Jeff, to share with us.

    Exhibit Hall

    I always enjoy spending time with the different vendors and learning about their products. Some of them have great value. Some of them are crap products. Overall, this was a good group. I had a chance to ask lots of questions and to see several guns, holsters, flashlights, knives, and so on, and ask questions about each. I ended up making a few purchases. I was disappointed that I didn’t see Sig on the Exhibit floor. I understand that they were present in the simulator area, but they were not on the floor with the other major vendors. I would like to see more exhibitors, but this was not a huge conference like others.

    Handheld Flashlights: Their Role in your Personal Defense Plan – Jeff Gonzales

    I have to admit that I have never really grasped all of the value in a good handheld light. I know there is lots of value, but I have always downplayed the value of the blinding/stunning affect that they can have. I really enjoyed his conversation around the lumens that are really needed, and what isn’t needed. I always thought the strobe was a bit gimmicky, and Jeff addressed why there are issues using a strobe. I walked away with a new appreciation for a good bright light.

    Lessons Learned from Analyzing Thousands of Defensive Encounters Caught on Video – John Correia

    John was amazing, and I could sit this session several times and continue to learn from it. He did a great job of explaining what he has seen, in video evidence, of what does and does not work in defensive encounters. I have always enjoyed his videos and his analysis, but when he put statistics around them and explained what works, and what doesn’t based on that stats, it made a great deal of sense.

    NRA Trainers Update

    There are some upcoming new programs that sound fantastic, including the new Pistol Coach. My main takeaway from this session, is that the NRA Education & Training Division is looking for new and innovative ways to help the community of defensive gun users. I would like to note that this group has no control of the new Carry Guard Training program, though, so don’t hold my upcoming WTF entry about the Carry Guard training against the Education & Training Division.

    The Aging Defender – Dr. Joe Logar

    I went to the first session, which was standing room only. I noticed, as I walked by, that the other two sessions were also completely filled. Joe did a great job of explaining the challenges associated with aging and how we can, sometimes, take steps to mitigate the impact. The subject is an important one, as many look to a defensive handgun as the equalizer in situations where we just can’t hope to use strength or athleticism to defeat attackers.

    The Most Important Skills You Will Need In a Gunfight – John Correia

    This session was not like the other session that he presented, but it also leveraged what John has learned by analyzing so many defensive encounter videos. I can’t wait for him to send out the slides, like he promised, to those that attended the session, so I can steal (with proper citation) some of his information.

    Women Focused Seminars 

    There were several excellent seminars that were focused on women’s needs, but they were also very applicable to men, especially pistol instructors. The challenges women face are clear to some, and not very clear to others. For example, I know lots of men that think they understand what the women in their lives need for a defensive gun. They don’t. There are also several concerns for women that are under addressed. For example, women’s fashion several restricts how they can carry and deploy defensive guns, and we can’t forget their smaller hands and the smaller bodies (and differences in their bodies) have to be considered when looking at guns that fit for them. I was impressed with all of the women’s sessions, but I have to admit the one that was most impressive was the one that was published in the latest version of the NRA magazine: The American Rifleman Ladies Pistol Project. I highly recommend every one, male or female, read through the article. They do plan on publishing more details.

    The Not So Good

    Fashion Show – So much could be better presenting in multiple smaller sessions, and a great deal of the same information was also available in one of the women’s seminars. While it was a nice change of pace from the day, it just didn’t click with me. Of course, I am a guy, but I tried to be open minded.

    Identity Smarts: Identity Theft Vulnerabilities and Best Practices – Paige Hanson

    While much of the information was valuable, it was way too much of an infomercial with the intent of selling LifeLock insurance.

    Personal Protection Strategies and the “Other Tools” of Self Defense – Larry Pope

    There was a great deal of good information presented here. However, I believe that, as presented, there was too much focus on use of non-lethal force. That sounds odd, I know, but I can see too many times when people will be confused about when to use what, and they will find themselves too far behind the curve in the defense to use their handgun, and it will be too late by the time they make that decision. Don’t get me wrong, it was great information, and there are too many times when we can’t carry and have to resort to other tools.

    The WTF

    Meet the Celebrities/Autograph Sessions 

    Why? Why? I would rather see these same people present seminars and use their great knowledge to help everyone by sharing that knowledge during the conference.

    Carry Guard Training 

    As an instructor, and even as a student, I see way too many issues with the training program.

    First, what is the tie to the insurance? There are no discounts for those that attend the training for the insurance program, and there are no discounts for those that have enrolled in the insurance program for discounts for the training.

    Second, there is the training. The training, from what I have heard, really isn’t any better than what can be purchased from the existing market. Of course, the bigger issue here is that they don’t even tell you what the course will include. What topics are covered? How much time will be spent in lectures vs shooting? What scenarios will be discussed and presented in exercises. Hey, how about a simple outline of the course? I can’t even find one on the website.

    Third, there are the trainers. The trainers, ex special operations people, really don’t check the box for me, either. As somebody that played in the same role in my years in Central and South America, I can tell you that I very rarely trained with a handgun, and even then, my experiences do not translate to the defensive gun needs of our citizenry. While I have always said that there are exceptions, I just don’t see that having former special operations personnel teaching these classes is the right resource. All of my training as a defensive handgun user and instructor, has been during my civilian life. In my civilian life, I have full control of what training I can attend, how much time I can devote to my training, and how much I can practice. As a member of the military, that kind of control was never there. Instructors that are fully capable of understanding the needs of their students and having the ability to transfer knowledge and hands-on skills to them are what is needed. Yet, every bit of the advertising around the courses focuses on the leadership (special ops) and not on the content of the course and what students will learn.

    Fourth, as a defensive pistol instructor, the leadership of the program has been totally disconnected. By that, I mean, they are completely separate from the NRA Education & Training Division and do not interact with them, well. They are also non-communicative. They say that they will have an instructor program, and they were supposed to start sending out email responses to instructors on the program back in June, two months ago. Yet, nothing. Even at the conference, trying to get answers from them was like pulling teeth. I get the feeling that they have no desire to open it up to other instructors to teach, and that they are not seeing the demand that they thought existed for a three day course at $850 per student.

    I got their message, loud and clear: They do not intend to be inclusive.

  • NRA Carry Guard Conference

    I signed up and flew from Denver to Milwaukee to attend the inaugural WP_20170827_22_38_56_Pro (2)conference. I made it home, today, and decided to write up some thoughts on the conference: What was good, what was not so good, and what really needs to be included in the future. I did not take advantage of the concert or the simulators, so I can’t speak to them. I also didn’t attend any of the seminars that required additional payment. Of course, it wasn’t possible for me to attend every seminar, but I will address the ones that I did attend. The following are the good, the not so good, and the WTF sections and then alphabetic by subject within each section:

    The Good

    All Things Appendix – Jeff Gonzales

    Jeff did a great job explaining the benefits of appendix carry, and how to be safe while deploying a defensive gun in an appendix holster. We have all heard the Internet Ninja Operators talk about how it is a horrible concept, but the tide is turning, and it is turning for good reason.

    Appendix Carry: Carry with Confidence – Matt Jacques

    I attended Jeff’s session before attending Matt’s, but there was not a great deal of overlapping information. Sure, there were some basics that overlapped like using a quality belt and a quality holster, but they both did a great job of explaining the benefits and how to be safe when using appendix carry. I hope to see Matt, again, as he has a wealth of knowledge, like Jeff, to share with us.

    Exhibit Hall

    I always enjoy spending time with the different vendors and learning about their products. Some of them have great value. Some of them are crap products. Overall, this was a good group. I had a chance to ask lots of questions and to see several guns, holsters, flashlights, knives, and so on, and ask questions about each. I ended up making a few purchases. I was disappointed that I didn’t see Sig on the Exhibit floor. I understand that they were present in the simulator area, but they were not on the floor with the other major vendors. I would like to see more exhibitors, but this was not a huge conference like others.

    Handheld Flashlights: Their Role in your Personal Defense Plan – Jeff Gonzales

    I have to admit that I have never really grasped all of the value in a good handheld light. I know there is lots of value, but I have always downplayed the value of the blinding/stunning affect that they can have. I really enjoyed his conversation around the lumens that are really needed, and what isn’t needed. I always thought the strobe was a bit gimmicky, and Jeff addressed why there are issues using a strobe. I walked away with a new appreciation for a good bright light.

    Lessons Learned from Analyzing Thousands of Defensive Encounters Caught on Video – John Correia

    John was amazing, and I could sit this session several times and continue to learn from it. He did a great job of explaining what he has seen, in video evidence, of what does and does not work in defensive encounters. I have always enjoyed his videos and his analysis, but when he put statistics around them and explained what works, and what doesn’t based on that stats, it made a great deal of sense.

    NRA Trainers Update

    There are some upcoming new programs that sound fantastic, including the new Pistol Coach. My main takeaway from this session, is that the NRA Education & Training Division is looking for new and innovative ways to help the community of defensive gun users. I would like to note that this group has no control of the new Carry Guard Training program, though, so don’t hold my upcoming WTF entry about the Carry Guard training against the Education & Training Division.

    The Aging Defender – Dr. Joe Logar

    I went to the first session, which was standing room only. I noticed, as I walked by, that the other two sessions were also completely filled. Joe did a great job of explaining the challenges associated with aging and how we can, sometimes, take steps to mitigate the impact. The subject is an important one, as many look to a defensive handgun as the equalizer in situations where we just can’t hope to use strength or athleticism to defeat attackers.

    The Most Important Skills You Will Need In a Gunfight – John Correia

    This session was not like the other session that he presented, but it also leveraged what John has learned by analyzing so many defensive encounter videos. I can’t wait for him to send out the slides, like he promised, to those that attended the session, so I can steal (with proper citation) some of his information.

    Women Focused Seminars 

    There were several excellent seminars that were focused on women’s needs, but they were also very applicable to men, especially pistol instructors. The challenges women face are clear to some, and not very clear to others. For example, I know lots of men that think they understand what the women in their lives need for a defensive gun. They don’t. There are also several concerns for women that are under addressed. For example, women’s fashion several restricts how they can carry and deploy defensive guns, and we can’t forget their smaller hands and the smaller bodies (and differences in their bodies) have to be considered when looking at guns that fit for them. I was impressed with all of the women’s sessions, but I have to admit the one that was most impressive was the one that was published in the latest version of the NRA magazine: The American Rifleman Ladies Pistol Project. I highly recommend every one, male or female, read through the article. They do plan on publishing more details.

    The Not So Good

    Fashion Show – So much could be better presenting in multiple smaller sessions, and a great deal of the same information was also available in one of the women’s seminars. While it was a nice change of pace from the day, it just didn’t click with me. Of course, I am a guy, but I tried to be open minded.

    Identity Smarts: Identity Theft Vulnerabilities and Best Practices – Paige Hanson

    While much of the information was valuable, it was way too much of an infomercial with the intent of selling LifeLock insurance.

    Personal Protection Strategies and the “Other Tools” of Self Defense – Larry Pope

    There was a great deal of good information presented here. However, I believe that, as presented, there was too much focus on use of non-lethal force. That sounds odd, I know, but I can see too many times when people will be confused about when to use what, and they will find themselves too far behind the curve in the defense to use their handgun, and it will be too late by the time they make that decision. Don’t get me wrong, it was great information, and there are too many times when we can’t carry and have to resort to other tools.

    The WTF

    Meet the Celebrities/Autograph Sessions 

    Why? Why? I would rather see these same people present seminars and use their great knowledge to help everyone by sharing that knowledge during the conference.

    Carry Guard Training 

    As an instructor, and even as a student, I see way too many issues with the training program.

    First, what is the tie to the insurance? There are no discounts for those that attend the training for the insurance program, and there are no discounts for those that have enrolled in the insurance program for discounts for the training.

    Second, there is the training. The training, from what I have heard, really isn’t any better than what can be purchased from the existing market. Of course, the bigger issue here is that they don’t even tell you what the course will include. What topics are covered? How much time will be spent in lectures vs shooting? What scenarios will be discussed and presented in exercises. Hey, how about a simple outline of the course? I can’t even find one on the website.

    Third, there are the trainers. The trainers, ex special operations people, really don’t check the box for me, either. As somebody that played in the same role in my years in Central and South America, I can tell you that I very rarely trained with a handgun, and even then, my experiences do not translate to the defensive gun needs of our citizenry. While I have always said that there are exceptions, I just don’t see that having former special operations personnel teaching these classes is the right resource. All of my training as a defensive handgun user and instructor, has been during my civilian life. In my civilian life, I have full control of what training I can attend, how much time I can devote to my training, and how much I can practice. As a member of the military, that kind of control was never there. Instructors that are fully capable of understanding the needs of their students and having the ability to transfer knowledge and hands-on skills to them are what is needed. Yet, every bit of the advertising around the courses focuses on the leadership (special ops) and not on the content of the course and what students will learn.

    Fourth, as a defensive pistol instructor, the leadership of the program has been totally disconnected. By that, I mean, they are completely separate from the NRA Education & Training Division and do not interact with them, well. They are also non-communicative. They say that they will have an instructor program, and they were supposed to start sending out email responses to instructors on the program back in June, two months ago. Yet, nothing. Even at the conference, trying to get answers from them was like pulling teeth. I get the feeling that they have no desire to open it up to other instructors to teach, and that they are not seeing the demand that they thought existed for a three day course at $850 per student.

    I got their message, loud and clear: They do not intend to be inclusive.

  • Grade School Gun Training

    I spent the weekend at my ranch working on tiling the floors, and doing some other basic chores. During the day, I would take some breaks where I put in my hearing protection (I always have on my high impact glasses that are prescription when working with tile saws and other power tools), walked out the front door, and shot a couple of magazines, worked on reloads, and worked on malfunctions.

    RanchLayoutThis is the sky view of the layout of my house, garage, horse barn, and the pistol range. I realize that very few people are as lucky as I am when it comes to convenience for training. I can:

    • Practice drawing and shooting
    • Engage multiple targets
    • Move between targets
    • Engage from cover and concealment

    I can even, practice drawing from a vehicle (my Polaris Ranger is awesome) and moving in and out of a vehicle.

    Late in the evening, I spent some time on the Internet and read some forums and did some Facebook reading. I was thinking about some of the people out there and I found that they really need help, but more importantly, I found that they are at a grade school level when it comes to their training.

    What I Found

    Those that state that they conceal carry on a regular basis scare me with their grade school training! How so they scare me? I am glad I asked that.

      · Gimmicks – I almost cry when I see the gimmicks that everyone buys into and that they then do everything they can to defend those gimmicks. I would love to see some of these companies put out of business, but their gimmicks sell. Here are a few examples, but there are many others:

        • RIP – It looks cool. It looks deadly. This round has a cult following that believes it is the best thing ever. What they fail to see is that it doesn’t penetrate properly, that it fails to feed on a regular basis because of its sharp edges and how they hit the feed ramp. There haven been other concerns with its use in polygonal barrels. However, if you want to kill some pumpkins or some watermelons, this is the round for you.
        • Serpa Holster – I think a couple of Internet searches will clearly show that there is a design issue here where debris can get into the mechanism and prevent drawing of the gun, and the alignment of the mechanism with the trigger finger resulting in negligent discharges. I guess, if you want a racing strip down your leg, then this would be a good choice.
        • Clipdraw and Versacarry – The most important fact to consider is that even the Clipdraw manufacturer recognizes that there are issues with their product and they state that you should not carry with a round in the chamber. These products, as well as others like them, do not provide the benefits of a good holster, of which the most important are that the gun must be kept in a stable position, and that you must be able to train with it. A good holster does not add enough bulk to be of concern, and a good holster provides more than one of these products can.

      · Non-Trustworthy Sources – My friend says… I heard from a cop that… I heard from a lawyer that… I heard from a trainer that… Yet, in each case, those people don’t exist, well, other than the friend. However, I am sure they have seen it on the Internet, so it must be true. Bonjour, I am a male model.

      · Ego – This is the biggest issue. Nobody is willing to say, “Damn, I wish I knew that earlier.” It always becomes a pissing match, rather than an exchange of minds and a discussion of pro and con. What should happen is that there should be a discussion of how a product will work, or not work, as a conceal carry solution, and whether you can bet your life on it as well as the lives of others. Put ego aside, and think critically. We are, after all, talking about life and death issues.

      · Poor Basic Training – Regrettably, too many training companies teach the bare minimum to get people through and get their conceal carry license/permit. They don’t teach their students enough when it comes to the law, gun retention, the proper draw stroke, and the basics of awareness. They fail to stress how important it is to keep training and learning. Students walk away thinking they know everything that they need to know.

      · No Advanced Training – Assuming that students get the basics from their initial classes, there is much more to learn such as how to use supplemental light, how to clear a room and a home, how to manage multiple attackers, how to use cover and concealment, and so on. There is a great deal to learn when it comes to individual tactics, but there is even more to learn when it comes to team tactics.

    Summary

    It is important, as somebody that is going to carry a lethal tool, that you get past the very basics and really learn as much as you can. Conceal carry is not about grade school training. It is about being professional in how you train, it is about training as you will fight, and fighting as you train.

    So, yeah, TRAIN! 

  • Gun Control

    Updated – Dec 19, 2012, Dec 21, 2012,  Oct 11, 2015, and Oct 7, 2017

    I will say it up front: I am a gun enthusiast. I love going out the the range and shooting. I love poking holes in targets at all sorts of distances. I support hunting. I support sport shooting. I support using guns to kill varmints. I support using guns for self defense and the defense of other innocents. I also teach Conceal Carry Handgun Permit classes and am certified by the NRA and the State of Utah, as well as several other states. I am biased towards the natural right of self-defense.

    Events over the last several years, and the huge contributions by Bloomberg and the multiple groups that he has funded, have caused the topic of Gun Control to come back to the forefront of all politically sensitive topics, with a major vengeance. I have lost many friends because of this topic, and I have gained many new friends. It is shocking how strong everyone’s feelings are on this topic.

    This blog will refer to multiple mass shooting incidents and general gun control efforts. Recent mass shootings have resulted in several new anti-gun initiatives, including the following:

    • Las Vegas, 2017
    • Orlando, 2016
    • San Bernardino, 2015
    • Colorado Springs, 2015
    • San Bernardino, 2015
    • Chatteanoga, 2015
    • Charleston, 2015
    • and the list goes on and on

    I take a great deal of flack from friends that live in the US and those that live outside the US about my stance on gun control. Every time there is a shooting, I have to hear how there would not have been any issue at all but for the guns involved. I keep hearing, “Well, if they didn’t have a gun, it wouldn’t have ever happened.”

    I am tired of pointing out that violence is always going to happen and people will die whether it is a gun, a knife, a rolling pin, or even a pair of scissors. Their stance is always, “Guns make it easier.” Actually, shooting somebody is far from easy unless you are skilled, but that isn’t my argument. Las Vegas is really interesting, when it comes to guns making it easier to shoot. At this moment, the released information states that the shooter used a product known as a bump fire stock. Most of us in the industry find no value in this product because of how hard it is to shoot it. In this case, with the dense and large crowd, the issues with accuracy were negated. The shooter didn’t have to aim.

    Anyway, I pull out my links and I bombard my friends and acquaintances with stats, and they refuse to listen because they have already made up their minds. I am OK with people being anti-gun. I don’t have an issue with their point of view, and I don’t believe that I can convert them. However, I am damned tired of them making statements not found in fact and not being able to see logic. My only hope here is to help educate everyone.

    I recently had somebody bring up the Holocaust in their support for gun control. I just couldn’t figure out how they saw their argument as having any support whatsoever. It seems clear to me that if the citizens were armed, the perpetrators wouldn’t have been so keen on just breaking into homes and dragging people into the streets and loading them up to be processed. I imagine that the Jewish death toll would have been much smaller if they were armed, or at least the Nazi death toll would have been larger. However, I am obviously not smart enough to see that logic properly.

    Some of the statements that I hear make me cry, and many of them come from very educated people, but these same people have never taken the time to learn about gun issues.

    Common Anti-Gun Arguments include the following:

    • Guns are always involved in mass murders because they are able to kill so easily. As usual, it is an exaggeration, but there is a bit of truth in this. In recent years, the numbers look something like this according to USA Today:
        • Lone Gunmen account for less than half of mass murders (four or more killed by the attacker) for 2006 to 2010
        • Two or more killers (not always gunmen) are involved in about a quarter of the time
        • A third of the killings didn’t involve guns at all
        • In cases when guns were used, handguns are the most used over shotguns and rifles of all types (including the AR)
    • Nobody has a need for automatic weapons. This is really a common statement that makes absolutely no sense, and clearly shows the ignorance of the person that says it, as automatic weapons have been illegal for private use since 1934. To get an automatic weapon involves going through a horribly long and expensive process that requires the involvement of the BATF. Despite that, there just haven’t been any mass killings that involved an automatic weapon since then. There have been a few cases of murder (not mass murder, though) involving automatic weapon since then, and if I recall correctly they were in 1988 (Patrolman Roger Waller used a MAC-11  to kill a police informant), one in 1990, and another in 1997 (North Hollywood Shootout). Feel free to look it up. What bugs me most about this statement is that it shows the ignorance of the person that makes this statement. They obviously have no clue about firearms and are just repeating what they have heard from the anti-gun side of the house.
    • There is no reason to have magazines that hold 30 rounds. OK, why 30? I don’t know why people keep throwing that number out there other than that is what can be readily purchased. So, let’s say that the limit is 10 rounds like the current laws in California. So what? This is an argument that shows clear ignorance of today’s weapons, as it is incredibly easy to swap out magazines whether it is a rifle or a hand gun. It has been easy since the early 1900’s. I can swap out a magazine in well under a second. So, that argument just doesn’t make logical sense to me. I have addressed this topic in a bit more depth, here.
    • People don’t “need” ARs. Why ARs? Why are these spotlighted? Well, it is obvious that an AR-15 has been used in multiple mass killings in the recent past. This is a typical knee-jerk reaction by the anti-gun lobby latching onto a single weapon type because it just looks like a “mean” weapon (see below for the definition of an AR) and it looks much like the M-16 and M-4 rifle used by the US Military . In reality, it is just as easy to fire multiple rounds from any typical semi-automatic (meaning, not a revolver) pistol than it is to fire those rounds from an AR. I have a real issue with the “need” part of the statement, though. We don’t “need” many things in life. Why should anyone be concerned with my “wants” vs “needs” when they don’t care when it comes to huge cars and SUVs that spew out more pollution or the resources used for that huge house that they don’t need? There are a couple of great comparisons to cars that are capable of doing 100mph or more over the speed limit. Obviously, they are not “needed” at all and put people’s lives at risk when irresponsible drivers use them.
      However, I don’t want to compare guns to cars for good reason.

    • There isn’t an actual use or reason for owning AR-15s. See above about ARs. Despite the obvious reason of sport target shooting, there are many reasons for owning AR-15s, but I am not going to go into each of them, you can get more information, here. Let’s just say that hunting laws restrict the size of the bullets based on the animal being hunted and most game animals require a larger round. Let me say that differently, AR-15s are not allowed to be used for hunting of many game animals because they are NOT powerful enough. The AR-15 is not a high powered rifle. Also, some nuisance animals are incredibly hard to kill unless you can shoot at them multiple times, like feral hogs that not only travel in large sounders, but are incredibly fast and agile. During the Las Angeles riots, many shop keepers used AR15s to defend their property and their lives from looters and rioters because the Police were not able to do it, and very few of them had to actually fire the weapons as rioters and looters decided to stay clear of those shops. 
    • The AR-15 was designed to kill. The AR-15 was not designed to kill. Even the military version, the M-16 , is designed to create serious wounds. If a soldier is wounded, not only is he taken out of the battle, but at least one other soldier is also taken out of the battle to care for the wounded soldier. While an AR-15, like any other gun in the world, can kill, it isn’t as likely to kill as most hunting rifles that have much greater energy and create much more damage. An AR-15, for example, shoots a .223 (5.56mm) caliber bullet that is much smaller than a hunting rifle uses. The AR-15 round is very low on the power scale as compared to hunting rifles. (see below for the definition of an AR)
    • AR-15s are inexpensive and easy to use to kill. Yes, they are inexpensive compared to many items in life that are purchased, but AR-15s really are not less expensive than most other rifles. While AR-15s are easy to replicate and most skilled machinists can create parts for them fairly easily, the same is true of almost all guns. I would say that most AR-15s are about the same price as most hunting rifles. However, I heard somebody compare the cost of bullets per dead person (again, in an attempt to show how evil AR-15s are), and they totally flipped out on me when I pointed out that anyone of most any age can buy a couple of gallons of gas and cause a raging fire that can kill hundreds of people for less than $10. It isn’t about money. It is about the evil.
    • During the time of the second amendment, they used muskets, so nobody should have anything greater than that. I laugh when I hear this one. Really? That is absolutely ridiculous. The intent of the second amendment is to ensure that we, as citizens, are able to defend ourselves against a tyrannical government. Don’t believe me? Read the Federalist papers and you will see it is pretty clear. Hamilton and Madison are really clear in their intent, and Jefferson is also pretty clear in his assertions that Government gets its power from the governed and that governments should fear the citizens vs the other way around. However, if we really want to discuss what was available during the writing of the Bill of Rights and the preceding Constitution, then the First Amendment would be worthless since computers and the mass printing technologies just didn’t exist at the time.

    What is an “AR-15” Anyways?

    People seem to really like throwing around “AR” thinking that it means one of two things.

    1. Automatic Rifle
    2. Assault Rifle

    The “AR” in AR-15 stands for Armalite, the company that created the AR-15. It does not stand for anything else.

    OK, let’s pretend it stands for Assault Rifle. Our Government, actually, uses “Assault Weapon” in these discussions as it is a pretty clearly defined term. It is clearly defined because they defined in in the Assault Weapon Ban. As defined by the Government, it is a rifle that has a detachable magazine and two of the following characteristics:

    • a folding or telescoping stock – An AR-15 can have a standard stock, one that has multiple positions, and potentially a folding stock, which is rare. Telescoping is not necessarily the same thing as adjustable.
    • a pistol grip that protrudes conspicuously beneath the action of the weapon – An AR-15 normally has a pistol grip. Does that really make it a more powerful weapon? Of course not.
    • a bayonet mount – Really? The ability to add a bayonet makes it more powerful? Very few AR-15s that are for sale have bayonet mounts because they are a waste of time and money to have on the rifle and nobody would use them.
    • a flash suppressor or threaded barrel designed to accommodate a flash suppressor – All this does is stop the shooter from being blinded by the flash of the rifle, and secondarily, it makes it harder to see the flash from a distance. It has no impact on the power or accuracy of the weapon.
    • a grenade launcher – If you have a grenade launcher and grenades for it, then I would say you have one really powerful weapon, and one that is absolutely illegal in a private citizen’s hands.

    So, let’s take the Bushmaster that was used in the Newtown attack in 2012. If the pistol grip was removed, it would not be considered an “Assault Weapon” per Government definition. Many hunting rifles are classified as Assault Weapons under this definition.

    Another note on AR15s. They are not nearly as accurate as the typical hunting rifle. They certainly don’t have the ability to accurately shoot as far as the typical hunting rifle, and they don’t have near the power of a typical hunting rifle.

    While on the topic of supposed Assault Weapons, I love this article from the New York Times on the Assault Weapon Myth. It is a nice read.

    Vividness – Impact on Calls for Gun Control

    I just read a great blog today that describes the concept of “vividness” and how the vividness of the Newtown incident is impacting so many people in how they view gun control. Basically, the author has put together some great information regarding the call for Gun Control. While it is a blog (just like this is a blog), the author has done a great job of attributing the referenced materials and providing a nice way of introducing the point. The basic point of this concept is that people put themselves into the situation and can feel the horror of it. For example, when we read about kids playing on a iced over pond and falling through the ice and drowning, we immediately put ourselves as young kids into the situation, or our own children in the situation. We imagine the cold water hitting us, flailing in the icy water trying to get out of the water, and then just going under the surface and drowning. It is a vivid image that sticks in the mind.

    The absolute horror of young children being killed is just about as vivid an imagine that can be painted in the minds of adults. Thinking about what it would be like if it were us, or if it were our children, makes us feel that we absolutely have to do something to prevent it from happening again.

    However, what the author points out is that the actual numbers are not bad at all. Yes, he said it, and I am repeating it: The numbers of people killed in mass murders like Newtown are not excessive by any means. The numbers are, in fact, statistically insignificant. It is the vividness that makes everyone want to take action. People feel that something must be done, and screw all of the excuses that other might make. They feel that those people that won’t support taking “action that might just save one life” must be broken in the head.

    My Point of View

    Anyway, I will outline my point of view here, and from here on out, I will provide this link every time i hear people start in about the evils of guns. Here is my outline:

    1. The Bill of Rights is pretty clear on our rights as citizens here in the United States.
    2. Police response is not acceptable.
    3. Private citizens have a natural right to protect themselves.
    4. Well researched studies have shown that firearm availability does not impact suicide rates, homicides, or other violent crime.
    5. Gun free zones are similar to heavy gun control laws in that only criminals have firearms and law abiding people are left unable to defend themselves.
    6. Criminals don’t obey the laws.

    Bill of Rights: A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

    Well regulated means well trained. That was the meaning of the phrase when the Bill of Rights was written.

    Many gun control advocates insist that “Militia” means that only Militias like the National Guard should have firearms. This is far from true as the intent is clearly that the citizens must be able to defend themselves from Government when the governed no longer consent to be governed by the Government. The National Guard is not a Militia (clearly stated by the Supreme Court in US vs Miller, 1939 and D.C. vs Heller, 2008), it is an extension of the US Army. National Guard units can be Federalized at any time and deployed just like a regular Army units. While I hope it never happens, if you look around at the world, you will see all of the upheaval as citizens revolt against their Governments. It is easy to see that the intent of the founders of our founding fathers is that citizens be able to protect themselves from a Government that is oppressive.

    The intent of our founding fathers was pretty clear in the different federalist papers. See Madison and Hamilton, in particular. The idea around the second amendment seems pretty clear. I would also guess that it is the second amendment because it was not an after thought, and I consider each of the amendments just as valued.

    The United States Supreme Court has upheld this view of individuals having the right to bear arms. In 2008, District of Columbia v. Heller, the US Supreme Court ruled that an individual right to gun ownership is present in the Second Amendment.

    Police Response

    It scares me when I think about how slow Police response is to crime in progress. Even Priority 1 calls can take 5-15 minutes in most cities. Don’t believe it? Do some searching on “Police Response Statistics” and see for yourself.

    You know what? Criminals are usually in a hurry as they don’t want to be caught, and they really have issues with victims wanting to use the phone to call the Police.

    My own personal experience is limited, but we had an attempted home invasion when I lived in Colorado Springs, Colorado. It took almost 15 minutes for the Police to arrive, and my door frame had cracked while my wife and I tried to figure out our escape route. BTW, the Police were too late and a violent act had to be committed in our defense. Another example in our case was a few years ago. At the time, my wife and I were out at dinner. Our kids early teens at the time) called us and told us that they thought they had heard somebody coming in through the basement door and that they heard voices in the basement. They called us after they called 911. They were extremely scared as it took forever for the 911 operator to take their information and worried that it would take even longer for the 911 operator to get the police dispatched. We told them to leave the house and go to the neighbor’s house. We left our money on the table to pay for dinner, drove at normal speed limits to the house, and we beat the Police by several minutes. While the sample size is small in our case, it does coincide to what the statistics say about response times. Basically, you need to hope that if you are attacked that you can survive long enough for the ambulance to arrive and save your life, assuming you were not killed right away. At the minimum, we can absolutely depend on the Police to do the chalk outline around our bodies if they get there too late. Let me be clear.

    So, who in their right mind would like the Police to be the only ones that can respond to a home invasion or some other violent crime? Imagine how poor response times are for those that live in rural locations. I can tell you from my recent time living in a rural location that it would be nearly impossible for the Sherriff’s Department to get to my house in a reasonable time.

    Please don’t get me wrong. I fully support the Police. However, I realize that they have limited resources and can’t be everywhere at once.

    I love the saying, “You may not like guns and you might not believe in God. However, if somebody breaks into your home, the first two things you will do are to call somebody that has a gun (like a cop) and pray they get there in time.”

    Private Citizens Protect Themselves

    The National Self-Defense Survey and studies done by the Police Foundation and sponsored by the National Institute of Justice concur that well over 2 million crimes are prevented every year by private gun owners. Even the highly anti-gun National Crime Victimization Survey stated that the number was well over 700,000. If we choose to use the clearly biased number of 700,000, that is a large number of crimes that are prevented by citizens each year. Thirteen other surveys conducted by several organizations show a range between 800,000 and 2.5 million. These surveys and studies have been peer reviewed. What this means is that others, with similar credentials and knowledge of the topic, have reviewed the methodologies used and verify that the processes are all valid. A nice article was recently published where a top anti-gun researcher reviewed the methodologies used by one of the major studies and concurred that while he didn’t like the resulting conclusions of the Kleck and Gertz survey, he had to admit that he couldn’t find fault with their methodology.

    This peer reviewed and published paper does a nice job of describing the prevalence of defensive gun use: Armed Resistance to Crime.

    For those that insist that all of those studies are from the conservative world, we also have the 2013 study that was commissioned by Obama’s administration by the CDC.

    I am sure many people will try to take the stance that criminals can take away guns and use them on the victim. Yep. It does happen about 1% of the time. If you do the research, you will find that very seldom do citizens have to discharge their firearms to prevent the crime, and when they do, very few criminals are severely injured or killed. That does not mean that we should disarm citizens.

    Studies

    There are all sorts of studies out there. The focus on most gun control studies are the number of gun related incidents per capita and comparing that number in the US vs other countries. Those comparisons are invalid just like comparing how much energy we use vs the rest of the world and not taking into account how spread out we are in our country vs how close the populations are in other countries. One study stands out in my mind because the researchers compared actual violent actions (gun involved and non-gun involved) to reach the conclusion that some societies are more violent than others and gun availability has no impact on the number of violent crimes. I highly recommend reading this study which can be downloaded here: http://law.bepress.com/expresso/eps/1564

    Guns do not make people more violent. The violence levels are similar when looking at non-gun related violence.

    Gun Free Zones

    Gun free zones are the perfect example of the lack of logic when it comes to gun control laws. In a gun free zone, it is illegal to carry a firearm whether it is concealed or not. So, in a gun free zone, the only person that will have a gun would be a criminal. Those criminals know that they don’t have to worry about law abiding citizens protecting themselves in these locations. Hmmm, guess what happens when criminals decide to start shooting? Yep, we wait 5-15 minutes (or more) for Police response, and by then it is all over. In many cases, the Police wait outside until they get proper orders and can setup properly. They almost never go charging into the fray. Don’t get me wrong, they are heroes, but they are also trained to act certain ways and to use certain procedures.

    Most of the recent mass murders involved gun-free zones.

    Criminals Don’t Obey Laws

    I think this is the clearest of arguments against gun control laws. After all, if there is strict gun control, then we are at the mercy of criminals. After all, criminals have shown all over the world that they can get guns despite whatever laws are in place. Why is it so hard to understand that laws just don’t matter. Even in cases where we have seen mass shootings, many laws are broken. Laws don’t stop criminals from breaking them. Creating more laws won’t stop them, either.

    Closing

    Yes, life is precious. However, we need to realize that just because certain incidents make great news stories, and are vivid, does not necessarily mean the issue is a big as the news and politicians make it.

    More people die from falling off of chairs. What is more interesting is that sunstroke kills three times as many people as mass shootings. Don’t believe it? Check the Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s Violent Death Reporting System

  • Explaining the 2nd Amendment

    A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

    OK, so let’s read it and discuss the key words and phrases here.

    well regulated – Properly disciplined, well trained, in good order.

    Lots of anti-gun people like to insist that this means that the Government is allowed to regulate this right, and the regulation (laws) is part of this requirement. I have no clue where they get this perception as the Bill of Rights and the Constitution pretty much are used to reserve rights for the citizens of the US.

    The Random House College Dictionary (1980) gives four definitions for the word “regulate,” which were all in use during the Colonial period and one more definition dating from 1690 (Oxford English Dictionary, 2nd Edition, 1989). They are:

    1) To control or direct by a rule, principle, method, etc.

    2) To adjust to some standard or requirement as for amount, degree, etc.

    3) To adjust so as to ensure accuracy of operation.

    4) To put in good order.

    [obsolete sense]

    b. Of troops: Properly disciplined. Obs. rare-1.

    1690 Lond. Gaz. No. 2568/3 We hear likewise that the French are in a great Allarm in Dauphine and Bresse, not having at present 1500 Men of regulated Troops on that side.

     

    militia – a body of citizens (no longer exclusively male) eligible for service where full time duty is required only in emergencies. The term also refers to the eligible pool of citizens callable into military service.

    The anti-gun groups out there like to say that this is like the National Guard. However, most people don’t seem to understand that the National Guard can be, and often is, Federalized, and even when not federalized, it is under control of the State Government. When federalized, the National Guard become part of the regular army and can be deployed at the discretion of the US Government.

    Even the US Code clearly states that the Militia includes a “organized” militia and the “unorganized” militia.

    10 U.S. Code § 311 – Militia

    US Code – Militia: composition and classes

    Current through Pub. L. 112-238. (See Public Laws for the current Congress.)

    (a) The militia of the United States consists of all able-bodied males at least 17 years of age and, except as provided in section 313 of title 32, under 45 years of age who are, or who have made a declaration of intention to become, citizens of the United States and of female citizens of the United States who are members of the National Guard.

    (b) The classes of the militia are—

    (1) the organized militia, which consists of the National Guard and the Naval Militia; and

    (2) the unorganized militia, which consists of the members of the militia who are not members of the National Guard or the Naval Militia.

    Then, we also have three major cases decided by the Supreme Court:

    United States v. Miller, 1939

    While the case was about the National Firearms Act, and the Supreme Court upheld it as being Constitutional. The court found that:

    • The militia is comprised of “all males physically capable of acting in concert for the common defense.”
    • The firearms protected includes those “in common use at the time.”

    D.C. v. Heller, 2008

    In this case, found in favor of Heller, the Supreme Court found that:

    • The Second Amendment protects an individual right of firearms ownership for self-defense.
    • A well-regulated militia is not the state’s military force.
    • Bear arms means wear, bear, or carry upon person or in clothing.
    • The law being disputed was found to be unconstitutional.

    McDonald v. City of Chicago, 2010

    Since D.C. is not a State, and this decision established the rights of individual States as relates to the United States. This decision established that the Second Amendment applies to States and that the individual’s right to self-defense is “the central component” of the Second Amendment.


    the comma – There are three different commas here, but it is the last one that causes some dissent.

    Anti-gun proponents argue that the last comma is intentional and was intended to make militia the subject of the sentence. Accordingly, they look at the sentence as basically being:

    “[a] well regulated Militia … shall not be infringed.”

    However, based on the Federalist papers and the actual votes and proposals for the wording, the operative words of the sentence are as follows:

    “the right of the people to … bear arms … shall not be infringed.”

    Using this sentence, it is clear that there is a personal right of the people to own firearms. Reviewing the History, the Federalist Papers, and the Indeed, the historical backdrop—highlighted by a general disdain for professional armies—would seem to support this theory.

    The History of the 2nd

    Sam Adams provided the first draft:

    And that the said Constitution be never construed to authorize Congress to infringe the just liberty of the press, or the rights of conscience; or to prevent the people of the United States, who are peaceable citizens, from keeping their own arms.

    The draft provided in the first session of the first Congress:

    The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed; a well armed and well regulated militia being the best security of a free country; but no person religiously scrupulous of bearing arms shall be compelled to render military service in person.

    Amended version brought forth by the select committee on the Bill of Rights:

    A well regulated militia, composed of the body of the people, being the best security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed, but no person religiously scrupulous shall be compelled to bear arms.

    Draft version of the Second Amendment sent by the House of Representatives to the United States Senate:

    A well regulated militia, composed of the body of the people, being the best security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed; but no one religiously scrupulous of bearing arms shall be compelled to render military service in person.

    Note: When the Amendment was transcribed, the semicolon in the religious exemption portion was changed to a comma by the Senate scribe.

    Revision voted on in the U.S. Senate:

    A well regulated militia, being the best security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed

    Final version passed by the U.S. Senate; the phrase “necessary to” was added when the proposed Amendment was entered into the U.S. House journal.

    A well regulated militia being the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed.

    Of course, sometimes it takes some good comedians to explain it best, so let’s leave it to Penn and Teller.

    image

     

    Summary:

    Basically, when you do the research, it is pretty clear what the intention was of our Founding Fathers. Their intention did not include:

    • Government regulating our rights as reserved by the Constitution
    • The National Guard as a militia

    If I were to translate the amendment into current English, it would probably look something like this:

    Because we need a well trained militia to ensure the security of a free state, free citizens must have the right to keep and bear arms.

  • Explaining the 2nd Amendment

    A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

    OK, so let’s read it and discuss the key words and phrases here.

    well regulated – Properly disciplined, well trained, in good order.

    Lots of anti-gun people like to insist that this means that the Government is allowed to regulate this right, and the regulation (laws) is part of this requirement. I have no clue where they get this perception as the Bill of Rights and the Constitution pretty much are used to reserve rights for the citizens of the US.

    The Random House College Dictionary (1980) gives four definitions for the word “regulate,” which were all in use during the Colonial period and one more definition dating from 1690 (Oxford English Dictionary, 2nd Edition, 1989). They are:

    1) To control or direct by a rule, principle, method, etc.

    2) To adjust to some standard or requirement as for amount, degree, etc.

    3) To adjust so as to ensure accuracy of operation.

    4) To put in good order.

    [obsolete sense]

    b. Of troops: Properly disciplined. Obs. rare-1.

    1690 Lond. Gaz. No. 2568/3 We hear likewise that the French are in a great Allarm in Dauphine and Bresse, not having at present 1500 Men of regulated Troops on that side.

     

    militia – a body of citizens (no longer exclusively male) eligible for service where full time duty is required only in emergencies. The term also refers to the eligible pool of citizens callable into military service.

    The anti-gun groups out there like to say that this is like the National Guard. However, most people don’t seem to understand that the National Guard can be, and often is, Federalized, and even when not federalized, it is under control of the State Government. When federalized, the National Guard become part of the regular army and can be deployed at the discretion of the US Government.

    Even the US Code clearly states that the Militia includes a “organized” militia and the “unorganized” militia.

    10 U.S. Code § 311 – Militia

    US Code – Militia: composition and classes

    Current through Pub. L. 112-238. (See Public Laws for the current Congress.)

    (a) The militia of the United States consists of all able-bodied males at least 17 years of age and, except as provided in section 313 of title 32, under 45 years of age who are, or who have made a declaration of intention to become, citizens of the United States and of female citizens of the United States who are members of the National Guard.

    (b) The classes of the militia are—

    (1) the organized militia, which consists of the National Guard and the Naval Militia; and

    (2) the unorganized militia, which consists of the members of the militia who are not members of the National Guard or the Naval Militia.

    Then, we also have three major cases decided by the Supreme Court:

    United States v. Miller, 1939

    While the case was about the National Firearms Act, and the Supreme Court upheld it as being Constitutional. The court found that:

    • The militia is comprised of “all males physically capable of acting in concert for the common defense.”
    • The firearms protected includes those “in common use at the time.”

    D.C. v. Heller, 2008

    In this case, found in favor of Heller, the Supreme Court found that:

    • The Second Amendment protects an individual right of firearms ownership for self-defense.
    • A well-regulated militia is not the state’s military force.
    • Bear arms means wear, bear, or carry upon person or in clothing.
    • The law being disputed was found to be unconstitutional.

    McDonald v. City of Chicago, 2010

    Since D.C. is not a State, and this decision established the rights of individual States as relates to the United States. This decision established that the Second Amendment applies to States and that the individual’s right to self-defense is “the central component” of the Second Amendment.


    the comma – There are three different commas here, but it is the last one that causes some dissent.

    Anti-gun proponents argue that the last comma is intentional and was intended to make militia the subject of the sentence. Accordingly, they look at the sentence as basically being:

    “[a] well regulated Militia … shall not be infringed.”

    However, based on the Federalist papers and the actual votes and proposals for the wording, the operative words of the sentence are as follows:

    “the right of the people to … bear arms … shall not be infringed.”

    Using this sentence, it is clear that there is a personal right of the people to own firearms. Reviewing the History, the Federalist Papers, and the Indeed, the historical backdrop—highlighted by a general disdain for professional armies—would seem to support this theory.

    The History of the 2nd

    Sam Adams provided the first draft:

    And that the said Constitution be never construed to authorize Congress to infringe the just liberty of the press, or the rights of conscience; or to prevent the people of the United States, who are peaceable citizens, from keeping their own arms.

    The draft provided in the first session of the first Congress:

    The right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed; a well armed and well regulated militia being the best security of a free country; but no person religiously scrupulous of bearing arms shall be compelled to render military service in person.

    Amended version brought forth by the select committee on the Bill of Rights:

    A well regulated militia, composed of the body of the people, being the best security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed, but no person religiously scrupulous shall be compelled to bear arms.

    Draft version of the Second Amendment sent by the House of Representatives to the United States Senate:

    A well regulated militia, composed of the body of the people, being the best security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed; but no one religiously scrupulous of bearing arms shall be compelled to render military service in person.

    Note: When the Amendment was transcribed, the semicolon in the religious exemption portion was changed to a comma by the Senate scribe.

    Revision voted on in the U.S. Senate:

    A well regulated militia, being the best security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed

    Final version passed by the U.S. Senate; the phrase “necessary to” was added when the proposed Amendment was entered into the U.S. House journal.

    A well regulated militia being the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed.

    Of course, sometimes it takes some good comedians to explain it best, so let’s leave it to Penn and Teller.

    image

     

    Summary:

    Basically, when you do the research, it is pretty clear what the intention was of our Founding Fathers. Their intention did not include:

    • Government regulating our rights as reserved by the Constitution
    • The National Guard as a militia

    If I were to translate the amendment into current English, it would probably look something like this:

    Because we need a well trained militia to ensure the security of a free state, free citizens must have the right to keep and bear arms.

  • Large Capacity Magazine Argument

    This one keeps coming up, over and over again. I have heard it stated a few ways:

    • “Nobody needs 30 round clips [sic].”
    • “Only Law Enforcement Officers (LEOs) should have more than 10 round magazines.”
    • “A trained gun owner doesn’t need more than a few rounds to stop an assailant.”
    • “If you can’t kill a home invader with ten shots, you need to go back to the local shooting range.” – Stephen King

    Yes, I am paraphrasing a bit here, but the thought process is that somehow somebody can rush an active shooter while they are changing a magazine and stop them . The thought is that somehow that magic number should be 10 rounds because that is what is limited by anti-gun States, today.

    The whole concept is pretty ill-conceived.

    Summary: Basically, there are a few key points in response to these ridiculous statements:

    • Standard capacity is determined by the manufacturer to identify what is the proper magazine size and it should not be dictated by politicians that do not not understand firearms, at all.
    • 10 rounds is a totally arbitrary number. Why 10? Because it is a round number? Is the thought process that a potential victim that just saw 10 people shot and knows that now is a great time to become a hero and rush the violent assailant even though they have had no training in hand to hand combat? Let me be clear, this has never happened. Nobody has ever successfully rushed an attacker while reloading to defeat the attack. The perfect example is the Orlando shooting in June of 2016. There were hundreds of able-bodied adults, and the attacker had to change his magazines multiple times. Nobody rushed him from behind, from the side, or from the front while he was reloading.
    • Defensive use cases are not all the same and some situations, such as those with multiple assailants in a home invasion, require more ammunition to stop the threat. We should never inhibit the defender that is fighting for their life, and the lives of loved ones, by restricting the number of rounds available to them.
    • We have a long history of seeing trained Police miss the vast majority of their shots.
    • There is also a long history of motivated attackers, or those under the influence of drugs, requiring multiple good hits to stop their attacks.
    • There is NO evidence that more victims are killed because of these standard capacity magazines have been available in the past.
    • There is real value in standard capacity magazines when varmint hunting, in particular, when hunting feral hogs that travel in large groups.

    Individual Points

    Standard Capacity – First off, it is the standard capacity in most cases. 30 rounds in an AR-15 is the standard capacity design, it is not an extended magazine. The vast majority of magazines made for AR-15s are 30 round magazines. Smaller magazines may be available, but they are far from the standard.

    Extended Capacity – If anyone has ever tried to use the 60 round magazines or 100 round drums, they know that they are incredibly unreliable. They constantly fail to feed properly and cause malfunctions. The Colorado Theater shooting is the perfect example of this. The assailant, in this case, experience multiple jams when using an extended capacity magazine. I would not say this is necessarily an argument for their being banned, but just pointing out that these extended capacity magazines are not reliable and would not be something that I would ever recommend for a self-defense scenario.

    Magazine Changes – It is clear, to those involved in firearms, that changing out an magazine is incredibly easy and can be done in less than half of a second. Here is a great demonstration of magazine changes. Magazine changes do not impact assailants.

      • Klebold used several magazines in the Columbine attack. He simply changed magazines as needed and was still able to get off 96 rounds.
      • Cho used nothing but 10 and 15 round magazines in the Virginia Tech shooting,

    Both cases show that lower capacity magazines do not stop, or even slow down, assailants. Also, we need to be realistic in that very few people are trained well enough in hand to hand combat to have the skills needed to “rush” an assailant in the middle of a magazine change, and there are even fewer that have the “hero” in them to do it. Again, the Orlando Nightclub attack verifies this.

    Defense vs. Assault – This is the key point. Assailants get to choose when they get to swap out magazines, defenders do not. The person that is defending against multiple assailants in a home invasion, for example, does not have the opportunity to do reloads, in most cases. Assailants can choose to pause their assault, and even select a covered position, so they can reload. Defenders don’t have the ability to halt action for a reload without exposing themselves and those around them to great risks.

    It is also very important to note that the defender is undergoing a tremendous adrenaline surge that is having a huge impact on their ability to aim well, and the defender may need an unknown number of rounds to defend themselves and those around them. In fact, Police officers miss 75-80% of their shots in similar situations and they have lots of training.

    Basically, anti-gunners are saying that the defender must be able to combat multiple attackers (and yes, evil doers travel in groups, especially in mob riot scenarios) and be incredibly efficient with their shooting to defend themselves and those that they love. How tragic would it be if the mother defending herself and her children is not able to do it within the arbitrarily constrained number of rounds as the attackers break down the door and kill the family as part of their armed robbery? Sorry, you lost your life and the lives of your family members because some ignorant legislator limited you to 10 rounds when the standard capacity in your handgun would normally be 17. Yep, let’s limit the ability of law abiding citizens to defend themselves and their loved ones against the evil in the world.

    Historical Findings – It is clear from the history of assailants and defenders that:

    • People miss when under stress, and getting good hits to stop an assailant will require many shots in most cases. Again, we can point to Police as the perfect example. Police miss the vast majority of their shots.
    • Assailants often require multiple bullets to stop them. Whether it is the influence of drugs or that they are just really dedicated and their mind set is different, it is clear that most assailants require multiple hits to stop their attacks.

    Lack of Real World Impact – There is upcoming research that shows that even when assailants have used standard capacity magazines, their use was not a deciding factor in the number of victims. Gary Kleck is working on a paper on this topic. I will provide details once it is published. However, in cases where standard capacity magazines were used, the assailants had multiple magazines or guns at their disposal and the number of victims was not determined or limited by the magazine capacity.

  • Restrictions/Limitations on the Second Amendment

    This is a fairly new playbook entry for our anti-gunner friends that want to implement the “reasonable gun controls” that we supposedly refuse to consider. By the way, I am still waiting to hear any “reasonable gun controls” that will prevent criminals and the mentally ill from gaining access to firearms without infringing on the rights of the lawful and violating existing Federal statutes.

    So, what I have heard three times in the last two days is, “There are restrictions on the First Amendment, so there is no reason that there should not be restrictions on the Second Amendment.”

    It is amazing to me that they don’t consider the following limitations to be restrictions to the Second Amendment. Let’s start with actual laws that have been implemented to control firearms:

    • National Firearms Act of 1934
    • The Gun Control Act of 1968
    • Firearm Owners Protection Act of 1986
    • Brady Handgun Violence Act of 1993
    • “Assault Weapons” Ban of 1994
    • Gun Free School Zones Act of 1995

    Now, with the major legislation out of the way, let’s look at the many restrictions that have been placed on firearms:

    • Age of owners
    • Rate of fire
    • Rifle barrel lengths
    • Shotgun barrel lengths
    • Size of projectiles
    • Types of metals and combinations of metals used in projectiles
    • Where firearms can be stored
    • Where firearms can be purchased
    • Where firearms can be carried
    • Where firearms can be transported within and between Cities and States
    • Licensing eligibility based on residence
    • Suppressor ownership
    • Who is allowed to manufacture firearms
    • Who is allowed to sell firearms across State lines

    Then there are some incredibly restrictive local City and State laws that include limitations regarding:

    • The ability to possess firearms that are not an approved list
    • Magazine capacity
    • The ability to change a magazine without requiring a special tool
    • Type of safeties on firearms
    • Micro printing
    • Biometric locking mechanisms

    Where do we draw the line about what is and what should be acceptable for private citizens? What was the intent of the Second Amendment when it came to private ownership of firearms?

    If we go back and look at History, and what was considered in use by private citizens in the War of Independence and during the drafting of our Constitution and its first set of Amendments, we see the private ownership of firearms of all levels. It is clear from History that the arms used to fight for our independence were mostly privately owned. The arms  included:

    • Naval vessels – Privateering was the basis of our Naval force until the creation of the Continental Navy. Even then, the Continental Navy focused on commercial shipping, and Privateering continued to be a significant part of our Naval forces. Yes, these vessels were armed with cannons.
    • Field cannons – Private metal mills forged steel and built cannons for the militias. Cannons were also seized in conflict, and many of the cannons initially used in the war were left by the troops that returned to Britain following the French and Indian wars.
    • Small arms – Of course there were all sorts of small arms available to our citizens during the War of Independence. Some firearms were purchased prior to coming to the Colonies. Some firearms were brought over by the British and the French to fight conflicts. Some firearms were captured in conflicts.

    Basically, every firearm available at the time was owned by private citizens. While we didn’t have the larger warships available to the British, we did have privately owned vessels that engaged in raids and battles.

    Summary

    We, the citizens of our new Country, owned all of the same weapons as our Government. For us to own anything less is a clear limitation placed on the rights reserved by the Second Amendment.

  • Cars vs. Guns

    I have to laugh every time I hear anti-gun people use the need to register cars as a reason to register all guns. First, let’s be clear. Cars are not guns, and guns are not cars.

    They like to point out that if we have to jump over so many hurdles to drive, we should also have to jump over at least that many hurdles to purchase a gun. Training seems to be one hang up. A gun is a tool. It has very limited features that need to be taught to be safe. I compare a gun to a chainsaw in this case. It takes about 10 minutes to teach somebody how to use a chainsaw safely. It takes a couple of hours to teach somebody how to use a gun safely. It may take awhile to teach great accuracy and speed, and it may take an hour or two to explain the laws around gun use, but they are not complex tools. They do not take weeks or months of training.

    First, let’s address the obvious. Criminals don’t register guns. Criminals can buy guns through black and grey market sources and borrow them from their criminal brethren. Criminals are able to get guns even in countries where guns have been completely banned, such as the UK and Australia. The laws do not apply to criminals.

    Compared to cars, this is a non-starter, as criminals can still legally purchase a car and get a driver’s license even though they have been convicted of serious crimes. Even if a criminal needs a car and can’t afford one, it is very easy to borrow one from a friend or family member without any legal issues. Heck, a friend or family member can give a car to criminal without any legal repercussions.

    However, let’s look at what is so different:

    • Drivers do not have to be a US Citizen or Green Card holder to buy a car.
    • Drivers do not have to re-qualify for a license every time they buy a car.
    • Drivers do not have to take a new test or be cleared by a Government agency before they are given a car by a friend or family member.
    • Drivers (assuming they have a driver’s license) do not have to take a test or be cleared by a Government agency before they are allowed to rent or borrow a car.
    • Car owners do not have to get permission from the Government to sell a car or loan a car. The buyer may need to file some paperwork, but the sale won’t be denied because the buyer doesn’t have a license or has a criminal background.
    • When selling a car, the buyer is responsible for registration and paying the sales tax. The private seller doesn’t have to do anything other than fill out their side of the paperwork when selling, and they don’t even have to verify if the person buying the car has a driver’s license.
    • A car is not treated as a completely different type of car just because it has a spoiler on it, or low profile tires, or a loud muffler.
    • A person can own a car without having a driver’s license.
    • A person can own a car while serving time in prison.
    • Car owners do not have to have a special license or pass a background check if they want to buy gas, put on a different muffler, paint the car, or even swap out the engine for something more powerful.
    • There are no limits on cars that are allowed based on how fast they are, how many passengers they hold, how much cargo they can haul, or how much gas they can hold. [Revised a bit more, here] OK, there is a point when it becomes a commercial vehicle and requires a special license, but there is no difference between a super small eco-box and a super large SUV or cargo van. Even many moving vans do not require anything beyond a standard driver’s license.
    • A driver’s license issued in one State is valid all over the United States.
    • If somebody misuses a car, there is not a call to address the use of cars for lawful users. For example, if somebody commits suicide by using the car’s exhaust or by driving the car into a tree or some other object, or just drives off of a cliff, there is no call to hold car manufacturers liable for the inappropriate use of the product.
    • Most importantly, the laws requiring a license only apply to cars used on public roads. Race cars are not required to meet these requirements, nor are the drivers. This is also true of farm vehicles and others that are only used on private property. There is no requirement to register them nor to have licensed drivers. Thanks, Ryan Hurey for that insight.

    Gun owners, though, have different requirements:

    • They are required to go through a background check every time they buy a gun from a dealer. This applies to all dealers at gun shows and for online purchases, too. [Eli, it is a Federal law for dealers]
    • They are required to go through a background check even if they already own guns.
    • They are required to go through a background check even if they have a conceal carry permit (in almost all States).
    • They need to check the laws of each State, and even cities and local counties, when traveling with guns to see if they are allowed, and how they are allowed to travel with them.
    • They need to pay special taxes based on sizes of some guns and how much sound they make.
    • They have to notify special Government agencies when traveling with some guns.
    • Every time a gun is used in an inappropriate manner or an illegal one, people seem to think that there should be some new laws to try to prevent that activity, even if other laws were already broken by the person.

    To top it off, we see legislation that would require the following:

    • They need to take the gun, along with the buyer, to a retailer that can perform a background check for them and then pay a fee to that dealer when selling a gun to a private party.
    • They have to get approval from a Government agency if they want to give a gun to a family member, even if that family member already has a gun or a conceal carry permit.
    • They would have limits to how many rounds a magazine can hold, because, you know, politicians know what we need to defend ourselves against evil doers way better than any of us gun owners.
    • They would have limits to being able to even remove a magazine from a gun without using a special device.
    • They would require background checks for buying bullets.
    • Loaning a gun at a range to a friend or family member, even under direct supervision, would require a background check.
    • They would ban certain weapons because of how they look, and not even closely based on the fire power of the weapon.
  • The Only Purpose for Guns is to Kill

    As any pro Second Amendment advocate can tell you, this is one of the most poorly framed points that anti-gun people like to make. I swear it is part of some anti-gun playbook that is passed around as it seems to be one of the most common arguments out there.

    I agree, 100%, with the assertion that guns can kill, and I will even agree that the original design of guns is for killing. A gun damned well better be able to kill or it is worthless. However, I would have to say that the vast majority of guns ,currently being produced, are for defensive purposes or hunting and sporting use. Guns, today, are designed with those purposes in mind.

    I love this argument because it seems to give the anti-gun person some kind of moral high ground in their opinion. They fail to realize that since the dawn of man and the first uses of tools, being able to kill was always important. Our earliest ancestors needed to be better at killing their prey for food, they needed to be better at killing to defend themselves against predators, and they needed to be better at killing in both defending themselves from others that have ill intent and at being stronger when taking the better land or other resources and claiming them as their own. That is a huge, “DUH!”

    However, despite guns being originally designed to kill, the original intention has very little impact on the dangers involved in their day to day usage. After all, the dangers of driving on the streets in a car are much higher, but those deaths are not part of the design, so I guess they just don’t matter. Yep, it just doesn’t matter if death is a by-product. Who should care about those deaths?

    So, using the anti-gunner’s logic, clubs and other blunt instruments, bows and arrows, spears, and anything else that was first created as a weapon to make it easier to kill should also be banned along with those evil guns. What? We can’t have baseball bats anymore? No more hammers? No more axes? Of course, knives should be banned, too. I know it borders on the absurd, but their point is really that guns make it easier to kill. It is true, but that doesn’t make them evil. After all, guns have many uses that are completely legal as well as moral and ethical.

    It really irks me that anti-gun people feel that there is something wrong with an inanimate tool that must be corrected because they don’t understand their use in today’s world. I have lots of guns that have never killed anything, ever. They have punched holes in targets at all sorts of distances, but only a couple have even been used to kill an animal. Yes, I have used a gun to harvest animals, but they have never killed a person, or even wounded a person.

    How are guns used today? I see four distinct uses that are perfectly legal when it comes to guns.

    1. Sporting – The vast majority of guns are used for sporting purposes. Guns are fun to shoot, and it is fun to compete with others as to who can shoot the best. I really enjoy shooting. I also enjoy the art of it when designing custom cartridge loads with differing amounts of powder and different bullet types and weights to see how each change impacts the ballistics of the bullet’s path and energy. It is great fun just experimenting.

    2. Hunting – With hunting, there are a couple distinct types.

      • Hunting varmints and predators – This category includes animals like feral pigs that are tearing up the land of our natural animal environments and that of our farmers, as well as those predators that are attacking and killing our domestic animals such as our cattle. I would really hate to see a rancher killed by a bear because they couldn’t defend their live stock with a club or something more primitive than a firearm.
      • Hunting game – This category is very important to many people that enjoy wild game. It is also very important to those that manage our public lands and understand the need to control wild game so that their population doesn’t outgrow their habitat and doesn’t result in disease spreading among the wild life. Instead of risking life and limb trying to kill large animals to provide meat for their families, guns enabled hunters to kill large animals and bring them back to their homes to provide food for their family and friends. Do we really need to go back to bows and arrows and spears to control animal populations? What is the value in doing that? Remember, too, that a firearm will allow for a much more humane death than being shot with an arrow, and those anti-gunners should at least have some feelings around being humane.

    3. Self Defense – We have to understand that there are evil people out there in the real world and they have ill-intent. They want to steal from us, they want to do us harm, they want to commit rape and murder for whatever motivations that they might have in their evil minds. Everyone has the right to defend themselves against those that are bigger and stronger than each of us. We also have the right to defend ourselves against multiple assailants as those with weak morals also tend to work better in groups than alone, and it is vital that we have the ability to defend ourselves and our loved ones from individuals and groups that have no qualms about committing bodily harm and kills us. Guns are the ultimate equalizer. What most anti-gun people don’t understand is that private gun owners prevent hundreds of thousands of violent crimes every year. The valid defenses have been shown by multiple peer reviewed studies done by multiple organizations, including a recent one commissioned by the Obama administration.

    Self Defense is based on stopping the threat, not killing the attacker.

    4. Defense Against Tyranny – Laugh all you want, but this is the original intent of the 2nd Amendment, and we can certainly see real life examples in other countries (see Libya and Syria as great examples, but there are so many others) where their military is used to crush citizen dissent. Guns have allowed us to fight against an oppressive enemy, whether it is foreign or domestic. We can fight them at a distance, and prevent ourselves being overwhelmed by sheer masses of military members. Just knowing that citizens are armed can prevent many oppressive actions from being taken by our Government.

    What it really comes down to is that guns were indeed originally invented and intended to kill others. No doubt about it. However, the original intent  has very little impact on the dangers involved in their day to day usage in:

    • Sporting Use
    • Hunting
    • Self Defense
    • Defense Against Tyranny – the intent of the 2nd Amendment

    Remember, even in Self Defense, the purpose is to stop the attacker.

  • The Only Purpose for Guns is to Kill

    As any pro Second Amendment advocate can tell you, this is one of the most poorly framed points that anti-gun people like to make. I swear it is part of some anti-gun playbook that is passed around as it seems to be one of the most common arguments out there.

    I agree, 100%, with the assertion that guns can kill, and I will even agree that the original design of guns is for killing. A gun damned well better be able to kill or it is worthless. However, I would have to say that the vast majority of guns ,currently being produced, are for defensive purposes or hunting and sporting use. Guns, today, are designed with those purposes in mind.

    I love this argument because it seems to give the anti-gun person some kind of moral high ground in their opinion. They fail to realize that since the dawn of man and the first uses of tools, being able to kill was always important. Our earliest ancestors needed to be better at killing their prey for food, they needed to be better at killing to defend themselves against predators, and they needed to be better at killing in both defending themselves from others that have ill intent and at being stronger when taking the better land or other resources and claiming them as their own. That is a huge, “DUH!”

    However, despite guns being originally designed to kill, the original intention has very little impact on the dangers involved in their day to day usage. After all, the dangers of driving on the streets in a car are much higher, but those deaths are not part of the design, so I guess they just don’t matter. Yep, it just doesn’t matter if death is a by-product. Who should care about those deaths?

    So, using the anti-gunner’s logic, clubs and other blunt instruments, bows and arrows, spears, and anything else that was first created as a weapon to make it easier to kill should also be banned along with those evil guns. What? We can’t have baseball bats anymore? No more hammers? No more axes? Of course, knives should be banned, too. I know it borders on the absurd, but their point is really that guns make it easier to kill. It is true, but that doesn’t make them evil. After all, guns have many uses that are completely legal as well as moral and ethical.

    It really irks me that anti-gun people feel that there is something wrong with an inanimate tool that must be corrected because they don’t understand their use in today’s world. I have lots of guns that have never killed anything, ever. They have punched holes in targets at all sorts of distances, but only a couple have even been used to kill an animal. Yes, I have used a gun to harvest animals, but they have never killed a person, or even wounded a person.

    How are guns used today? I see four distinct uses that are perfectly legal when it comes to guns.

    1. Sporting – The vast majority of guns are used for sporting purposes. Guns are fun to shoot, and it is fun to compete with others as to who can shoot the best. I really enjoy shooting. I also enjoy the art of it when designing custom cartridge loads with differing amounts of powder and different bullet types and weights to see how each change impacts the ballistics of the bullet’s path and energy. It is great fun just experimenting.

    2. Hunting – With hunting, there are a couple distinct types.

      • Hunting varmints and predators – This category includes animals like feral pigs that are tearing up the land of our natural animal environments and that of our farmers, as well as those predators that are attacking and killing our domestic animals such as our cattle. I would really hate to see a rancher killed by a bear because they couldn’t defend their live stock with a club or something more primitive than a firearm.
      • Hunting game – This category is very important to many people that enjoy wild game. It is also very important to those that manage our public lands and understand the need to control wild game so that their population doesn’t outgrow their habitat and doesn’t result in disease spreading among the wild life. Instead of risking life and limb trying to kill large animals to provide meat for their families, guns enabled hunters to kill large animals and bring them back to their homes to provide food for their family and friends. Do we really need to go back to bows and arrows and spears to control animal populations? What is the value in doing that? Remember, too, that a firearm will allow for a much more humane death than being shot with an arrow, and those anti-gunners should at least have some feelings around being humane.

    3. Self Defense – We have to understand that there are evil people out there in the real world and they have ill-intent. They want to steal from us, they want to do us harm, they want to commit rape and murder for whatever motivations that they might have in their evil minds. Everyone has the right to defend themselves against those that are bigger and stronger than each of us. We also have the right to defend ourselves against multiple assailants as those with weak morals also tend to work better in groups than alone, and it is vital that we have the ability to defend ourselves and our loved ones from individuals and groups that have no qualms about committing bodily harm and kills us. Guns are the ultimate equalizer. What most anti-gun people don’t understand is that private gun owners prevent hundreds of thousands of violent crimes every year. The valid defenses have been shown by multiple peer reviewed studies done by multiple organizations, including a recent one commissioned by the Obama administration.

    Self Defense is based on stopping the threat, not killing the attacker.

    4. Defense Against Tyranny – Laugh all you want, but this is the original intent of the 2nd Amendment, and we can certainly see real life examples in other countries (see Libya and Syria as great examples, but there are so many others) where their military is used to crush citizen dissent. Guns have allowed us to fight against an oppressive enemy, whether it is foreign or domestic. We can fight them at a distance, and prevent ourselves being overwhelmed by sheer masses of military members. Just knowing that citizens are armed can prevent many oppressive actions from being taken by our Government.

    What it really comes down to is that guns were indeed originally invented and intended to kill others. No doubt about it. However, the original intent  has very little impact on the dangers involved in their day to day usage in:

    • Sporting Use
    • Hunting
    • Self Defense
    • Defense Against Tyranny – the intent of the 2nd Amendment

    Remember, even in Self Defense, the purpose is to stop the attacker.

  • Gun Control and Ignorance

    I really have a hard time having a good conversation with anti-gun people. I don’t have an issue because of our differences. I have an issue because the leadership of the anti-gun movement is so completely ignorant on the topic, and their ignorance is reflected by their followers. The followers of these ignorant leaders believe what they hear because of their confirmation bias, but also because they are ignorant on the issue as well. The issue, in a nut shell, is that members of the anti-gun movement, in their ignorance of firearms, believe that:

    • They know what is best for everyone else.
    • Their opinion is worth just as much as everyone else’s.
    • Rural citizens and urban citizens have the same needs.
    • Women, and other smaller, weaker, and slower people do not need force multiplier tools to defend themselves and their loved ones from those that are bigger, stronger, faster, and often more numerous attacker. I guess the potential victim just needs to suck it up and be a victim.
    • They can separate bad guns from good guns and that they can help bring about change by banning certain guns even though many options, mostly more powerful firearms, would still be available.
    • New laws will be honored by evil doers even though they have broken many laws, already.
    • New laws need to be “tried” to see if they will help, even though there is no logic to the new laws.

    Opinion

    Many people think their opinion is valid, when it isn’t. I feel that I entitled to have an opinion, and expect others to listen to it, as my opinion is based on being an expert in the field. The opinion of typical anti-gun proponents are anywhere close to being on equal footing unless they posses the following:


    • Education
      at a high level: For example, a deep understanding of energy and ballistics, proper loading, unloading, and malfunction clearing procedures, use of cover and concealment, and the laws of the land as well as local laws. There is more to being an expert, but that is a good start to what is needed. For example, I hear all of the anti AR-15 crap, as somehow, people believe that they are high powered weapons of war and are killing machines. If somebody is educated on the topic, they would Feinsteinknow that the energy of an AR-15 round is one of the lowest of all rifles in production, today, and that every hunting rifle in the world is more powerful. Feinstein, she believes she is an expert, but here is just one example of her violating multiple gun safety rules by having her finger on the trigger, and pointing a firearm at several people.
    • Training by national, or internationally, recognized experts in the field. Please note, police and military training are not the same as defensive gun training in a civilian environment as each uses different tactics and rules of engagement. Training includes handling techniques, proper equipment, care and maintenance in the field, and how to deploy the firearm in difference circumstances. Training also includes individual tactics and movement along with training on awareness. Training with firearms builds automaticity, and teaches the pros and cons of each tactic in different situations as well as the differences when engaging different threats from common street criminals to home invaders and terrorists.
    • Experience, which is the hardest of all to achieve, in using the tactics, implementing the procedures and processes in multiple environments and weather conditions, and working with others in the field to further your abilities and to coach them in improving theirs. There are those that have been in combat, and have known the loss of brethren, or even have suffered grievous wounds, and there are those that say ignorant things like, “I have talked to combat vets and they say…” without knowing that combat vets do not tell people the reality of combat and don’t care to discuss it, except with their peers. Besides that, you don’t get experience from talking to others.

    Many people may have an opinion, but it isn’t a valid opinion and it is not worth the same as an informed opinion, and certainly not worth the same as an expert. An ignorant person may be correct, on occasion, but it is just the result making a good guess or because they are repeating what an actual expert said from some Internet article. The ignorant person may even be right a few times in a row, but it isn’t because they know and understand the topic.

    So, the opinion of the vast majority of people on how firearms work is meaningless, especially when they start trying to discuss what we “need” in our lives when it comes to firearms.

    Examples

    There are an abundant number of examples of the ignorance of the leadership of the anti-gun movement. I will cover a few, here, because I find them entertaining, to a degree.

    Michael Bloomberg, Mayor NYC, Presidential Candidate

    “No, but pistols are different. You have to pull the trigger each time. An assault weapon you basically hold, it goes BrrrrrBrrrrBrrrrrrp” — He was corrected, more than once, in an interview with Cynthia McFadden, and he still can’t explain the difference between semi-automatic and automatic.

    Fred Crespo, Illinois House of RepresentativesCrespo2

    He stated, in a letter sent to his constituents, that high capacity magazines “turn regular firearms into fully automatic weapons.”

    Debbie Wasserman Schultz, DNC Chairperson

    She stated, and very proudly if I say so myself, that she opposes “rapid-fire magazines.” Of course, no such thing exists.

    Martin Heinrich, US Senator

    He wants to put age restrictions on “gas-assisted receiver firearms.” Again, no such thing exists.

    Carolyn Maloney, US Representative

    She wants to pass an “assault weapons” ban that will “ban the massacre machine gun magazines.”

    Terry McAuliffe, Governor of Virginia

    He stated that, “We lose 93 million Americans a day to gun violence.” I do not believe that he was a Math major, but even a grade school student can see that we would be out of Americans within a few days if this were true.

    Joe Biden, Vice President

    Uncle Joe is hard to beat, though. The super smart (per his own statements) Joe Biden, said the following:

    “Nothing we’re going to do is going to fundamentally alter or eliminate the possibility of another mass shooting or guarantee that we will bring gun deaths down to 1,000 a year from what it is now.” 

    “Well, you know, my shotgun will do better for you than your AR-15, because you want to keep someone away from your house, just fire the shotgun through the door.”

    Joe Biden made several suggestions regarding the use of a shotgun, and many of those recommended actions would result in a person going to jail.

    Louise Slaughter, US Representative

    Louise Slaughter has been in congress for the last 30+ years. Her statement is interesting:

    “The Second Amendment only protects the people who want all the guns they can have. The rest of us, we’ve got no Second Amendment. What are we supposed to do?”

    She doesn’t seem to understand what the Second Amendment is and how it is a right reserved for ALL.

    Diana Degette, US Representative

    I cringe every time I hear Diana Degette start to talk about Gun Control. She doesn’t have a clue, yet, she is one of the main legislators involved in magazine limitations.

    “I will tell you these are ammunition, they’re bullets, so the people who have those know they’re going to shoot them, so if you ban them in the future, the number of these high capacity magazines is going to decrease dramatically over time because the bullets will have been shot and there won’t be any more available.”

    She doesn’t understand that magazines are not disposable and consumable. They can be reloaded. She thinks that laws to limit magazine capacity will actually be impactful.

    Another one of DeGette’s statements speaks to her not understanding defensive gun use. A senior citizen asked her how he was supposed to be able to defend himself against well-armed intruders, and she replied that he should wait for the Police and if the criminals were well armed that it would not matter as:

    “You’d probably be dead, anyway”

    Bill Clinton, President

    Our former President really had an odd take on our Constitution, the one that he swore an oath to defend.

    “When we got organized as a country, [and] wrote a fairly radical Constitution, with a radical Bill of Rights, giving radical amounts of freedom to Americans, it was assumed that Americans who had that freedom would use it responsibly …. When personal freedom is being abused, you have to move to limit it.”



    President Clinton, who signed the Assault Weapons Ban, seems to think that the Constitution and the Bill of Rights are radical and that Americans are not responsible enough.

    Kevin de Leon, California State Senator

    Only in California can you get somebody that is a legislator to stand up in a press conference and utter some kind of complete nonsense like this:

    “This is a ghost gun. This right here has ability with a .30 caliber clip to disperse with 30 bullets within half a second. Thirty magazine clip in half a second.”

    What? I keep reading it, and it makes less and less sense each time. If you are a legislator and are writing a law, at least take a few minutes and have somebody that is knowledgeable on the topic review what you are about to babble. This was top-notch babbling, so I will give him credit for that.

    Joe Salazar, Colorado House of Representatives

    Joe Salazar takes the concept of Gun Free Zones to extremes. He really seems to think that they work.

    “It’s why we have call boxes, it’s why we have safe zones, it’s why we have the whistles. Because you just don’t know who you’re gonna be shooting at. And you don’t know if you feel like you’re gonna be raped, or if you feel like someone’s been following you around or if you feel like you’re in trouble when you may actually not be, that you pop out that gun and you pop … pop around at somebody.”

    It appears that the ability to find a call box and call the police is the responsible thing to do as we just don’t seem to be intelligent enough or responsible enough to know when we are in danger and will just shoot every time we are scared.

    Carolyn McCarthy, US Representative

    I believe she finally retired. While nobody could question her commitment, many questioned her knowledge. In legislation that she wrote, she included barrel shrouds as one of the “military features” that would be banned. In an interview, she was asked what a barrel shroud is, and and she could not answer. Her best answer was that:

    “It’s a shoulder thing that goes up.”

    Dianne Feinstein, US Senator

    I am not sure what scares me more about Dianne Feinstein. To me, it appears that she is the worst of hypocrites. On the one hand, she has a conceal carry permit, in California, which is a State that just doesn’t issue permits. She used her political power to get a permit, but fights the rights of others at every turn.

    I could go on for hours writing about her hypocrisy and her absolute ignorance. But, instead, I will provide one quote, and one picture.

    “We have federal regulations and state laws that prohibit hunting ducks with more than three rounds. And yet it’s legal to hunt humans with 15-round, 30-round, even 150-round magazines.”

    It is legal to hunt humans? Ummm… What?

    The picture, as shown above, but repeated here, is more horrifying as she Feinsteinstates that she has been well trained in firearms, yet here she is with her finger on the trigger, and a large drum inserted in an AK as she sweeps the crowd with the muzzle. The people in the room, all potential innocent bystanders, were clearly too ignorant to be horrified. If this happened on the streets, with police present, she probably would have been shot.

    Why she thinks this kind of action is OK is beyond me.

    Obviously, in her extensive training, she never learned the four basic rules of gun safety as she is violating at least three of them, here.

    Gregg Jarrett

    He is not a politician, but I just had to include this one as it had me rolling on the floor. He apparently believes that if you have a bullet button on your AR-15, it makes it a fully automatic rifle.

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BY_jtGXG5dI

    Hypocrisy

    Of course, what bothers me more than the ignorance is the rampant hypocrisy from the leadership of the anti-gun/gun control movement. How they can push for gun control when they are surrounded by men with guns, is just beyond my comprehension.

    There are many pictures of the anti-gun celebrity crowd, Bloomberg, and even Shannon Watts, with their armed security teams. I could fill up several pages with them.

    Of course, there is also the hypocrisy of the many celebrities that make money by being in movies with guns, but then speak out against gun ownership.

    Summary

    The anti-gun/gun control crowd needs to get their act together. It is time that they learn from the experts and learn that the guns are not the problem. Evil and mentally ill people are the problem. Until the anti-gun crowd gets educated on the topic and learns what the real issue is, they will not be able to contribute to fixing the real problem.

  • Gun Show Loophole and Online/Internet Sales Loophole

    I can’t believe people still try to make this out to be an issue. Let me be as clear as I can be: There are no such loopholes.

    Mythical 40% Number

    It is very common for people to say that 40% of gun sales are via private sales. President Obama has said it, VP Biden has said it, and many others have perpetuated this number as being valid. A private sale is when a private citizen sells a gun to another private citizen. The 40% number is pretty close to being a unicorn number in that it is not real, but people continue to talk about it as if it is real. Just for some history, there was a telephone survey done in the 90’s (before the National Instant Check System was created in 1998 for background checks) where people were asked if they had a background check done when they bought their gun. 35.7% said that they didn’t have a background check done, which was rounded up to 40%. Of course, the survey didn’t ask if the gun was a gift, inherited, a prize in a raffle, or whatever interesting circumstance may have happened for them to get their new gun. In any case, it was before the creation of the NICS, so the availability of background checks didn’t exactly exist.

    For a bit more info, these were the options in the survey:

      • Yes
      • Probably was/think so
      • Probably not
      • No/definitely not
      • Don’t know
      • Refuse to report

    64.3% replied Yes or Probably was/think so. So, obviously that means that 35.7% didn’t.

    Reality – Yes, the Truth is Easy to Find

    Firearms dealers are subject to the same laws whether they sell guns at a Gun Show or via an Online Sale. Firearm dealers are not allowed to use different rules for sales at Gun Shows or Online Sales. In all cases, a firearm dealer must, by law, they must, perform a proper background check, or transfer the firearm to another licensed dealer that then must perform the background check.

    It is the law. There is no “loophole” in either case. Dealers are required to follow the same rules and laws at a Gun Show as they must follow in their stores, and dealers are, also, required to follow those same laws and rules when selling to somebody through the Internet.

    To be even clearer, a dealer is not allowed to mail a firearm to a person’s address that bought the gun online. If anyone buys a gun through an online dealer, they must either go to that dealer and go through a background check, or have the gun to another licensed dealer that must then run the background check. If the selling dealer sends the gun to another licensed dealer, they need to verify the license of the receiving dealer. The BATFE is pretty clear about how this works, and they audit dealers on a regular basis to make sure they are following the rules.

    Even if President Obama insists that people can have guns shipped to their house, it isn’t true. Even if President Obama insists that 40% of people don’t go through background checks when they buy guns, it isn’t true. Yes, even our President can lie to us. He does it pretty well.

  • Gun Show Loophole and Online/Internet Sales Loophole

    I can’t believe people still try to make this out to be an issue. Let me be as clear as I can be: There are no such loopholes.

    Mythical 40% Number

    It is very common for people to say that 40% of gun sales are via private sales. President Obama has said it, VP Biden has said it, and many others have perpetuated this number as being valid. A private sale is when a private citizen sells a gun to another private citizen. The 40% number is pretty close to being a unicorn number in that it is not real, but people continue to talk about it as if it is real. Just for some history, there was a telephone survey done in the 90’s (before the National Instant Check System was created in 1998 for background checks) where people were asked if they had a background check done when they bought their gun. 35.7% said that they didn’t have a background check done, which was rounded up to 40%. Of course, the survey didn’t ask if the gun was a gift, inherited, a prize in a raffle, or whatever interesting circumstance may have happened for them to get their new gun. In any case, it was before the creation of the NICS, so the availability of background checks didn’t exactly exist.

    For a bit more info, these were the options in the survey:

      • Yes
      • Probably was/think so
      • Probably not
      • No/definitely not
      • Don’t know
      • Refuse to report

    64.3% replied Yes or Probably was/think so. So, obviously that means that 35.7% didn’t.

    Reality – Yes, the Truth is Easy to Find

    Firearms dealers are subject to the same laws whether they sell guns at a Gun Show or via an Online Sale. Firearm dealers are not allowed to use different rules for sales at Gun Shows or Online Sales. In all cases, a firearm dealer must, by law, they must, perform a proper background check, or transfer the firearm to another licensed dealer that then must perform the background check.

    It is the law. There is no “loophole” in either case. Dealers are required to follow the same rules and laws at a Gun Show as they must follow in their stores, and dealers are, also, required to follow those same laws and rules when selling to somebody through the Internet.

    To be even clearer, a dealer is not allowed to mail a firearm to a person’s address that bought the gun online. If anyone buys a gun through an online dealer, they must either go to that dealer and go through a background check, or have the gun to another licensed dealer that must then run the background check. If the selling dealer sends the gun to another licensed dealer, they need to verify the license of the receiving dealer. The BATFE is pretty clear about how this works, and they audit dealers on a regular basis to make sure they are following the rules.

    Even if President Obama insists that people can have guns shipped to their house, it isn’t true. Even if President Obama insists that 40% of people don’t go through background checks when they buy guns, it isn’t true. Yes, even our President can lie to us. He does it pretty well.

  • The AR-15 is just a Rifle, not a “High Powered Rifle”

    In yet another attempt to educate the masses about the AR-15, and dispel the BS being spewed by the press and many politicians, here is some information about rifles and their power.

    There are pretty much two measures of the performance of a particular rifle round, speed and energy. Another measure of performance is penetration.

    Speed – This is pretty self explanatory. This is the measure of how fast a bullet is when fired. Of course, based on many factors such as the shape and weight of the bullet, this speed will dramatically change for some bullets and limit their range. It is a pretty good measure, though. Typically, speed is measured in Feet Per Second (fps). Speed really isn’t important in and of itself.

    Energy – This is probably a much more important measure of the performance of a round in that this is the measure of mass and speed, combined. Typically, energy is measured in Foot Pound-Force (ft-lbf).

    Here is how the rounds used by the AR-15 (shown in Blue) fit when compared to typical rifle rounds. Please note that AR-15’s are typically chambered for .223 and 5.56 ammunition.

    image

    You might also note that the next lowest rifle rounds, when it comes to their energy, include the 7.62×39 round, which is used in AK-47’s, and then the 7.62×35, which is a newer round called the 300 AAC Black Out and is also used in AR-15’s, even though it is rare.

    Penetration – This measurement is often used by the gun community, as well as ammunition manufacturers. It is important because we, as defensive gun users, do not want a bullet that hits a target (the evil doer, attacker, assailant, intruder – pick your term and definition) to go through the target and continue on its path to go through a wall into potential innocent people.

    Penetration is usually tested by using ballistic gelatin, which is calibrated to be similar to a human body in density. Again, the main concern is that a a defensive gun user’s bullet will go completely through the attacker and into another person behind them. From the graphic below, you can see that a typical .223/5.56 round will penetrate around 14-15 inches. By comparison, most hand guns will be in the 12-14 inch range. So, yes, the AR-15 will penetrate slightly, very slightly, more than a hand gun.

    BallisticGel223

    Penetration is also tested by seeing how well a round goes through typical walls in a home, which are made by using dry wall boards. There are a couple of good discussions of the AR-15 as compared to hand guns HERE and HERE. What you will find from reading these tests is that the typical hand gun rounds penetrate walls far more than AR-15 rounds.

    Summary – It is clear that the typical AR-15 rounds are:

    more powerful than hand gun rounds when it comes to total energy

    considerably less powerful that other rifle rounds, in fact, most States in the US will not allow .223/5.56 rounds to be used in hunting deer because they just are not very effective

    less likely to penetrate walls than hand gun rounds

    able to penetrate a slight bit more than a typical hand gun round

    The AR-15 is NOT a high powered rifle. That is really the end of the discussion.

  • AR-15 Parts and Components

    This is my personal list, but feel free to link to it and share the link. There are many suppliers, these are just the ones that I have worked with in the past, and I have my favorite vendors. You will probably notice that I don’t have Daniels Defense, Spikes, or Rock River, except where they are included at Brownells or Midway. I am not a fan, but please let me be clear in that I do not have anything against their quality or anything like that. I just like some components that are more cost effective.

    Lower Receiver

    Stripped Lower Receiver

    I have gone back and forth multiple times on what I purchase. When I get 80% lowers, I get them from Tactical Machining, and when I get stripped lowers, I tend to go with Surplus Ammo most of the time, now.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?groupid=577

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product-category/lower-receivers/

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/receiver-parts/receivers/lower-receivers/index.htm

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/ProductListing.aspx?catid=2147

    https://www.cmmginc.com/shop/lower-receiver-ar15-stripped-lower/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/lower-receivers/br?cid=23500

    http://www.surplusammo.com/stripped-lowers-1/

    Lower Parts Kit

    I really like the ones from New Frontier Armory and Surplus Ammo. They are reasonable, and easy to polish up. I tend to stick to the basics and not spend much money on drop in triggers.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/product.aspx?item=XALG16003&name=ALG+Defense+Complete+Lower+Parts+Kit+with+ACT+Trigger&search=lower+parts+kit

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/lower-parts-kit/

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=lower+parts+kit&ksubmit=y

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/Search.aspx?site=All%20Products&num=15&q=lower+parts+kit&fgb=t

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/parts-and-accessories/lower-parts-kits/

    http://www.deltateamtactical.com/Omega-Mfg-Complete-Mil-Spec-Lower-Parts-Kit-Lpk-_p_4470.html

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=Lower+parts+kit

    https://newfrontierarmory.com/shop/metal-lower-parts-kit-lpk/

    http://www.surplusammo.com/lower-receiver-parts/

    Butt Stock – They don’t all include the tube

    I really don’t have a favorite, yet. Make sure the one you order comes with the buffer tube, or you will need to buy that separately.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCM-Stock-s/187.htm

    http://www.surplusammo.com/buttstocks-parts/http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=ar+butt+stock&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+butt+stock

    http://www.surplusammo.com/buttstocks-parts/

     

    Upper Receiver

    Stripped Upper Receiver

    Yep, I almost always purchase from Surplus Ammo.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?search=stripped+upper+receiver

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/5-56-223-and-6-8-spc-stripped-upper-receiver-2/

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=stripped+upper+receiver&ksubmit=y

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/Search.aspx?site=All%20Products&num=15&q=stipped+upper+receiver&fgb=t

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=stripped+upper

    http://www.surplusammo.com/search.php?Search=&search_query=stripped+upper+receiver

    Upper Receiver Parts – Dust Cover and Forward Assist

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/upper-receiver-parts-kit/

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/receiver-parts/parts-kits/upper-parts-kits/ar-15-m16-upper-receiver-completion-kit-prod69857.aspx

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/product/ARR-5730?td_source=search

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=upper+parts

    http://www.surplusammo.com/search.php?Search=&search_query=upper+receiver+parts

    Barrel – Keep in mind a 14.5” needs to have a pinned flash hider/suppressor

    I am loving the Faxon Firearms stuff. They make some really nice stainless steel fluted barrels. I also really like the barrels from CMMG.

    http://ballisticadvantage.com/

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR15-M16-M4-Barrel-Assemblies-s/3.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/barrel-parts/rifle-barrels/ar-15-m16-5-56-barrels-prod69781.aspx

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/barrels/

    http://faxonfirearms.com/barrels/ar-15/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+15+barrel

    http://www.surplusammo.com/barrels/

    Bolt Carrier Group

    I know that Nickel Boron is not all that and a bag of chips anymore, but I love how easy they are to clean after shooting. The RF85 from Anderson are supposed to be even better. No matter what, you will always want to use a little oil.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?search=bolt+carrier+group

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/m16-2235-56-bolt-carrier-group-with-anderson-logo/

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR-15-Bolt-Carrier-Group-Parts-s/34.htm

    http://www.failzero.com/products/bolt-carrier-groups.html

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=bolt+carrier+group

    http://www.surplusammo.com/bolt-carrier-groups/

    Charging Handle

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR15-Charging-Handle-s/35.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=AR-15++charging+handle&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=charging+handle

    http://www.surplusammo.com/charging-handles/

    Gas Block and Tube

    A low profile gas block will almost always fit under a free float rail. I have never used an adjustable gas block before, not even on my 300 Black Out rifles. I haven’t had issues where the gas needs to be adjusted.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/Gas-Block-s/44.htm

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/Gas-Tube-s/45.htm

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/parts-and-accessories/gas-block-parts/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=gas+block

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=gas+tube

    Flash Hider/Suppressor – Don’t forget the proper washer

    Personally, I always buy the 51 Tooth ATN adapters so I can then use my ATN suppressor on any of my rifles. I really like them.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCMGUNFIGHTER-Compensator-s/165.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=flash+hider&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=flash+hider

    http://www.surplusammo.com/muzzle-devices/

    Rails/Handguards

    Lately, I am using the ALG Defense Ergo Modular Free Float rail. It is so much easier to align the gas tube hole, and includes the rail pieces if you want to add accessories. It feels really nice when shooting, too.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCM-KMR-KeyMod-Handguard-s/184.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=ar+hand+guard&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+rail

    Tools

    I strongly suggest a few tools for building an AR. They should include:

    Basic punches

    Roll pin holders/starters

    Barrel nut wrench

    Torque wrench

    Brass/Nylon hammer

    Reaction Rod – One of these is vital in that they properly distribute the force when working on the upper

    Upper Vise Block – This is an option instead of a reaction rod, but I don’t like the force that is put on the upper when using one.

  • AR-15 Parts and Components

    This is my personal list, but feel free to link to it and share the link. There are many suppliers, these are just the ones that I have worked with in the past, and I have my favorite vendors. You will probably notice that I don’t have Daniels Defense, Spikes, or Rock River, except where they are included at Brownells or Midway. I am not a fan, but please let me be clear in that I do not have anything against their quality or anything like that. I just like some components that are more cost effective.

    Lower Receiver

    Stripped Lower Receiver

    I have gone back and forth multiple times on what I purchase. When I get 80% lowers, I get them from Tactical Machining, and when I get stripped lowers, I tend to go with Surplus Ammo most of the time, now.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?groupid=577

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product-category/lower-receivers/

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/receiver-parts/receivers/lower-receivers/index.htm

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/ProductListing.aspx?catid=2147

    https://www.cmmginc.com/shop/lower-receiver-ar15-stripped-lower/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/lower-receivers/br?cid=23500

    http://www.surplusammo.com/stripped-lowers-1/

    Lower Parts Kit

    I really like the ones from New Frontier Armory and Surplus Ammo. They are reasonable, and easy to polish up. I tend to stick to the basics and not spend much money on drop in triggers.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/product.aspx?item=XALG16003&name=ALG+Defense+Complete+Lower+Parts+Kit+with+ACT+Trigger&search=lower+parts+kit

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/lower-parts-kit/

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=lower+parts+kit&ksubmit=y

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/Search.aspx?site=All%20Products&num=15&q=lower+parts+kit&fgb=t

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/parts-and-accessories/lower-parts-kits/

    http://www.deltateamtactical.com/Omega-Mfg-Complete-Mil-Spec-Lower-Parts-Kit-Lpk-_p_4470.html

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=Lower+parts+kit

    https://newfrontierarmory.com/shop/metal-lower-parts-kit-lpk/

    http://www.surplusammo.com/lower-receiver-parts/

    Butt Stock – They don’t all include the tube

    I really don’t have a favorite, yet. Make sure the one you order comes with the buffer tube, or you will need to buy that separately.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCM-Stock-s/187.htm

    http://www.surplusammo.com/buttstocks-parts/http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=ar+butt+stock&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+butt+stock

    http://www.surplusammo.com/buttstocks-parts/

     

    Upper Receiver

    Stripped Upper Receiver

    Yep, I almost always purchase from Surplus Ammo.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?search=stripped+upper+receiver

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/5-56-223-and-6-8-spc-stripped-upper-receiver-2/

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=stripped+upper+receiver&ksubmit=y

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/Search.aspx?site=All%20Products&num=15&q=stipped+upper+receiver&fgb=t

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=stripped+upper

    http://www.surplusammo.com/search.php?Search=&search_query=stripped+upper+receiver

    Upper Receiver Parts – Dust Cover and Forward Assist

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/upper-receiver-parts-kit/

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/receiver-parts/parts-kits/upper-parts-kits/ar-15-m16-upper-receiver-completion-kit-prod69857.aspx

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/product/ARR-5730?td_source=search

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=upper+parts

    http://www.surplusammo.com/search.php?Search=&search_query=upper+receiver+parts

    Barrel – Keep in mind a 14.5” needs to have a pinned flash hider/suppressor

    I am loving the Faxon Firearms stuff. They make some really nice stainless steel fluted barrels. I also really like the barrels from CMMG.

    http://ballisticadvantage.com/

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR15-M16-M4-Barrel-Assemblies-s/3.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/barrel-parts/rifle-barrels/ar-15-m16-5-56-barrels-prod69781.aspx

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/barrels/

    http://faxonfirearms.com/barrels/ar-15/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+15+barrel

    http://www.surplusammo.com/barrels/

    Bolt Carrier Group

    I know that Nickel Boron is not all that and a bag of chips anymore, but I love how easy they are to clean after shooting. The RF85 from Anderson are supposed to be even better. No matter what, you will always want to use a little oil.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?search=bolt+carrier+group

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/m16-2235-56-bolt-carrier-group-with-anderson-logo/

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR-15-Bolt-Carrier-Group-Parts-s/34.htm

    http://www.failzero.com/products/bolt-carrier-groups.html

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=bolt+carrier+group

    http://www.surplusammo.com/bolt-carrier-groups/

    Charging Handle

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR15-Charging-Handle-s/35.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=AR-15++charging+handle&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=charging+handle

    http://www.surplusammo.com/charging-handles/

    Gas Block and Tube

    A low profile gas block will almost always fit under a free float rail. I have never used an adjustable gas block before, not even on my 300 Black Out rifles. I haven’t had issues where the gas needs to be adjusted.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/Gas-Block-s/44.htm

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/Gas-Tube-s/45.htm

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/parts-and-accessories/gas-block-parts/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=gas+block

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=gas+tube

    Flash Hider/Suppressor – Don’t forget the proper washer

    Personally, I always buy the 51 Tooth ATN adapters so I can then use my ATN suppressor on any of my rifles. I really like them.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCMGUNFIGHTER-Compensator-s/165.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=flash+hider&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=flash+hider

    http://www.surplusammo.com/muzzle-devices/

    Rails/Handguards

    Lately, I am using the ALG Defense Ergo Modular Free Float rail. It is so much easier to align the gas tube hole, and includes the rail pieces if you want to add accessories. It feels really nice when shooting, too.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCM-KMR-KeyMod-Handguard-s/184.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=ar+hand+guard&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+rail

    Tools

    I strongly suggest a few tools for building an AR. They should include:

    Basic punches

    Roll pin holders/starters

    Barrel nut wrench

    Torque wrench

    Brass/Nylon hammer

    Reaction Rod – One of these is vital in that they properly distribute the force when working on the upper

    Upper Vise Block – This is an option instead of a reaction rod, but I don’t like the force that is put on the upper when using one.

  • AR-15 Parts and Components

    This is my personal list, but feel free to link to it and share the link. There are many suppliers, these are just the ones that I have worked with in the past, and I have my favorite vendors. You will probably notice that I don’t have Daniels Defense, Spikes, or Rock River, except where they are included at Brownells or Midway. I am not a fan, but please let me be clear in that I do not have anything against their quality or anything like that. I just like some components that are more cost effective.

    Lower Receiver

    Stripped Lower Receiver

    I have gone back and forth multiple times on what I purchase. When I get 80% lowers, I get them from Tactical Machining, and when I get stripped lowers, I tend to go with Surplus Ammo most of the time, now.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?groupid=577

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product-category/lower-receivers/

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/receiver-parts/receivers/lower-receivers/index.htm

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/ProductListing.aspx?catid=2147

    https://www.cmmginc.com/shop/lower-receiver-ar15-stripped-lower/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/lower-receivers/br?cid=23500

    http://www.surplusammo.com/stripped-lowers-1/

    Lower Parts Kit

    I really like the ones from New Frontier Armory and Surplus Ammo. They are reasonable, and easy to polish up. I tend to stick to the basics and not spend much money on drop in triggers.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/product.aspx?item=XALG16003&name=ALG+Defense+Complete+Lower+Parts+Kit+with+ACT+Trigger&search=lower+parts+kit

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/lower-parts-kit/

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=lower+parts+kit&ksubmit=y

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/Search.aspx?site=All%20Products&num=15&q=lower+parts+kit&fgb=t

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/parts-and-accessories/lower-parts-kits/

    http://www.deltateamtactical.com/Omega-Mfg-Complete-Mil-Spec-Lower-Parts-Kit-Lpk-_p_4470.html

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=Lower+parts+kit

    https://newfrontierarmory.com/shop/metal-lower-parts-kit-lpk/

    http://www.surplusammo.com/lower-receiver-parts/

    Butt Stock – They don’t all include the tube

    I really don’t have a favorite, yet. Make sure the one you order comes with the buffer tube, or you will need to buy that separately.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCM-Stock-s/187.htm

    http://www.surplusammo.com/buttstocks-parts/http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=ar+butt+stock&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+butt+stock

    http://www.surplusammo.com/buttstocks-parts/

     

    Upper Receiver

    Stripped Upper Receiver

    Yep, I almost always purchase from Surplus Ammo.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?search=stripped+upper+receiver

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/5-56-223-and-6-8-spc-stripped-upper-receiver-2/

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=stripped+upper+receiver&ksubmit=y

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/Search.aspx?site=All%20Products&num=15&q=stipped+upper+receiver&fgb=t

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=stripped+upper

    http://www.surplusammo.com/search.php?Search=&search_query=stripped+upper+receiver

    Upper Receiver Parts – Dust Cover and Forward Assist

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/upper-receiver-parts-kit/

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/receiver-parts/parts-kits/upper-parts-kits/ar-15-m16-upper-receiver-completion-kit-prod69857.aspx

    http://www.cheaperthandirt.com/product/ARR-5730?td_source=search

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=upper+parts

    http://www.surplusammo.com/search.php?Search=&search_query=upper+receiver+parts

    Barrel – Keep in mind a 14.5” needs to have a pinned flash hider/suppressor

    I am loving the Faxon Firearms stuff. They make some really nice stainless steel fluted barrels. I also really like the barrels from CMMG.

    http://ballisticadvantage.com/

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR15-M16-M4-Barrel-Assemblies-s/3.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/rifle-parts/barrel-parts/rifle-barrels/ar-15-m16-5-56-barrels-prod69781.aspx

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/barrels/

    http://faxonfirearms.com/barrels/ar-15/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+15+barrel

    http://www.surplusammo.com/barrels/

    Bolt Carrier Group

    I know that Nickel Boron is not all that and a bag of chips anymore, but I love how easy they are to clean after shooting. The RF85 from Anderson are supposed to be even better. No matter what, you will always want to use a little oil.

    http://www.aimsurplus.com/catalog.aspx?search=bolt+carrier+group

    http://www.andersonrifles.com/product/m16-2235-56-bolt-carrier-group-with-anderson-logo/

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR-15-Bolt-Carrier-Group-Parts-s/34.htm

    http://www.failzero.com/products/bolt-carrier-groups.html

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=bolt+carrier+group

    http://www.surplusammo.com/bolt-carrier-groups/

    Charging Handle

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/AR15-Charging-Handle-s/35.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=AR-15++charging+handle&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=charging+handle

    http://www.surplusammo.com/charging-handles/

    Gas Block and Tube

    A low profile gas block will almost always fit under a free float rail. I have never used an adjustable gas block before, not even on my 300 Black Out rifles. I haven’t had issues where the gas needs to be adjusted.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/Gas-Block-s/44.htm

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/Gas-Tube-s/45.htm

    https://www.cmmginc.com/product-category/parts-and-accessories/gas-block-parts/

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=gas+block

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=gas+tube

    Flash Hider/Suppressor – Don’t forget the proper washer

    Personally, I always buy the 51 Tooth ATN adapters so I can then use my ATN suppressor on any of my rifles. I really like them.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCMGUNFIGHTER-Compensator-s/165.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=flash+hider&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=flash+hider

    http://www.surplusammo.com/muzzle-devices/

    Rails/Handguards

    Lately, I am using the ALG Defense Ergo Modular Free Float rail. It is so much easier to align the gas tube hole, and includes the rail pieces if you want to add accessories. It feels really nice when shooting, too.

    http://www.bravocompanyusa.com/BCM-KMR-KeyMod-Handguard-s/184.htm

    http://www.brownells.com/search/index.htm?k=ar+hand+guard&ksubmit=y

    http://www.midwayusa.com/s?userSearchQuery=ar+rail

    Tools

    I strongly suggest a few tools for building an AR. They should include:

    Basic punches

    Roll pin holders/starters

    Barrel nut wrench

    Torque wrench

    Brass/Nylon hammer

    Reaction Rod – One of these is vital in that they properly distribute the force when working on the upper

    Upper Vise Block – This is an option instead of a reaction rod, but I don’t like the force that is put on the upper when using one.

  • AR-15 Barrels–Stainless Steel, Chrome Moly, Cold Hammer Forged, and so on

    In general, there are two types of barrels that are generally available for AR-15s. They include:

    • Chrome Moly, which is usually chrome-lined
    • Stainless Steel

    There are also a couple of ways that the barrel rifling is created that make a difference to some people, but not others. The processes for rifling bores are:

    • Cut Rifled
    • Button Rifled
    • Cold Hammer Forged

    Chrome Moly – Chromium-Molybdenum Alloy

    Please note that not all chrome moly barrels are chrome-lined. You will also see nitride/melonite treated barrels, which do not use a plating process, so they are generally more accurate than chrome-lined. For some cheap barrels, you will also find chrome moly that is neither chrome-lined nor nitrided.

    Military Specifications (Mil Spec) barrels fall into this category. The barrel bores are chrome-lined to provide:

    • Corrosion Resistance
    • Ease of Cleaning
    • Extended Barrel Life

    Chrome lining is absolutely a great feature if you are slogging through bad weather and are heating your barrel up to ungodly temperatures with extended fire. The typical shooter will never wear out a chrome-lined barrel in their lifetime. In fact, the barrel will probably last a couple of generations, at a minimum. To wear out a chrome-lined barrel would mean that you are probably shooting every day and making great big piles of brass.

    Cons of chrome-lined are pretty much all based on accuracy. The way the chrome-lined barrels are made is that they are rifled larger than the bullet size in order to allow room for the lining. The problem is that the technology for putting in the chrome lining is a bit limited and results in a high and low points in the lining that impact the accuracy of the bullet. The debate is how much of an impact there is, but there is an impact because of the non-uniformity of the plating.

    Stainless Steel

    Stainless steel is perfect. OK, that is obviously not true. However, when it comes to marksmanship contests such as the NRA High Power Long Range shooters and Civilian Marksmanship Program (CMP) shooters, you will see every one of them using a match grade stainless steel barrel.

    These barrels are not chrome-lined and they wear out quicker than a chrome-lined barrel, but we need to be perfectly clear in noting that is highly unlikely anyone would wear one out in their lifetime. To wear out a stainless steel barrel would require high volume firing and rapid firing resulting in excessive heat on a regular basis.

    Stainless steel barrels also tend to be heavier than chrome moly.

    Cut Rifled

    The process is also known as single point cut rifling, is the oldest process used for rifling. It was invented in the 1500’s. The process is pretty simple. Basically, the barrel is bored out, and then a tool is pulled through, and rotated, the barrel cutting the grooves into it. It takes many passes to cut the grooves a little at a time to strip out the steel. Cut rifled barrels tend to be very accurate and the process doesn’t stress the steel like most other processes. The main issue is that the process is time consuming and labor intensive.

    Button Rifled

    This is probably the most commonly used method for rifling barrels.

    Rifle buttoning uses a tool of hardened steel or titanium carbide that is a negative image of the inside of the rifling. The tool is pushed or pulled through a barrel blank while it is rotated. Unlike cutting tools, this tool is forced through the barrel and engraves the ridges. The process is a cold process and puts stress on the metal of the barrel. While some metal is removed by pushing/pulling the button through, it is not cut like the cut rifling process and results in some of the metal be compressed as well as cut.

    Since the process puts a great deal of stress on the barrel, the stress is relieved by heating the barrel afterwards, and the compressed metal will snap back a bit. To compensate for the metal that was compressed returning to its desired density, the button actually run through is a bit larger than the desired rifling size.

    The main disadvantage of using this process is that if the metal is not uniform, it can result in the rotations not being perfect and the depth not being uniform for the grooves.

    Cold Hammer Forged

    Hammer forging is just like it sounds. Hammers are used to pound the barrel into its ship. A barrel blank is used, and a mandrel is inserted into the blank, then many hammers are used to pound the blank around the mandrel and putting the grooves into the inside. A mandrel is a carbide bar that has the grooves for what the barrel should look like on the inside. The hammers hit the barrel multiple times and very fast and compact the metal around the mandrel.

    Like in button rifling, the metal is stressed and needs to be stress relieved, which is done by heating the barrels and letting the metal snap back into shape, a bit, after being worked.

    The result of this process is a very uniform and very accurate barrel.

    The costs, as you can imagine, are pretty high for this process. The machinery is expensive.

    Summary

    Barrels are made many different ways using different materials, but it comes down to this:

    • Chromoly is the cheapest and lightest
    • Chrome-lined is the best for rapid fire, and lasts the longest, but it is less accurate
    • Stainless steel is the most accurate, and when it is hammer forged, it is amazing stuff that costs more.
  • Zero Your Rifle

    I don’t know how many times I hear these types of statements:

    • I zeroed my rifle at 25 yards, but when I shoot it at 100 yards, it is x inches high.
    • I zeroed my rifle at 50 yards, but it isn’t zeroed when I shoot at 100 yards.
    • I zeroed my rifle the other day at my Dad’s farm, but when I took I to the range, it wasn’t zeroed anymore.

    In each case, the shooter wants to know what is wrong with their optics or their ammo. Because, well, nobody ever taught them about ballistics and offsets. Gravity is a bitch and makes life a challenge for shooters that don’t understand its impact. Hey, I understand that everyone know that gravity exists, but I don’t think they all really understand how gravity impacts their bullet. Smile

    Here are some of the major factors that will impact the zero of your rifle:

    • Bullet weight
    • Bullet velocity
    • Ballistic coefficient
    • Height from center of barrel to center of optic

    Of course, there are other impacts, such as wind and other atmospheric conditions, which would include temperature, height above sea level, humidity, and so on.

    For this article, I will use a round that I shoot from my 300 Blackout rifle. Why? Because I understand it and how it works.

    110 grain supersonic – This bullet, a Hornady V-Max,  has a ballistic coefficient of .290 and I build it so its speed at the muzzle is 2080 feet per second.

    The center of my sight is 2.5” higher than the center of my barrel. It is very important to know this distance.

    Gravity

    Yes, we really need to discuss one of the most basic forces on our lives. Remember, from those science classes where we all napped, that everything falls at the same rate when all variables are removed. The same is true of a bullet. So, if we were to drop a rock at the exact same moment we fired our round, the bullet would hit the ground at the same instance as the rock. Bullets are not magic, and can’t defeat gravity. The difference is that the rock will fall down straight, but the bullet will fall away from us because of the forces we exert on it by shooting it out of the barrel.

    No matter how fast the bullet flies, it is still falling towards earth just as fast as the rock.

    So how does the bullet hit that target 100 yards away? Well, simply because we are actually shooting it out at an upwards angle. The angle is incredibly small, but it is there. Since the bullet travels in an arc, it can, potentially, intersect our line of sight through our optic, two different times – once on the way up and once on the way down.

    Basically, since the bullet starts out below the sight, as shown in the graphic, it must travel up to intersect our line of sight. In this case, the rifle is zeroed at 200 yards, but it also crosses our line of sight at about 50 yards.

    image

    The graphic is exaggerated to make it clearer and easier to understand. BTW, yes, this is one that I pulled from the Internet and modified a bit. I confess. I pulled it from aesirtraining.com, but I do not know if that is the original source.

    Gravity Summary: Yes, the bullet must be shot at an upwards angle, otherwise it would never intersect with our line of sight.

    Here is what my round looks like, when you run it through a ballistics calculator. I ran it using a 25 yard zero (in red) and a 100 yard zero (in blue).

    image

    Some of the important items to note:

    • Since my sight is 2.5” over my barrel, I automatically start at –2.5” for each zero.
    • When I zero at 25 yards, the angle is a bit higher for the barrel than when I zero at 100 yards. Basically, the bullet needs to go up 2.5” faster for the 25 yard zero.
    • When I zero at 25 yards, it is actually zeroed at 25 yards AND at about 219 yards.
    • When I zero at 100 yards, it is actually zeroed at about 68.5 yards AND at 100 yards.

    The Question: Based on the two zeros shown, which would be the best for me to use?

    The answer is not too difficult. You just need to know what ranges you plan on shooting from, both short and long.

    For example, if I knew that everything I would be shooting would be between 25-250 yards, I might prefer a 25 yard zero as it will, at most, make my bullet a little less than 5” high and less than 3.5” low.

    Alternatively, if I knew that everything I would be shooting would be between 25 yards and 150 yards, a 100 yard zero might make the most sense as it will, at most, make my bullet no more than 2.1” off target.

    Resources

    There are many good ballistics calculators out there. Just use your favorite search engine and look for a good ballistics calculator. One of my favorites is the one at JBM.

  • Revolver vs. Semi-Auto Pistol

    A common question in many classes is whether there are benefits to a revolver vs. a semi-automatic pistol for every day carry (EDC). It is a great question, and does require some thought, so I will try to hit the high points here.

    Disclaimer: My EDC is a semi-automatic pistol. I am a bit biased towards them, but I am going to do my best to be unbiased in this short article.

    Ease of Use

    Revolver

    • Firing – Once it is loaded, you simply pull the trigger. OK, that may seem overly simplistic, but it really kind of sums it up. The main drawback of a revolver is that the trigger is usually longer and requires more force. Other than the trigger being a bit tougher, a revolver is incredibly easy to shoot as there is nothing to it other than pulling the trigger until you exhaust the bullets in the cylinder.
    • Reloading – The process of reloading a revolver requires speed loaders (if you want to be able to dump everything in the cylinder and load fresh rounds), speed strips (if you want to manually remove each spend round and then quickly put in one or two at a time), or manually removing one round at a time and replacing it. In other words, being able to do a tactical reload is a bit compromised.
    • Malfunctions – For a Type 1 malfunction, you simply pull the trigger again and the revolver advances to the next round and tries to fire it. There is no such thing as a Type 2 or Type 3 malfunction for a revolver.

    Note: There is also no such thing as limp wristing (not holding the fun tightly and letting it recoil and flip in your hand) a revolver and it causing a malfunction like you can have with a semi-automatic pistol.

    Semi-Automatic – The semi-automatic is a good bit more difficult to operate. Yes, once it is loaded, you can also just pull the trigger and keep pulling the trigger until the slide locks back on an empty magazine.

    • Firing – Once it is loaded, you simply pull the trigger. However, loading does require more effort than a revolver in that the owner must rack the slide and verify that the first round is in the chamber. Generally, semi-automatics have much lighter trigger pulls than revolvers. I say that as a generalization as there are exceptions to most every rule.
    • Reloading – The process of reloading a pistol is much simpler than a revolver as the owner only needs to drop the magazine and insert another magazine. This process takes less than a second for an experience user. If the slide locked on an empty magazine, then the slide will need to be moved forward (dropped) to load the first round of the new magazine. 
    • Malfunctions – This is where it is much more complex to run a semi-automatic pistol than a revolver. Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3 malfunctions take multiple steps to clear them, and require some training as it is far from intuitive. 

    Safeties

    Revolver – There are none. Revolver manufacturers will say that the long and hard trigger pull is considered a safety, and many people will agree. Pulling the trigger takes effort and thought, and is, generally, not accidental.

    Semi-Automatic – The safeties on a semi-automatic can be many. There are drop safeties to protect against the gun going off if it is dropped on the ground or jolted. There are trigger safeties that require the trigger to be properly manipulated before firing, and there are also other manual safeties that must be disengaged before firing.

    Capacity

    Revolver – Most revolvers hold either five or six rounds depending on the size of the revolver and the caliber of the rounds.

    Semi-Automatic – Semi-automatics vary in capacity from six rounds (the lowest that I could find in my quick search) to 17 in the Glock and even 20 in the FN Five-seveN. There are extended magazines available for many semi-automatics as well, so it is possible to have much more.

    Summary

    Revolvers and semi-automatic firearms are both very valuable self-defense weapons. They both have pros and cons, and it is us to us to choose what best fits our needs.

    I strongly suggest that each person looking at buying a firearm take the time to attend training and try multiple firearms before making a purchase.

  • Which 9mm Conceal Carry Gun Should I Buy?

    This is another common question that I hear on a regular basis that doesn’t have a good answer. Everyone will have different needs and wants when it comes to a 9mm for personal defense. This quick discussion is just to cover conceal carry 9mm guns, not anything else.

     

    So, here goes…

     

    Step 1: Rent all of the different guns that you can so you can:

    ·         See how it fits your hand.

    ·         Test its trigger to see if you like it.

    ·         Test out its safety features.

    ·         Shoot it and see how you like its recoil and accuracy.

    Step 2: Research the many different reviews done by professionals. By this, I mean, don’t just watch a bunch of YouTube videos and listen to every person that posts a video. Read the review by the reputable magazines and writers.

    Step 3: Ask your friends if they have any input. It is amazing how many friends will tell you their opinions that are based on nothing but what they have heard via 3-10th hand, but you will get the occasional great bit of feedback.

    Step 4: Weigh the costs/benefits of each. This is the fun part. You will likely find a couple of good options, and will need to make a tough decision. If you lots of money, then it isn’t an issue, but most of us have limited budgets.

    Step 5: Buy it, and train with it on a regular basis.

     

    The top contenders usually include the following:

     

    Semi-Automatics

    1911 – There are way too many smaller 9mm carry options to mention here.

    CZ P07, 2075 Rami, Compact SDP

    FN FNS-9 Compact

    Glock 19, 26, 43

    H&K P30SK, P200SK

    Kahr CM9, CW9, MK9, P9, PM9

    Kel-Tec P-11, PF-9

    Ruger LC9, LCP

    Sig Sauer P224, P250 Compact, P290RS, P320 Carry, P938

    Smith & Wesson M&P9c, M&P Shield, SDe VDE

    Springfield Arms XD, XDm, XDs

    Taurus 809, PT111, 24/7

    Walther CCP, P99c

     

    Revolvers

    Charter Arms Pitbull

    Ruger LCR, SP101

    Smith & Wesson 929

    Taurus 905

     

  • Which 9mm Conceal Carry Gun Should I Buy?

    This is another common question that I hear on a regular basis that doesn’t have a good answer. Everyone will have different needs and wants when it comes to a 9mm for personal defense. This quick discussion is just to cover conceal carry 9mm guns, not anything else.

     

    So, here goes…

     

    Step 1: Rent all of the different guns that you can so you can:

    ·         See how it fits your hand.

    ·         Test its trigger to see if you like it.

    ·         Test out its safety features.

    ·         Shoot it and see how you like its recoil and accuracy.

    Step 2: Research the many different reviews done by professionals. By this, I mean, don’t just watch a bunch of YouTube videos and listen to every person that posts a video. Read the review by the reputable magazines and writers.

    Step 3: Ask your friends if they have any input. It is amazing how many friends will tell you their opinions that are based on nothing but what they have heard via 3-10th hand, but you will get the occasional great bit of feedback.

    Step 4: Weigh the costs/benefits of each. This is the fun part. You will likely find a couple of good options, and will need to make a tough decision. If you lots of money, then it isn’t an issue, but most of us have limited budgets.

    Step 5: Buy it, and train with it on a regular basis.

     

    The top contenders usually include the following:

     

    Semi-Automatics

    1911 – There are way too many smaller 9mm carry options to mention here.

    CZ P07, 2075 Rami, Compact SDP

    FN FNS-9 Compact

    Glock 19, 26, 43

    H&K P30SK, P200SK

    Kahr CM9, CW9, MK9, P9, PM9

    Kel-Tec P-11, PF-9

    Ruger LC9, LCP

    Sig Sauer P224, P250 Compact, P290RS, P320 Carry, P938

    Smith & Wesson M&P9c, M&P Shield, SDe VDE

    Springfield Arms XD, XDm, XDs

    Taurus 809, PT111, 24/7

    Walther CCP, P99c

     

    Revolvers

    Charter Arms Pitbull

    Ruger LCR, SP101

    Smith & Wesson 929

    Taurus 905

     

  • Striker vs. Hammer

    Yet, another great question regarding which is better, a hammer or striker fired gun. In most cases, we are talking about hand guns.

    Hammer

    Hammer fired guns can be either:

    • Single Action Only
    • Double Action Only
    • Double Action/Single Action

    When discussing single and double action, with hammer fired guns, we are talking about the actions of cocking the hammer and releasing the hammer. In a single action, the hammer must be cocked first, then the trigger is used to release the hammer. A 1911 is a perfect example of a single action hand gun. In a double action, the trigger is used to cock the hammer and release the hammer all in one trigger pull. This means that a double action has a longer trigger pull and it usually requires more strength to pull the trigger. There are many guns that use a double action/single action (DA/SA)

    Hammer

    Pro

    • The hammer is a very reliable way to drive the firing pin into the bullet’s primer and ignite it. It is a time-proven method.
    • Usually have thumb safety devices that must be manually enabled and disabled. This makes them safer, in some minds, than other guns that do not have a manual safety device.
    • A single action gun will usually have a much lighter and shorter trigger pull.

    Con

    • Single action hammer fired guns must be cocked before they can be fired, and to be effective as defensive guns, they must be carried in a cocked and locked position.
    • Usually have safety devices that must be manually enabled and disabled. The step of disabling the thumb safety can be challenging in a defensive situation when adrenaline is involved.
    • Double action guns usually have much heavier and longer trigger pulls.
    • DA/SA have two different trigger pulls, which requires the user to master two different trigger pulls if they want to be effective in its use.

    Striker

    Pro

    • Can include an external thumb safety.
    • Can include a grip safety.
    • Are available with trigger based safeties that do not require additional steps to use the gun in a defensive situation.
    • Triggers are are usually lighter and shorter than double action hammer fired guns.

    Con

    • The triggers are usually heavier and longer than single action hammer fired guns.
    • The striker is not as reliable when it comes to igniting some bullets that have hard primers.
  • Comparing Car and Gun Fatalities

    A common statement lately is that guns cause as many deaths as cars. However, it is very misleading.

    Think Progress, an incredibly biased organization (yes, both sides of the argument have biased sites) has made a big deal out of the statistics around these lost lives. Think Progress also put out a social media meme to try to make their point. They succeeded in that the vast majority of anti-gun rights advocates made it viral by posting it over and over again. The statistics came from the Violence Policy Center and their… ummm… lack of proper data. Smile

    The gist of the discussion is that there are lots and lots of cars, and we see them all the time, and there are far fewer guns and we almost never see guns, yet they cause about the same number of deaths. They point out that there are more people that own cars than people that own guns, and that is right. However, they fail to note that half of US homes have guns.

    For once, I actually applauded Mother Jones. They published three key stats for 2010:

    • Traffic Deaths: 32,885
    • All Gun Deaths: 31,672
    • Gun Suicides: 19,392 (this is one of the key stats that has been ignored way too often)

    Of course, Mother Jones did not explain the stats very well, and they didn’t dig into them further. Nationally, about 2/3rds of gun deaths are suicides. That leaves about 12,280 non-suicides caused by guns.

    There lots of stats that are missing, and they should also include how many of those gun deaths included:

    • 397: Number of people killed by guns used by Law Enforcement in 2010 ( to keep the stats in the same year)
    • 236: Number of justified homicides involving private citizens using guns in 2010
    • ???: Number of deaths involving gang violence. There are no solid stats on this number, but we have evidence from major cities that 30-80% of homicides are gang related.

    Taking away those two numbers would give us 11,657. Of course, this number is a way off because other reporting factors around gang violence, but it gives us a better idea of the number of homicides. Notice that I said homicides.

    The Real Numbers

    If we are talking about accidental deaths and comparing cars to guns, then the numbers are really 35,369 to 505 for 2013.

    Guns do not come close to cars when it comes to accidental deaths. Sorry, those are the facts.

  • Writers of the Constitution and its Amendments did not Predict Semi-Automatic and Automatic Guns

    The argument goes like this: The Founding Fathers did not know that we would have such powerful guns available to private citizens, and that means that they should be more highly regulated, or the Second Amendment should be changed.

    It drives me crazy that people forget the whole purpose for the Second Amendment which is to ensure that the citizens of this country would not become subjects of a tyrannical Government and would have the ability to protect themselves from that Government.

    I keep hearing absolutely ridiculous statements like:

    • The Second Amendment was about muskets. People should only be able to get muskets.
    • They had horses and carriages back then, and never envisioned a highway system with cars, and it is just like that with guns.
    • The Government would never trample our rights like what happens in many other nations.

    The real gist of the argument is that times have changed, considerably, and the Second Amendment should be changed because it doesn’t apply anymore. Of course, that doesn’t work, but they are grasping at straws.

    Of course, if you look at the different Amendments, particularly the Bill of Rights, it is easy to see how they have been valid even in changing times.

    Some examples:

    First Amendment: The authors didn’t think about social media and the ability of every citizen to be a journalist, yet, they are all still protected by the First Amendment.

    Fourth Amendment: The authors didn’t think about the need to protect electronic data, yet that data is protected from unreasonable search and seizure under the fourth Amendment.

    Sixth Amendment: The authors didn’t think about legal entities like corporations, yet those entities have similar rights when it comes to trials and legal counsel.

    Fifteenth and Nineteenth Amendments: The authors didn’t think about LGBT rights, yet they are protected as well when it comes to the right to vote.

  • I am Neither Sheep, Wolf, nor Sheepdog

    Many people have heard the analogy of the human population being divided into three groups:

    • Sheep – The masses. The general human being that is, mostly, a kind and caring person that hangs out with others of their kind. They gather in groups and go along with their lives. Sheep graze along, often herded by Shepards and their Sheepdogs. Sheep, generally, don’t have the ability to harm others of their kind, unless there is some kind of strange accident.
    • Wolves – The evil of the world. These are the criminals, the terrorists, and often also include others that have evil on their minds and are just looking for the right opportunity. Wolves, if unchecked, would decimate the sheep and eat their fill. The wolves of the world have no empathy or consideration for the sheep.
    • Sheepdogs – These are the protectors of the sheep. There are two types of Sheepdogs, the Herders and the Livestock Guardian Dogs (LGDs).

    Herders – The Herders keep the sheep going in the right direction and keep them all together. They nip at the heels of the sheep that refuse to go along with the flow and do what they are told.

    LGDs – The  LGDs live amongst the sheep. They are there awaiting the potential attack and are prepared to use their fangs, their size and power, and their other natural abilities to meet the wolves head-on. Sheepdogs, supposedly, are altruistic, and would never harm the Sheep. In real life, we know this isn’t true, but their failures also fit this analogy.

    Privately armed citizens often use this analogy to explain their role in the world as Sheepdogs.

    The analogy is not perfect, but it tends to fit pretty well. Sheep are not bad. They do their job, they care about each other, and they just want to live peacefully. They are not looking for confrontation. This describes the general population.

    A huge issue for many Sheep is that they do not want to have Sheepdogs around. They don’t like to be told what to do and when to do it by the herders, but they really dislike the LGDs as they are big and powerful and remind them of Wolves. A Sheepdog that gets upset could easily kill a Sheep. Sheepdogs can be violent. The Sheep would like to think that Sheepdogs are not needed because they don’t see Wolves ripping out the throats of their friends and family on a regular basis. They see Wolves as being very rare, even though the Sheepdogs are what make the Wolves’ presence rare. The Sheepdog is a constant reminder to the Sheep that there are wolves close by enough to be worried about the Wolves.

    Of course, when Wolves show up, the Sheep want the Sheepdogs to be there to defend them. The Sheep do their best to hide behind Sheepdogs when the Wolves are present or at the perimeter.

    In a perfect world, a Sheepdog would look like and act like a Sheep, until it needs to be a Sheepdog. Sheep would be so much happier if the Sheepdogs were more Sheep-like.

    Other Groups

    There are a couple of other groups that we should consider when talking about our population and extending this analogy a bit more. Granted, there are probably others, but these other two groups fit the model.

    • Shepherds – Sheep are their property and the Shepherds decide when to sheer them, where they will graze, and when they will be moved to another field. Shepherds even control the breeding of the Sheep in many cases. The Sheepdog is also the Shepard’s property, and they are deployed according to the Shepard’s needs and desires, and they protect the sheep. The Shepherd feeds the Sheepdog, and the Sheepdog follows the directions of the Shepherd. The Shepherd would, certainly, punish a Sheepdog that ever harms any of the Sheep. By the way, the Shepherds also decide what meets the definition of a Wolf, too, and what the Sheepdogs need to confront.
    • Porcupines – This has been proposed, by several people, as a new category for this analogy. Porcupines are not like Wolves as they do not attack other animals and treat them as prey. Porcupines forage for food and pretty much keep to themselves. Porcupines do not initiate confrontation. However, Porcupines are able to defend themselves very well.
    • Pet Dogs – I guess there are also pet dogs that have the tools to be violent, but either don’t have the demeanor or the training to use the tools that they received at birth. How should we react when we see a pet dog? Do we assume it is a Sheepdog or that it is a Wolf? Can we easily identify a pet dog?

    [Edited on March 27th, 2016]

    I just heard an awesome one from Ben Schorr when discussing this analogy. I was saying that it really isn’t a good idea to try to take away the fangs of Sheepdogs just so the Sheep can feel more comfortable while they graze. His response cracked me up:

    “I think the Sheepdogs should keep their teeth but the German Shepherds should leave their tennis balls at home. And for God’s sake can somebody take that squeeky toy away from that Chihuahua!”

    It really comes down to Pet Dogs needing the right training in the use of their fangs, which, assuming they have the ability to be violent, would make them Sheepdogs, too.

    Summary

    I am not a Sheepdog. I am not out there looking to protect the Sheep. However, I am willing to help protect my family and close friends. I am absolutely able to protect myself.

    In fact, I am able to be lethal. So, I am a bit more than just a Porcupine. Maybe I am a Buffalo or a Rhino.

  • Smart Guns and Biometric Devices

    If Smart Guns could be produced so that only certain people can fire them, why would we not want to market them? It sounds like a simple question, but not all simple questions have simple answers.

    First, let’s define what we mean when we refer to these devices.

    Smart Gun Technology — Use of biometric or some other kind of electronic coded device that identifies authorized users so that the gun can only be fired by its owner.

    A reasonable person, at least that is how it is always prefaced, would support these technologies. Yep, only an unreasonable person would be against these technologies being deployed. Yes, that last sentence was pure sarcasm, just in case you didn’t catch it.

    On the surface, these technologies seem to make a great deal of sense. However, there are issues. In the case of Smart Guns and other Biometric Devices, I think we can pretty easily see a few issues with them. The issues all revolve around speed, reliability, and transferability.

    Biometric devices are not 100% reliable. These technologies can be manipulated/hacked and easily broken. After all, we have never had a watch, phone, health sensor or other technology fail when they are hit against desks, walls, car doors, and so on.

    Finger Prints – I think many of us have seen this, first hand. How many times have you put your finger on the iPhone reader, or other reader at work, and it didn’t recognize it right away, and you had to try again? I think that is about everyone. Use your favorite search engine and search for “biometric finger print hack” and you will see that this is a major concern. A finger print can also be faked and allow an unauthorized person to use the gun.

    RFIDs – We have seen several cases of RFIDs being hacked in our credit cards. Please feel free to do some research on this topic as I am sure you will find it enlightening. I love this video. I think it is safe to say that not only can RFIDs be hacked, they can also be jammed.

    IDENTILOCK – http://getidentilock.com

    Recently, a new product has been getting lots of attention. It is a lock that is put on the imagetrigger of the gun, and once the device recognizes the finger print (you can register up to three of them), then the lock will fall off an you can then use the gun.

    If you watch their video, it should jump out at you that when this works, it still takes a second or more for the device to fall off and hit the ground. It is an interesting idea, however, it is fairly expensive, and I just am not getting a warm and fuzzy feeling about how well it will work after it hits the ground a couple of times. You will, obviously, want to train with it so you can get a feel for how it works and get used to using it. I can see lots of broken units.

    The other issues that should jump at out at you is that, like other finger print readers, it will fail to read the print properly in many cases, and the problems will be even more obvious when the shooter’s fingers are sweaty (because the shooter will never be nervous or face an attack in adverse weather) or cold.

    Armatix iP1

    This Smart Gun was put out on the market a couple of years ago, and wasn’t adopted for several reasons. One reason would be Politics.

    Basically, this gun requires that its RFID-enabled watch is within 10 inches of the gun. The watch has to be paired to the gun, which can be used by anyone until it is paired. Once paired, the gun requires at least 12 seconds before the gun can be fired.

    The ability to pick up the gun and use it right away just doesn’t exist. How anyone can call that acceptable is beyond me. “Please Mr. Attacker, go back out the door and count to 12 and then come back in.”

    Issues:

    • The watch is ugly, but it also becomes a very clear sign that the user has one of these imageguns.
    • The watch must be worn on the shooting hand, when watches are normally worn on the non-primary wrist to reduce damage to them.
    • It is a .22, which is not considered to be a defensive caliber and would be less likely to stop an attacker.
    • The gun, itself, has been shown to fail multiple times when firing a single magazine.
    • If the firing hand is injured, the shooter can’t use their support hand as it would be more than 10 inches from the watch.

    New Jersey Institute of Technology

    Their version uses sensors that recognize the user’s grip on the gun as being unique. Of course, under stress, we may or may not use the “right” grip, and, in the event of an injury, then gun would be useless as the shooter’s grip would be compromised.

    Again, we are putting people at risk of not being able to defend themselves with their defensive gun when it counts the most.

    Other Companies

    There are several companies out there that are experimenting with Smart Technologies for use with guns. Many of them are using finger prints and voice recognition technologies. Voice technologies have some promise, but then again, there are lots of issues with colds or throat damage caused by an attacker, for example.

    Summary

    While Smart Technologies for guns sound like a great idea, they fall short. The biggest fear of those that would have to implement them (most likely because some ignorant legislator thinks they are perfect) is that they would hinder the use of the gun when it matters most: When the shooter or their loved ones are at risk of great bodily harm or death.

    I really don’t want to depend on a battery, a WiFi signal, Bluetooth, or some other technology to save my life when I am attacked by some evildoer.

  • The AR-15 is not a “Weapon of War” or an “Assault Rifle” or even an “Assault Weapon”

    If you hear any of these three terms, then it was probably said by an anti-gun person. I am getting sick and tired of these terms being used as they are clearly spoken out of ignorance or they are being used disingenuously.

    The Modern Sporting Rifle is built on the AR-15 platform. That is true. The AR-15 platform is used for target shooting, varmint hunting, and self defense. The AR-15 is a great rifle for many people because it is accurate, reliable, very rugged and able to take a great deal of abuse, and they are very versatile. Because of their design, AR-15s have very little recoil and are easy for people of all ages to shoot well.

    Weapon of War – Politicians, celebrities, and the media have used this term over and over again so much that many of those in the anti-gun world have started repeating it just like parrots. Those that keep using this term do so, often, without really understanding what they are saying and believing it is true because they keep hearing it. Of course, that is assuming that they are just ignorant on the topic and are not deliberately repeating what they know to be wrong because it fits their point of view that these black rifles are somehow evil and the cause of so many deaths on our streets. BTW, the numbers will support that less than 1% of murders involve semi-automatic rifles like the AR-15, but let’s not let facts get in the way.

    Let’s look at some basic facts:

    • The Modern Sporting Rifle is not the same thing as the M-16 that is carried by our service members, which is actually the M-4, today. There are some minor differences in materials used and configurations, but the major difference is that Military versions are capable of firing bursts or fully automatic. That difference is HUGE.
    • Semi-automatics have been around for over 100 years.
      • The first semi-automatic rifle was produced in 1885.
      • The first semi-automatic handgun was produced in 1892.
      • The first semi-automatic shotgun was produced in 1902.
    • The vast majority of all firearms sold today are semi-automatics.
    • There are not easily purchased kits that convert these rifles to be fully automatic. No, you can’t change a spring or drop in a special piece that will make them into fully automatic rifles.
    • They do not come with grenade or rocket launchers like Sen. Feinstein believes.
    • Fully automatic firearms were severely restricted by the National Firearms Act of 1934. Since then, there are only two documented cases of a fully automatic rifle being used in a homicide.

    Assault Rifle – An assault rifle is a weapon of war. This is absolutely true. The various definitions of an assault rifle are pretty consistent in that they include that the rifle is a select fire rifle. That means that the rifle has the ability to be fired in a semi-automatic mode or in either a burst fire mode or fully automatic. When hearing the term, keep in mind that:

    • Assault Rifles are true Military rifles.
    • The AR in AR-15 does not stand for Assault Rifle. It stands for Armalite Rifle. Armalite was the company that invented the rifle.
    • An AR-15 is NOT an assault rifle. It is simply a semi-automatic rifle that looks scary to some people.

    “Assault Weapon” – This term is a completely made up political term. In almost all cases, you will see it with quotes around it as a means of demonstrating that it is not an accepted definition or term. However, our wonderful legislators made up the term when they implemented the Assault Weapons Ban of 1994. Basically, the entire term is based on features of the rifle that have absolutely nothing to do with its power or lethalness. If a rifle has two of the following features, it was banned under the legislation. Here are the features:

    • A folding or telescoping stock – An AR-15 can have a standard stock, one that has multiple positions, and potentially a folding stock, which is rare. Telescoping is not necessarily the same thing as adjustable.
    • A pistol grip that protrudes conspicuously beneath the action of the weapon – An AR-15 normally has a pistol grip. Does that really make it a more powerful weapon? Of course not.
    • A bayonet mount – Really? The ability to add a bayonet makes it more powerful? Very few AR-15s that are for sale have bayonet mounts because they are a waste of time and money to have on the rifle and nobody would use them.
    • A flash suppressor or threaded barrel designed to accommodate a flash suppressor – All this does is stop the shooter from being blinded by the flash of the rifle, and secondarily, it makes it harder to see the flash from a distance. It has no impact on the power or accuracy of the weapon.
    • A grenade launcher – If you have a grenade launcher and grenades for it, then I would say you have one really powerful weapon, and one that is absolutely illegal in a private citizen’s hands.
  • My <insert gun model> Shoots <some direction> Instead of on Target

    NOTE: This post is focused on hand guns.

    This is one of the most common posts on gun groups. Somebody will pop in, pretty much every day, saying something like, “I got a new gun, and it seems to shoot left/right/high/low/upside down. What is wrong?”

    It is a pretty good question, it is too bad that the answers seem to suck. The answers are always:

    • Aim the other direction so your shots hit the target. This one wins the award from me for being the most ignorant response.
    • Fix your grip on the gun.
    • Fix your finger position on the trigger.
    • Adjust your stance by blading more the other direction.
    • Change your ammo, some guns only like certain ammo.
    • Take it to a gun smith and have them fix it.
    • Return it to where you bought it and have them sell you one that works.

    I want to cry for the community. We have way too many people that just don’t know enough, yet. Hopefully, they will eventually learn. Those that have been around will also post one of these pictures shown.Target Analysis

    To be fair, often, these are helpful. However, the first step should be to identify if it is the shooter or the gun. After all, it might be the sights are off. Of course, it is most likely the shooter, but we need to make sure before we start telling them what they are doing wrong.

    How do you test whether it is the gun or not? Well, there are a couple of ways. trigger finger

    • Put the gun in a ransom rest. If the shots are off left or right, then it is probably the rear sight needs to be adjusted. While it could be the front sight, many guns do not offer an adjustment for the front sight. Those that do offer the ability to adjust the rear sight, it will often require drifting the sight, and you probably should engage a gun smith to help out unless are experienced.
    • Have an experienced shooter test it while in a well supported shooting position using a rest for the front and rear of the gun to minimize any movement.Grip Analysis

    Moving Your Sights

    Assuming you are certain that the gun’s sights need to be adjusted, remember the FORS rule. This stands for Front Opposite Rear Same. For example, if you want to move the point of impact to the right, then you would move the rear sights to the right (same direction). This will be easy if you have adjustable sights that you can easily change. Otherwise, you might need to drift the sights, and this might require a gunsmith to do this.

    As far as up and down, that is something that requires extra consideration. First off, very few hand guns have vertical adjustments. However, whether the sights can be adjusted up or down or not is secondary to selecting what distance the gun should be zeroed. For example, some guns are zeroed at closer distances and other are zeroed at longer distances. Truthfully, it doesn’t really matter as handguns will not see much trajectory drop as they are shot at very close ranges and there is little variance between 5 yards and 25 yards for most handgun rounds. A typical 9mm round, for example, will only drop about half an inch over 25 yards.

    Summary: Identify whether the problem is with the gun or the shooter, then resolve the problem.

  • My <insert gun model> Shoots <some direction> Instead of on Target

    NOTE: This post is focused on hand guns.

    This is one of the most common posts on gun groups. Somebody will pop in, pretty much every day, saying something like, “I got a new gun, and it seems to shoot left/right/high/low/upside down. What is wrong?”

    It is a pretty good question, it is too bad that the answers seem to suck. The answers are always:

    • Aim the other direction so your shots hit the target. This one wins the award from me for being the most ignorant response.
    • Fix your grip on the gun.
    • Fix your finger position on the trigger.
    • Adjust your stance by blading more the other direction.
    • Change your ammo, some guns only like certain ammo.
    • Take it to a gun smith and have them fix it.
    • Return it to where you bought it and have them sell you one that works.

    I want to cry for the community. We have way too many people that just don’t know enough, yet. Hopefully, they will eventually learn. Those that have been around will also post one of these pictures shown.Target Analysis

    To be fair, often, these are helpful. However, the first step should be to identify if it is the shooter or the gun. After all, it might be the sights are off. Of course, it is most likely the shooter, but we need to make sure before we start telling them what they are doing wrong.

    How do you test whether it is the gun or not? Well, there are a couple of ways. trigger finger

    • Put the gun in a ransom rest. If the shots are off left or right, then it is probably the rear sight needs to be adjusted. While it could be the front sight, many guns do not offer an adjustment for the front sight. Those that do offer the ability to adjust the rear sight, it will often require drifting the sight, and you probably should engage a gun smith to help out unless are experienced.
    • Have an experienced shooter test it while in a well supported shooting position using a rest for the front and rear of the gun to minimize any movement.Grip Analysis

    Moving Your Sights

    Assuming you are certain that the gun’s sights need to be adjusted, remember the FORS rule. This stands for Front Opposite Rear Same. For example, if you want to move the point of impact to the right, then you would move the rear sights to the right (same direction). This will be easy if you have adjustable sights that you can easily change. Otherwise, you might need to drift the sights, and this might require a gunsmith to do this.

    As far as up and down, that is something that requires extra consideration. First off, very few hand guns have vertical adjustments. However, whether the sights can be adjusted up or down or not is secondary to selecting what distance the gun should be zeroed. For example, some guns are zeroed at closer distances and other are zeroed at longer distances. Truthfully, it doesn’t really matter as handguns will not see much trajectory drop as they are shot at very close ranges and there is little variance between 5 yards and 25 yards for most handgun rounds. A typical 9mm round, for example, will only drop about half an inch over 25 yards.

    Summary: Identify whether the problem is with the gun or the shooter, then resolve the problem.

  • The Great Capacity Debate–Conceal Carry

    General Background Info

    There are a few challenges when it comes to carrying a conceal handgun that everyone doesn’t think about for their first purchase and may never consider even though they have been carrying for years.

    • Concealability – The whole point of carrying a concealed handgun is that it is concealed and people don’t notice it.
    • Dependability – Yes, it needs to go bang when you pull the trigger, otherwise it is just a piece of metal. Hopefully, just seeing the gun will scare off an attacker, but we can’t depend on that, especially if the attacker hears that awful “click” sound.
    • Affordability – Not everyone can afford the $1,000 gun that is beautiful as well as functional. The gun is a tool, and many of them will do the job, but we can’t skip paying rent or the mortgage just to buy a gun.
    • Shootability – OK, this is not a real word, but it seems to be pretty self-defining. You need to be able to shoot it and get good hits with it, under tremendous pressure.

    Impact of Capacity

    This should be obvious to everyone. Running out of bullets at the wrong time can be a life altering (or ending) experience. Really, that is all there is to it.

    Choices

    I read lots of great stuff on the Internet when it comes to defensive gun use. I also have the joy of reading lots of crap written by ignorant people that put themselves out there as some kind of expert. One of my favorite topics is the choice of the appropriate handgun for conceal carry. The two biggest groups are the single stack vs the double stack crowds. For some reason, usually because of weather (hot weather), many of us will choose a single stack gun because it is easier to conceal and is much more comfortable.

    For example, I will carry one of the following:

    • Glock 17 or Steyr M9 – I carry these full-sized guns when I am out on my ranch, but I will usually open carry them in that case. Sometimes, I will carry one of them in an outside waistband (owb) holster under my coat, in cold weather.
    • Glock 19 – I will carry this gun most of the time, especially as the weather starts to warm up and I am not wearing a coat. It works well in an inside waistband (iwb) holster and can be easily concealed with an untucked shirt.
    • M&P Shield 9 – This is a small single stack gun that holds 7 or 8 rounds, and I can easily conceal this even while wearing a pair of shorts and a light t-shirt. It is a perfect gun for really hot days around town.

    Today, I read a couple of 1911 guys make some of the most ignorant statements that are generally made by the single stack crowd. In this case, they were also .45 guys. So here is what came out:

    • Only one .45 round is needed to end a threat. This is true, to a point. A well placed shot, no matter what caliber is used, can stop an assailant and end the threat. Counting on a single shot is just plain crazy.
    • The .45 has the best stopping power. In the industry, we measure kinetic energy for each round, and it does vary based on the type of bullet used (meaning not all hollow point bullets are equal). However, it is vital that we understand that handgun rounds are considered to be very ballistically inefficient. There are all sorts of numbers on the Internet about how many people survive gunshot wounds, and how many assailants continue their attacks despite being shot, no matter what caliber is used.
    • Average number of rounds in a gun fight is 2.7, so carrying 7 to 8 is more than enough. First off, this number just doesn’t exist, and using an average as a way to choose your gun is not a good idea. Averages are just that, they are averages, and many of those cases out there involve much larger number of rounds. If we were to base it on averages, we would not be carrying concealed weapons, at all.
    • If you can’t end the threat in 7 to 8 rounds of .45, then you have no business carrying a gun. What? Basically, what many people say is that if you can’t be accurate enough to stop a threat with 7 to 8 rounds, you are not worthy of defending yourself. This one kind of makes me laugh as there are so many cases where people are hopped up on adrenaline, the lighting conditions are bad, the weather is bad, the bad guys are moving, or there are multiple bad guys. What I found interesting in my research is that our Police, supposedly trained to very high standards, miss way more than they hit their targets in the field. Way more. According to one study (and there are others that have similar results), the NYPD has a hit rate of about 18% when they are returning fire and about 30% when the suspect is not shooting back at them. That is horrible, and that is from the professionals.
    • You need to stay away from areas where you might be attacked. Nobody can predict when and where evil doers will be and when they will attack. It does not depend on neighborhoods, either, as they know how to drive or use public transit to go to neighborhoods that are ripe targets.
    • Extra ammo is heavy. Yes, it is. Oh, it is so heavy to have a magazine of extra rounds or extra rounds in a gun. Yep, probably about the same a cell phone. Be serious. While ammo does weigh something and does take up some space, we have already decided to carry a gun, so why not go the extra little bit?
    • Paranoid people are obsessed with capacity. Be prepared for multiple possible situations. We already have made many decisions based on very low odds, but we obviously value our lives and the lives of our loved ones.

    While I admit that most single stack guns are easier to conceal because they are thinner, there are good reasons to have a gun that has greater capacity than the typical single stack. We just discussed a couple of them up above.

    • Multiple assailants – It is pretty obvious that evil doer douchebags travel in groups and need their buddies to pump up their courage. As a defensive gun user, we need to be aware that it is likely that we will be facing multiple adversaries if we ever need to protect ourselves from evil doers. 
    • Adrenaline impacts – That rush of adrenaline will change everything when it compares to your training.
    • Hit percentage – As discussed above, the professionals (the Police) miss way more than they hit their targets. Do you really think you are better than they are with less training?
    • Nobody ever says that they wish they didn’t have that extra ammo – As is commonly said by defensive gun users that have had to use their guns, they have never thought that they had too much ammo. They are glad that they had extra, in most cases.
    • Type 3 malfunctions – If you have been through any gun training, you will find that guns are not perfect and will experience malfunctions every now and then. A perfect example of why you would want an extra magazine full of ammo is a type 3 malfunction. To fix this malfunction, you will usually lose a magazine, either on purpose, or because it was dropped while trying to fix it.

    Summary

    We have made the conscious choice, in many cases, to carry a concealed handgun to defend ourselves and our loved ones. Why not make a choice to either carry a gun that has a little more capacity AND carry an extra magazine?

    Many of the people that I know will carry an extra magazine or two on their belt, and will also have a couple of magazines in their car, on their desk, and by their bed.

  • The Great Capacity Debate–Conceal Carry

    General Background Info

    There are a few challenges when it comes to carrying a conceal handgun that everyone doesn’t think about for their first purchase and may never consider even though they have been carrying for years.

    • Concealability – The whole point of carrying a concealed handgun is that it is concealed and people don’t notice it.
    • Dependability – Yes, it needs to go bang when you pull the trigger, otherwise it is just a piece of metal. Hopefully, just seeing the gun will scare off an attacker, but we can’t depend on that, especially if the attacker hears that awful “click” sound.
    • Affordability – Not everyone can afford the $1,000 gun that is beautiful as well as functional. The gun is a tool, and many of them will do the job, but we can’t skip paying rent or the mortgage just to buy a gun.
    • Shootability – OK, this is not a real word, but it seems to be pretty self-defining. You need to be able to shoot it and get good hits with it, under tremendous pressure.

    Impact of Capacity

    This should be obvious to everyone. Running out of bullets at the wrong time can be a life altering (or ending) experience. Really, that is all there is to it.

    Choices

    I read lots of great stuff on the Internet when it comes to defensive gun use. I also have the joy of reading lots of crap written by ignorant people that put themselves out there as some kind of expert. One of my favorite topics is the choice of the appropriate handgun for conceal carry. The two biggest groups are the single stack vs the double stack crowds. For some reason, usually because of weather (hot weather), many of us will choose a single stack gun because it is easier to conceal and is much more comfortable.

    For example, I will carry one of the following:

    • Glock 17 or Steyr M9 – I carry these full-sized guns when I am out on my ranch, but I will usually open carry them in that case. Sometimes, I will carry one of them in an outside waistband (owb) holster under my coat, in cold weather.
    • Glock 19 – I will carry this gun most of the time, especially as the weather starts to warm up and I am not wearing a coat. It works well in an inside waistband (iwb) holster and can be easily concealed with an untucked shirt.
    • M&P Shield 9 – This is a small single stack gun that holds 7 or 8 rounds, and I can easily conceal this even while wearing a pair of shorts and a light t-shirt. It is a perfect gun for really hot days around town.

    Today, I read a couple of 1911 guys make some of the most ignorant statements that are generally made by the single stack crowd. In this case, they were also .45 guys. So here is what came out:

    • Only one .45 round is needed to end a threat. This is true, to a point. A well placed shot, no matter what caliber is used, can stop an assailant and end the threat. Counting on a single shot is just plain crazy.
    • The .45 has the best stopping power. In the industry, we measure kinetic energy for each round, and it does vary based on the type of bullet used (meaning not all hollow point bullets are equal). However, it is vital that we understand that handgun rounds are considered to be very ballistically inefficient. There are all sorts of numbers on the Internet about how many people survive gunshot wounds, and how many assailants continue their attacks despite being shot, no matter what caliber is used.
    • Average number of rounds in a gun fight is 2.7, so carrying 7 to 8 is more than enough. First off, this number just doesn’t exist, and using an average as a way to choose your gun is not a good idea. Averages are just that, they are averages, and many of those cases out there involve much larger number of rounds. If we were to base it on averages, we would not be carrying concealed weapons, at all.
    • If you can’t end the threat in 7 to 8 rounds of .45, then you have no business carrying a gun. What? Basically, what many people say is that if you can’t be accurate enough to stop a threat with 7 to 8 rounds, you are not worthy of defending yourself. This one kind of makes me laugh as there are so many cases where people are hopped up on adrenaline, the lighting conditions are bad, the weather is bad, the bad guys are moving, or there are multiple bad guys. What I found interesting in my research is that our Police, supposedly trained to very high standards, miss way more than they hit their targets in the field. Way more. According to one study (and there are others that have similar results), the NYPD has a hit rate of about 18% when they are returning fire and about 30% when the suspect is not shooting back at them. That is horrible, and that is from the professionals.
    • You need to stay away from areas where you might be attacked. Nobody can predict when and where evil doers will be and when they will attack. It does not depend on neighborhoods, either, as they know how to drive or use public transit to go to neighborhoods that are ripe targets.
    • Extra ammo is heavy. Yes, it is. Oh, it is so heavy to have a magazine of extra rounds or extra rounds in a gun. Yep, probably about the same a cell phone. Be serious. While ammo does weigh something and does take up some space, we have already decided to carry a gun, so why not go the extra little bit?
    • Paranoid people are obsessed with capacity. Be prepared for multiple possible situations. We already have made many decisions based on very low odds, but we obviously value our lives and the lives of our loved ones.

    While I admit that most single stack guns are easier to conceal because they are thinner, there are good reasons to have a gun that has greater capacity than the typical single stack. We just discussed a couple of them up above.

    • Multiple assailants – It is pretty obvious that evil doer douchebags travel in groups and need their buddies to pump up their courage. As a defensive gun user, we need to be aware that it is likely that we will be facing multiple adversaries if we ever need to protect ourselves from evil doers. 
    • Adrenaline impacts – That rush of adrenaline will change everything when it compares to your training.
    • Hit percentage – As discussed above, the professionals (the Police) miss way more than they hit their targets. Do you really think you are better than they are with less training?
    • Nobody ever says that they wish they didn’t have that extra ammo – As is commonly said by defensive gun users that have had to use their guns, they have never thought that they had too much ammo. They are glad that they had extra, in most cases.
    • Type 3 malfunctions – If you have been through any gun training, you will find that guns are not perfect and will experience malfunctions every now and then. A perfect example of why you would want an extra magazine full of ammo is a type 3 malfunction. To fix this malfunction, you will usually lose a magazine, either on purpose, or because it was dropped while trying to fix it.

    Summary

    We have made the conscious choice, in many cases, to carry a concealed handgun to defend ourselves and our loved ones. Why not make a choice to either carry a gun that has a little more capacity AND carry an extra magazine?

    Many of the people that I know will carry an extra magazine or two on their belt, and will also have a couple of magazines in their car, on their desk, and by their bed.

  • What are the Most Cost Effective Modifications for my Glock?

    I saw this question on one of the Glock Facebook groups that I read. It is an awesome question.

    The Stock Glock

    Of course, there are many people that are perfectly fine with Glock Perfection. Out of the box, the Glock is a great gun, and is incredibly well regarded in the military, police, private security, shooting competition, and self defense industries.  The various Glock versions out there account for a very large part of the market. There is a very good reason why the Glock is so well respected and accepted in the market: It is a damned fine firearm that is incredibly reliable.

    Modifications

    Like any mechanical device, there are those that feel they can do things better and make the product, overall, better for some people. Everyone is different, and no gun is going to be optimal for every person for every potential role where it might be used. I will use the HORRIBLE example of the NYPD where some individuals decided that the trigger spring should be replaced with what is now known as the New York trigger spring. The idea of this change was to make the Glock more like a double action pistol and to reduce negligent discharges by police officers. It may have accomplished the goal, but it also made the gun incredibly hard to shoot it accurately. This is one example of changes that have been made, whether good or not, based upon a desire of some parties. There are many.

    Here are the responses that were provided to the question that is the title of this blog article, and I have included some of my thoughts. I have tried to group some of the answers together. My answers are also included in this list:

    • Trigger work – There are many people that do not like the stock Glock trigger, and there are some good reasons for it. The take-up, which also disengages the safeties, is very different when compared to something like a 1911.
      • 25 cent trigger job – This is simply taking the trigger apart and polishing the parts that rub against each other to make the trigger smoother and reduce the force required to fire the gun.
      • Trigger replacement – There are many complete trigger replacements that can be purchased from third parties and installed.
      • New connector and/or springs – It is nice that some simple changes can make a positive change in the trigger.

    My thoughts: I, personally, have done a 25 cent trigger job on every single one of my Glocks, and I have noticed the difference between the before and the after. I have also replaced the connectors in each of my Glocks with a polished minus connector. I feel that my Glocks are much easier to shoot accurately because of the improvements in the trigger’s feel and the weight required to fire the gun.

    • Sights – The sights that come with most Glocks, most meaning that there are options, are polymer sights with the traditional U rear sight. It is a unique and identifiable sight. However, it is not necessarily the best sight for every shooter.
      • Steel – Many people will replace the sight with the Glock U sights that are made out of steel and are much more durable than that polymer sights.
      • 3 dot – There are many after market 3 dot sight sets that are installed, and provide a sight picture that many people are used to seeing on their other guns, and it just feels better to them.
      • Night – Night sights are available from Glock and from third parties. There are several great night sights as well as fiber sights that make the sights much more visible in low light conditions.
      • Red Dot – Glock has embraced the red dot sight revolution with its MOS models that are pre-milled for optional red dot sights. This is a fairly expensive option, and pretty revolutionary in that now all a shooter has to do is put the dot on the target and pull the trigger.

    My thoughts: I have installed night sights, from Glock, on every one of my Glocks except for one of my G19s which has a third party night sight. I would love to use a red dot, but, damn, they are expensive. I think it is very important that every shooter feels comfortable with the sights on their Glock. If they can’t get the best shots with the current sights, they should replace them with sights that will allow them to place good shots on their targets.

    • Slide modifications – Some slide modifications are simple part replacements, and others are more complex and require more effort and expense.
      • Recoil spring – Stiffer, looser, other designs for recoil springs are available for Glocks and they can impact the recoil of the gun.
      • Guide rod – Tungsten and stainless steel are the most common options. The idea is that they improve the recoil as well as reduce muzzle flip because of the increased weight.
      • Firing pins and springs – Titanium and skeletonized firing pins as well as different springs are available and can change the trigger by changing the lock time, the pull weight, and how hard the firing pin strikes the primer. It is vital that the changes do not result in too light of strikes or you may end up with lots of Type 1 malfunctions.
      • Extended slide stop ever – Fixing malfunctions can be made easier by making the slide stop lever easier to manipulate.
      • Extended mag release – Reloading is much easier with the extended mag releases that are easier to manipulate by feel.
      • Barrel – Barrel replacements for caliber change kits are pretty common, and going to a non-polygonal barrel to shoot reloads and lead projectiles is pretty common.
      • Slide milling – The idea is that weight can be removed and it will change the recoil and the lock time. Some people will also have milling done for decoration.

    My thoughts: I am not about to do any slide milling, unless it is to install a red dot sight, but I understand why others do it. Personally, I see the small costs of extended slide stops and magazine releases that will make is easier for me to reload as well as fix malfunctions, and I have done these two mods on all of my Glocks.

    • Frame modifications – There really are not many mods made to frames, but some people are do look for every advantage they can get.
      • Grips – Talon and other third party grips make it easier for many people to get a better grip on their gun when drawing and shooting.
      • Grip stippling – For those looking for a more permanent solution, there are lots of people that swear by stippling to provide more texture to their guns, and some also use it for decoration.
      • Mag wells – Being able to swap out magazines in the event of malfunctions or reloading the gun is enhanced with flared mag wells.

    My thoughts – I am fine with the stock frames of most Glocks, but I do see that some smaller Glocks would be improved with better grips so that shooter gets a better hold of their guns. I have put Talon grips on one of my Glocks, and I have to admit that I really like them. I may be adding them to others in the near future.

    • Magazine modifications – Capacity is probably one of the most important concerns for any gun owner, and Glock owners are no exceptions.
      • Mag extensions – Increased capacity, as well as increasing the grip length at the same time, can be very beneficial.
      • Mag bases – Many people replace the polymer base plates with aluminum or steel base plates to increase the longevity of their magazines, and to also add weight so they fall free faster in a speed reload.
      • MagGuts – Replacing the magazine spring and follower can add a round or two to the capacity without changing the size of the magazine.

    My thoughts – Nope, I haven’t done it. Yet. I am sure that a G42 or 43 would gain from increased capacity, so I am going to have to give this more consideration.

    Training

    Upgrading the shooter may have a greater benefit than modifying the gun. I would say that almost every single shooter that I know can’t take full advantage of the gun that they own. The gun is not the limiting factor in pretty much every case.

    Here is what you probably need to get the most out of training:

      • Bullets – Obviously, you need more ammunition to train more. Buy it up!
      • Uplula speed loader – Some of us are glad to save the stress on our thumbs when it comes to loading up our magazines. A nice speed loader will make life so much easier when it comes to loading up and topping off magazines in a day of training.
      • Range membership – Of course, if you want to shoot more, you need more access to range time. Some of us hard core shooters have personal ranges, but many do not, so dig deep and buy a membership so you can get a lane at the range whenever you want to shoot.
      • Holster – I almost felt stupid when I missed this one. A good holster is vital. After all, we are training to shoot, and what is the best place to keep your gun? Well, yeah, a holster is the best place to keep your gun.
      • A good training class with good shooting instructors.

    Summary

    I see the value of making changes to your gun so that it is easier for you to use. The whole idea is to be able to place good shots, and if changing out a spring or something makes it easier, then do it. However, don’t forget, there are lots of great instructors out there, and a couple of corrections to your grip or your trigger press can make way more difference than a new spring.

  • I Want a Conceal Carry Firearm–What Should I Get?

    Short answer: The one that is best for you.

    Long answer: It depends on many factors.

    Size – Size matters. I don’t care how many times you have heard that size doesn’t matter. It matters! I think it is fair to say that we make decisions about size all of the time. For example, we choose our cars based on our needs, which includes the size. We choose our homes based on the size of the rooms and overall size of the house. It is the same with our guns.

    Larger guns are, generally, easier to shoot. The additional weight help reduce recoil , the additional length of the site radius, and the larger grip surface make a big difference. Larger hand guns are often referred to as duty guns, service guns, and full size guns.

    Smaller hand guns, especially pocket sized guns, are much harder to shoot for the exact opposite reasons, above.

    Capacity is another concern when it comes to size. A larger gun will carry more rounds.

    Conceal Carry Firearms have a different purpose than a range gun, for example, and sacrifices must be made when it comes to size.

    Comfort – Size is part of the comfort factor. Obviously, a larger gun will be less comfortable to carry. A gun that is not comfortable to carry will not be carried, and we are back to shopping for a new gun.

    Method of carry is an important consideration. Will the gun be carried inside the waistband, outside the waistband, appendix, shoulder, ankle, pocket, or off-body?

    Weight is part of the size equation. A heavier, all steel gun, for example, will require a stiffer belt, and will also impact comfort more and more over time as additional weight always is a concern.

    Speed to draw is another consideration when it comes to comfort. Depending on how you carry the gun and and the size, it may not lend itself to a quick draw.

    Concealability –Size is one of the impacts here, as well. Smaller guns are easier to conceal. That is just common sense.

    Holsters will impact concealability. Some holster provide for deeper concealment than others. The material of the holster will impact how well it molds itself to the body. However, it really does come down to the gun itself and what holsters are available for the chosen gun.

    Lifestyle and weather are very another important concern. What do you wear? For example, in cold climates, it is much easier to conceal a larger gun, but it can be a huge challenge if you wear running shorts and tight t-shirts and still need to conceal a gun while out on a long run. Let’s not forget those that wear tailored suits have their own unique challenges. How about those that drive for a living and the choices for those individuals.

    Performance – Can you shoot the gun well, and shoot it well under pressure? This is the most important question. If you can’t shoot it, why would you carry it and depend on your ability to shoot it under huge amounts of stress?

    Feel – Is it comfortable in your hand?

    Sights – Can you see the sights and get a good sight picture, quickly? Luckily, sights are easy to replace with ones that you can use to acquire your target quicker than the stock sights.

    Trigger – Is the pull smooth and easy enough so that it won’t cause you to miss? We see stories all the time about police missing their targets and hitting innocent bystanders. We don’t want to use a horrible trigger that will make it harder to hit our target.

    Recoil – As many people will learn, it isn’t about that one shot. In many cases, you will need to shoot multiple times to stop the attack. Strong recoil makes it difficult to get back on target with follow-up shots.

    Cost – Most of us don’t have extra money laying around. I am sure you have heard that “you get what you pay for” several times. This is, somewhat, true when it comes to a gun. Remember, you are depending on this tool and it has to work when you need it. The balance between cost and performance can be challenging. I, personally, have seen some great, inexpensive guns that are fantastic options. I have also seen some guns that cost more than my car, but that doesn’t really make them better for conceal carry.

    Training – This should actually be part of the cost. It doesn’t matter if you have the perfect gun if you do not know how to use it well. Good training, and lots of practice are vital when it comes to conceal carry. Improving the software (the shooter) is often a much better investment that getting better hardware (the gun).

  • Does Having a Gun in the House Increase the Odds of a Violent Death?

    I have heard, over and over, from some of my anti-gun friends that having a gun in the house results in twice the odds of suffering a violent death.

    Their view is that, somehow, that gun will be used on you and your risk is increased because it is present in the house. On the surface, this makes sense. In reality, a review of the research shows that the research is severely flawed as it is based on flawed data.

    The issue with the data, as provided by the CDC, is that it does not differentiate between legal gun owners and illegal gun owners and criminals. I absolutely love that this was recently pointed out here. I really got a kick out of the author’s comparison between two people that have a gun in their home:

    1. The drug dealer that is not only armed, but also has multiple illegally obtained guns.
    2. The private citizen known as Uncle Jerry that has hunting rifles and shotguns and a pistol stored in biometric safe.

    A quick review of these two different situations clearly shows that by not separating them, the data becomes muddled and has far less meaning. It is clear that living in the home with the drug dealer will increase the odds of a violent death. It will probably be a huge difference. Then you compare it to a law abiding and responsible gun owner, and it is clear that these two homes are incredibly different and share very little as far as risks around a violent death.

    It isn’t the tools in the house that create additional risk, it is the users of those tools.

  • Does Having a Gun in the House Increase the Odds of a Violent Death?

    I have heard, over and over, from some of my anti-gun friends that having a gun in the house results in twice the odds of suffering a violent death.

    Their view is that, somehow, that gun will be used on you and your risk is increased because it is present in the house. On the surface, this makes sense. In reality, a review of the research shows that the research is severely flawed as it is based on flawed data.

    The issue with the data, as provided by the CDC, is that it does not differentiate between legal gun owners and illegal gun owners and criminals. I absolutely love that this was recently pointed out here. I really got a kick out of the author’s comparison between two people that have a gun in their home:

    1. The drug dealer that is not only armed, but also has multiple illegally obtained guns.
    2. The private citizen known as Uncle Jerry that has hunting rifles and shotguns and a pistol stored in biometric safe.

    A quick review of these two different situations clearly shows that by not separating them, the data becomes muddled and has far less meaning. It is clear that living in the home with the drug dealer will increase the odds of a violent death. It will probably be a huge difference. Then you compare it to a law abiding and responsible gun owner, and it is clear that these two homes are incredibly different and share very little as far as risks around a violent death.

    It isn’t the tools in the house that create additional risk, it is the users of those tools.

  • Glock–US Made vs Austrian Made

    There is absolutely no difference other than the country of origin markings.GlockUSA

    Let’s immediately dispel the two most common misperceptions:GlockAustria

    1. Glocks with the US country of origin markings DO NOT use parts made in Austria that are assembled in the United States. No way, no how.
    2. Glocks made in Austria DO NOT use Tenifer. Nope. Not on anything new. Not since 2010. No way, no how.Glock US Austria

    NOTE: The two pictures, above, look different because of the lighting conditions. However, here is a picture that I stole off of the Internet. It, clearly, shows that the two finishes look the same.

    The Markings

    I won’t go into the different barrel proof markings. Let’s focus on the markings on all firearms. Every gun manufactured by a licensed gun manufacturer that are sold in the United States (this doesn’t include homemade stuff) require the following markings, all of which must be at least .003 inches deep whether they are engraved, cast, or stamped:

    • Serial Number
    • Name of Manufacturer
    • Country of Origin
    • Model
    • Caliber/Gauge
    • Name of Importer
    • City and State of Importer

    Glocks made in Austria will have both the Made in Austria marking and the Glock, Inc., Smyrna, GA, which is the Name of the Importer, marking on the frame/receiver. The other markings will appear in other locations on the gun.

    Glocks made in the United  States will have the Made in USA marking and the Glock, Inc., Smyrna, GA marking on the frame/receiver. The other markings will appear in other locations on the gun.

    Glock is a manufacturer that is certified under ISO 9001. This means that the processes are the same, in each location. In fact, they use the same materials, the same machinery, the same tolerances, and the same finish, in the USA and in Austria.

    The Finish

    First, let’s address the favored topic of Glock enthusiasts: Tenifer.

    Tenifer isn’t a finish. Tenifer is a metal treatment process. Glock stopped using Tenifer in 2010 as a result of EPA concerns around the cyanide salts that are a byproduct of the Tenifer process.

    Melonite, also called nitrite, is used today and has been used for all guns made since Tenifer use was stopped. Tenifer and Melonite are similar nitriding processes. Melonite  results in harder metal surfaces than Tenifer. Yes, Melonite is harder than Tenifer.

    Second, let’s be clear: Both Tenifer and Melonite are metal treatments, they are NOT THE FINISH. The finish is applied after the metal is treated.

    If the finish (the actual black finish) is scratched, that scratch, most likely, will not penetrate through the treatment and make the metal susceptible to corrosion. In other words, just because the finish is scratched does not mean your Glock will rust.

    The Rest

    Glock is an ISO 9001 certified company. As such, quality is pretty much guaranteed to be top notch. At the very least, it is consistent. Glock guns made either in Austria or in the US, use the same raw materials, the same machinery, the same processes, and the guns that come out of each factory meet the same standards. If you have doubts, do some research on the ISO 9001 certification and what it takes to be certified.

  • Glock–US Made vs Austrian Made

    There is absolutely no difference other than the country of origin markings.GlockUSA

    Let’s immediately dispel the two most common misperceptions:GlockAustria

    1. Glocks with the US country of origin markings DO NOT use parts made in Austria that are assembled in the United States. No way, no how.
    2. Glocks made in Austria DO NOT use Tenifer. Nope. Not on anything new. Not since 2010. No way, no how.Glock US Austria

    NOTE: The two pictures, above, look different because of the lighting conditions. However, here is a picture that I stole off of the Internet. It, clearly, shows that the two finishes look the same.

    The Markings

    I won’t go into the different barrel proof markings. Let’s focus on the markings on all firearms. Every gun manufactured by a licensed gun manufacturer that are sold in the United States (this doesn’t include homemade stuff) require the following markings, all of which must be at least .003 inches deep whether they are engraved, cast, or stamped:

    • Serial Number
    • Name of Manufacturer
    • Country of Origin
    • Model
    • Caliber/Gauge
    • Name of Importer
    • City and State of Importer

    Glocks made in Austria will have both the Made in Austria marking and the Glock, Inc., Smyrna, GA, which is the Name of the Importer, marking on the frame/receiver. The other markings will appear in other locations on the gun.

    Glocks made in the United  States will have the Made in USA marking and the Glock, Inc., Smyrna, GA marking on the frame/receiver. The other markings will appear in other locations on the gun.

    Glock is a manufacturer that is certified under ISO 9001. This means that the processes are the same, in each location. In fact, they use the same materials, the same machinery, the same tolerances, and the same finish, in the USA and in Austria.

    The Finish

    First, let’s address the favored topic of Glock enthusiasts: Tenifer.

    Tenifer isn’t a finish. Tenifer is a metal treatment process. Glock stopped using Tenifer in 2010 as a result of EPA concerns around the cyanide salts that are a byproduct of the Tenifer process.

    Melonite, also called nitrite, is used today and has been used for all guns made since Tenifer use was stopped. Tenifer and Melonite are similar nitriding processes. Melonite  results in harder metal surfaces than Tenifer. Yes, Melonite is harder than Tenifer.

    Second, let’s be clear: Both Tenifer and Melonite are metal treatments, they are NOT THE FINISH. The finish is applied after the metal is treated.

    If the finish (the actual black finish) is scratched, that scratch, most likely, will not penetrate through the treatment and make the metal susceptible to corrosion. In other words, just because the finish is scratched does not mean your Glock will rust.

    The Rest

    Glock is an ISO 9001 certified company. As such, quality is pretty much guaranteed to be top notch. At the very least, it is consistent. Glock guns made either in Austria or in the US, use the same raw materials, the same machinery, the same processes, and the guns that come out of each factory meet the same standards. If you have doubts, do some research on the ISO 9001 certification and what it takes to be certified.

  • Clipdraw and the Purpose of a Holster

    I am pretty sick and tired of seeing people that want to conceal carry with a Clipdraw. I also dislike, very much, the combination of the clip draw and the trigger guard.

    The Clipdraw, for those that Clipdrawdon’t know, is a piece of spring steel that attaches to the gun. The piece of spring steel is attached to the gun so that you can use the clip portion of it to hold the gun on the belt or the fabric of your clothing. It is intended to be used for inside the waistband for concealment.

    Why do I dislike the Clipdraw so much? I am glad you asked. It goes back to the purpose of a holster, so let’s review why we use holsters for our hand guns.

    • Ease of Carry – A holster allows us to carry our gun on our body so that it is as close as possible in the event we need it. This seems to be the only value of the Clipdraw. The only one.
    • Retention – One of the biggest fears of a conceal carrier is that you will see your gun skittering down the hallway of your office or some other public place. Keeping the gun in the holster is important. Also, retention, passive or active, helps keep the gun safe from a potential gun grabber. The Clipdraw does not provide any of the retention of a holster.
    • Trigger Protection – Conceal carry requires that the trigger be protected so that other objects can’t accidentally activate the trigger and cause a negligent discharge that might harm/kill you or others that are near you. Believe it or not, but if the trigger isn’t protected, it is possible that you can hit an object while walking around a store, for example, that can wedge into the trigger guard and activate the trigger. Some people recommend getting a minimal trigger guard device to use with the Clipdraw. While a trigger guard device might help out with this issue, it seems like a poor solution when a good holster provides all of the protection required, plus more.
    • Protect the Gun – We tend to forget that a gun is susceptible to sweat, lint, and whatever else you might contact that can scratch the surface treatment and cause corrosion. A conceal carry gun gets lint, even in a good holster, but it is a much larger problem for Clipdraw users. Imagine how sweat, and skin cells that slough off, impact the gun. Obviously, it is not good. Also, what about the sights and the lint, dirt, and debris that get into the sights and make them harder to pick up in your draw stroke so that you can sight in on your target? The salt of sweat is just one major problem of the Clipdraw. Don’ forget about some of the other impacts of not protecting your gun.
    • Stability of Position – We need our gun to be held so that it is stable and doesn’t bounce around as we move around through the day and night. It is also very important that your gun is in the same place with the same cant every time you train with it and carry it. You need to practice, over and over, and build muscle memory so that you can draw your gun when it is needed. If you build the proper muscle memory, your draw will be much faster, your gun will be more secure in your hand as you draw it, and, most importantly, it will become reflex that does not require thought in order to draw your gun and fire it. Not only does the Clipdraw allow your gun to move around and not be in the same position all the time, but I have even seen one person that tried to draw his gun, when using the Clipdraw, and it fell into his pants so he could not reach it. It was really funny watching him undo his pants so that he could get his gun out. 

    Practice – Let’s add one more issue when it comes to the Clipdraw. How in the world can you build muscle memory with your draw when you can’t really practice. Imagine drawing and shooting. Then putting the gun back in your pants. Then drawing and shooting, again. Repeat a couple of times, and you have a super hot gun barrel. I bet it isn’t going back in your pants. There is no way to train properly and build proper muscle memory.

    When you chose to conceal carry your gun, it comes with a great deal of responsibility for your own safety as well as the safety of others around you. Part of that responsibility requires some considerable thought to when and how you will carry as well as making sure you are well trained.

    Please do not use a device that does not meet the needs for conceal carry.

    Please be safe.

  • Buying Ammunition

    Where is the cheapest place to buy ammo?

    Practice Ammunition

    Assuming that there is a desire to buy brass cased practice ammo (hard ball), there are many different sites on that oh so amazing Internet. Here are the sites that I use.

    https://www.ammofast.com

    http://www.bulkammo.com

    http://www.luckygunner.com

    http://www.sgammo.com

    http://www.surplusammo.com

    There are other sites, obviously. There are a few sites that try to track pricing around the Internet, and they do a pretty good job. You really need to be careful, though, that you don’t end up buying steel cased, aluminum cased, or steel core ammo as most ranges do not allow their use.

    http://www.ammoseek.com

    http://www.gunbot.net

    https://www.wikiarms.com

    The search sites are easy to use, but again, be careful that you don’t buy something that you were not prepared to get. For example, a food friend recently purchase a bunch of 22LR and found out that it was the kind that used just the primer and did not have any powder in it. While it would work in a revolver, it would not cycle a semiautomatic.

    Defense Ammunition

    You can use the same sites, above, to find defense ammo. However, you will probably want to do some research to pick the rounds that you think will work best for you.

    I highly recommend you do a little browsing here to get more information on defense rounds:

    http://www.luckygunner.com/labs/self-defense-ammo-ballistic-tests

  • Self Defense Insurance Plans

    There are several quality self defense plans out there to provide assistance in the event you ever need to use your gun to defend yourself or others. Here is a quick break down of the major plans. I apologize if I made any mistakes.

    image

    You should notice that some of the numbers are pooled and are shared benefits. Those are shown in a light grey color.

    Different plans also offer some other nice features that you should research, to include:

    • Amount available up front vs. reimbursable
    • Amounts based on winning the case
    • Crisis Managers
    • Attorney Networks
    • Expert Witness Coordination
    • Gun Retrieval/Replacement
    • Psychological Support
  • Glock Label Colors

    I have been meaning to write this down someplace. It is a common question about the differences in Glocks and the labels on the cases. If you look at one, you may or may not know that they are not all the same.

    Blue Label – Glock has a Blue Label program that provides discounts to qualified people. Go to the link and read up on it. For those that don’t meet the requirements, it is easy to meet them by joining Glock Shooting Sports Foundation. If you join for more one year, you will be eligible for a coupon that will allow you to purchase a Blue Label Glock.

    White Label – White Label denotes that the gun comes with 10 round magazines for those that are not allowed to because you live in a State that doesn’t feel that you will ever need more than 10 rounds to defend yourself.

    Red Label – The Red Label means that the gun comes with standard capacity magazines. Yeah, that means you get standard equipment at a standard price.

    Purple Label Purple Label Glocks are contract overruns. These guns come with standard capacity magazines, but what makes them really nice is that Glock authorized resellers are allowed to sell these at less than the authorized price.

    Orange Label – These Glocks are factory rebuilds.

  • I am Neither Sheep, Wolf, nor Sheepdog

    Many people have heard the analogy of the human population being divided into three groups:

    • Sheep – The masses. The general human being that is, mostly, a kind and caring person that hangs out with others of their kind. They gather in groups and go along with their lives. Sheep graze along, often herded by Shepards and their Sheepdogs. Sheep, generally, don’t have the ability to harm others of their kind, unless there is some kind of strange accident.
    • Wolves – The evil of the world. These are the criminals, the terrorists, and often also include others that have evil on their minds and are just looking for the right opportunity. Wolves, if unchecked, would decimate the sheep and eat their fill. The wolves of the world have no empathy or consideration for the sheep.
    • Sheepdogs – These are the protectors of the sheep. There are two types of Sheepdogs, the Herders and the Livestock Guardian Dogs (LGDs).

    Herders – The Herders keep the sheep going in the right direction and keep them all together. They nip at the heels of the sheep that refuse to go along with the flow and do what they are told.

    LGDs – The  LGDs live amongst the sheep. They are there awaiting the potential attack and are prepared to use their fangs, their size and power, and their other natural abilities to meet the wolves head-on. Sheepdogs, supposedly, are altruistic, and would never harm the Sheep. In real life, we know this isn’t true, but their failures also fit this analogy.

    Privately armed citizens often use this analogy to explain their role in the world as Sheepdogs.

    The analogy is not perfect, but it tends to fit pretty well. Sheep are not bad. They do their job, they care about each other, and they just want to live peacefully. They are not looking for confrontation. This describes the general population.

    A huge issue for many Sheep is that they do not want to have Sheepdogs around. They don’t like to be told what to do and when to do it by the herders, but they really dislike the LGDs as they are big and powerful and remind them of Wolves. A Sheepdog that gets upset could easily kill a Sheep. Sheepdogs can be violent. The Sheep would like to think that Sheepdogs are not needed because they don’t see Wolves ripping out the throats of their friends and family on a regular basis. They see Wolves as being very rare, even though the Sheepdogs are what make the Wolves’ presence rare. The Sheepdog is a constant reminder to the Sheep that there are wolves close by enough to be worried about the Wolves.

    Of course, when Wolves show up, the Sheep want the Sheepdogs to be there to defend them. The Sheep do their best to hide behind Sheepdogs when the Wolves are present or at the perimeter.

    In a perfect world, a Sheepdog would look like and act like a Sheep, until it needs to be a Sheepdog. Sheep would be so much happier if the Sheepdogs were more Sheep-like.

    Other Groups

    There are a couple of other groups that we should consider when talking about our population and extending this analogy a bit more. Granted, there are probably others, but these other two groups fit the model.

    • Shepherds – Sheep are their property and the Shepherds decide when to sheer them, where they will graze, and when they will be moved to another field. Shepherds even control the breeding of the Sheep in many cases. The Sheepdog is also the Shepard’s property, and they are deployed according to the Shepard’s needs and desires, and they protect the sheep. The Shepherd feeds the Sheepdog, and the Sheepdog follows the directions of the Shepherd. The Shepherd would, certainly, punish a Sheepdog that ever harms any of the Sheep. By the way, the Shepherds also decide what meets the definition of a Wolf, too, and what the Sheepdogs need to confront.
    • Porcupines – This has been proposed, by several people, as a new category for this analogy. Porcupines are not like Wolves as they do not attack other animals and treat them as prey. Porcupines forage for food and pretty much keep to themselves. Porcupines do not initiate confrontation. However, Porcupines are able to defend themselves very well.
    • Pet Dogs – I guess there are also pet dogs that have the tools to be violent, but either don’t have the demeanor or the training to use the tools that they received at birth. How should we react when we see a pet dog? Do we assume it is a Sheepdog or that it is a Wolf? Can we easily identify a pet dog?

    [Edited on March 27th, 2016]

    I just heard an awesome one from Ben Schorr when discussing this analogy. I was saying that it really isn’t a good idea to try to take away the fangs of Sheepdogs just so the Sheep can feel more comfortable while they graze. His response cracked me up:

    “I think the Sheepdogs should keep their teeth but the German Shepherds should leave their tennis balls at home. And for God’s sake can somebody take that squeeky toy away from that Chihuahua!”

    It really comes down to Pet Dogs needing the right training in the use of their fangs, which, assuming they have the ability to be violent, would make them Sheepdogs, too.

    Summary

    I am not a Sheepdog. I am not out there looking to protect the Sheep. However, I am willing to help protect my family and close friends. I am absolutely able to protect myself.

    In fact, I am able to be lethal. So, I am a bit more than just a Porcupine. Maybe I am a Buffalo or a Rhino.

  • I am Neither Sheep, Wolf, nor Sheepdog

    Many people have heard the analogy of the human population being divided into three groups:

    • Sheep – The masses. The general human being that is, mostly, a kind and caring person that hangs out with others of their kind. They gather in groups and go along with their lives. Sheep graze along, often herded by Shepards and their Sheepdogs. Sheep, generally, don’t have the ability to harm others of their kind, unless there is some kind of strange accident.
    • Wolves – The evil of the world. These are the criminals, the terrorists, and often also include others that have evil on their minds and are just looking for the right opportunity. Wolves, if unchecked, would decimate the sheep and eat their fill. The wolves of the world have no empathy or consideration for the sheep.
    • Sheepdogs – These are the protectors of the sheep. There are two types of Sheepdogs, the Herders and the Livestock Guardian Dogs (LGDs).

    Herders – The Herders keep the sheep going in the right direction and keep them all together. They nip at the heels of the sheep that refuse to go along with the flow and do what they are told.

    LGDs – The  LGDs live amongst the sheep. They are there awaiting the potential attack and are prepared to use their fangs, their size and power, and their other natural abilities to meet the wolves head-on. Sheepdogs, supposedly, are altruistic, and would never harm the Sheep. In real life, we know this isn’t true, but their failures also fit this analogy.

    Privately armed citizens often use this analogy to explain their role in the world as Sheepdogs.

    The analogy is not perfect, but it tends to fit pretty well. Sheep are not bad. They do their job, they care about each other, and they just want to live peacefully. They are not looking for confrontation. This describes the general population.

    A huge issue for many Sheep is that they do not want to have Sheepdogs around. They don’t like to be told what to do and when to do it by the herders, but they really dislike the LGDs as they are big and powerful and remind them of Wolves. A Sheepdog that gets upset could easily kill a Sheep. Sheepdogs can be violent. The Sheep would like to think that Sheepdogs are not needed because they don’t see Wolves ripping out the throats of their friends and family on a regular basis. They see Wolves as being very rare, even though the Sheepdogs are what make the Wolves’ presence rare. The Sheepdog is a constant reminder to the Sheep that there are wolves close by enough to be worried about the Wolves.

    Of course, when Wolves show up, the Sheep want the Sheepdogs to be there to defend them. The Sheep do their best to hide behind Sheepdogs when the Wolves are present or at the perimeter.

    In a perfect world, a Sheepdog would look like and act like a Sheep, until it needs to be a Sheepdog. Sheep would be so much happier if the Sheepdogs were more Sheep-like.

    Other Groups

    There are a couple of other groups that we should consider when talking about our population and extending this analogy a bit more. Granted, there are probably others, but these other two groups fit the model.

    • Shepherds – Sheep are their property and the Shepherds decide when to sheer them, where they will graze, and when they will be moved to another field. Shepherds even control the breeding of the Sheep in many cases. The Sheepdog is also the Shepard’s property, and they are deployed according to the Shepard’s needs and desires, and they protect the sheep. The Shepherd feeds the Sheepdog, and the Sheepdog follows the directions of the Shepherd. The Shepherd would, certainly, punish a Sheepdog that ever harms any of the Sheep. By the way, the Shepherds also decide what meets the definition of a Wolf, too, and what the Sheepdogs need to confront.
    • Porcupines – This has been proposed, by several people, as a new category for this analogy. Porcupines are not like Wolves as they do not attack other animals and treat them as prey. Porcupines forage for food and pretty much keep to themselves. Porcupines do not initiate confrontation. However, Porcupines are able to defend themselves very well.
    • Pet Dogs – I guess there are also pet dogs that have the tools to be violent, but either don’t have the demeanor or the training to use the tools that they received at birth. How should we react when we see a pet dog? Do we assume it is a Sheepdog or that it is a Wolf? Can we easily identify a pet dog?

    [Edited on March 27th, 2016]

    I just heard an awesome one from Ben Schorr when discussing this analogy. I was saying that it really isn’t a good idea to try to take away the fangs of Sheepdogs just so the Sheep can feel more comfortable while they graze. His response cracked me up:

    “I think the Sheepdogs should keep their teeth but the German Shepherds should leave their tennis balls at home. And for God’s sake can somebody take that squeeky toy away from that Chihuahua!”

    It really comes down to Pet Dogs needing the right training in the use of their fangs, which, assuming they have the ability to be violent, would make them Sheepdogs, too.

    Summary

    I am not a Sheepdog. I am not out there looking to protect the Sheep. However, I am willing to help protect my family and close friends. I am absolutely able to protect myself.

    In fact, I am able to be lethal. So, I am a bit more than just a Porcupine. Maybe I am a Buffalo or a Rhino.

  • Smart Guns and Biometric Devices

    If Smart Guns could be produced so that only certain people can fire them, why would we not want to market them? It sounds like a simple question, but not all simple questions have simple answers.

    First, let’s define what we mean when we refer to these devices.

    Smart Gun Technology — Use of biometric or some other kind of electronic coded device that identifies authorized users so that the gun can only be fired by its owner.

    A reasonable person, at least that is how it is always prefaced, would support these technologies. Yep, only an unreasonable person would be against these technologies being deployed. Yes, that last sentence was pure sarcasm, just in case you didn’t catch it.

    On the surface, these technologies seem to make a great deal of sense. However, there are issues. In the case of Smart Guns and other Biometric Devices, I think we can pretty easily see a few issues with them. The issues all revolve around speed, reliability, and transferability.

    Biometric devices are not 100% reliable. These technologies can be manipulated/hacked and easily broken. After all, we have never had a watch, phone, health sensor or other technology fail when they are hit against desks, walls, car doors, and so on.

    Finger Prints – I think many of us have seen this, first hand. How many times have you put your finger on the iPhone reader, or other reader at work, and it didn’t recognize it right away, and you had to try again? I think that is about everyone. Use your favorite search engine and search for “biometric finger print hack” and you will see that this is a major concern. A finger print can also be faked and allow an unauthorized person to use the gun.

    RFIDs – We have seen several cases of RFIDs being hacked in our credit cards. Please feel free to do some research on this topic as I am sure you will find it enlightening. I love this video. I think it is safe to say that not only can RFIDs be hacked, they can also be jammed.

    IDENTILOCK – http://getidentilock.com

    Recently, a new product has been getting lots of attention. It is a lock that is put on the imagetrigger of the gun, and once the device recognizes the finger print (you can register up to three of them), then the lock will fall off an you can then use the gun.

    If you watch their video, it should jump out at you that when this works, it still takes a second or more for the device to fall off and hit the ground. It is an interesting idea, however, it is fairly expensive, and I just am not getting a warm and fuzzy feeling about how well it will work after it hits the ground a couple of times. You will, obviously, want to train with it so you can get a feel for how it works and get used to using it. I can see lots of broken units.

    The other issues that should jump at out at you is that, like other finger print readers, it will fail to read the print properly in many cases, and the problems will be even more obvious when the shooter’s fingers are sweaty (because the shooter will never be nervous or face an attack in adverse weather) or cold.

    Armatix iP1

    This Smart Gun was put out on the market a couple of years ago, and wasn’t adopted for several reasons. One reason would be Politics.

    Basically, this gun requires that its RFID-enabled watch is within 10 inches of the gun. The watch has to be paired to the gun, which can be used by anyone until it is paired. Once paired, the gun requires at least 12 seconds before the gun can be fired.

    The ability to pick up the gun and use it right away just doesn’t exist. How anyone can call that acceptable is beyond me. “Please Mr. Attacker, go back out the door and count to 12 and then come back in.”

    Issues:

    • The watch is ugly, but it also becomes a very clear sign that the user has one of these imageguns.
    • The watch must be worn on the shooting hand, when watches are normally worn on the non-primary wrist to reduce damage to them.
    • It is a .22, which is not considered to be a defensive caliber and would be less likely to stop an attacker.
    • The gun, itself, has been shown to fail multiple times when firing a single magazine.
    • If the firing hand is injured, the shooter can’t use their support hand as it would be more than 10 inches from the watch.

    New Jersey Institute of Technology

    Their version uses sensors that recognize the user’s grip on the gun as being unique. Of course, under stress, we may or may not use the “right” grip, and, in the event of an injury, then gun would be useless as the shooter’s grip would be compromised.

    Again, we are putting people at risk of not being able to defend themselves with their defensive gun when it counts the most.

    Other Companies

    There are several companies out there that are experimenting with Smart Technologies for use with guns. Many of them are using finger prints and voice recognition technologies. Voice technologies have some promise, but then again, there are lots of issues with colds or throat damage caused by an attacker, for example.

    Summary

    While Smart Technologies for guns sound like a great idea, they fall short. The biggest fear of those that would have to implement them (most likely because some ignorant legislator thinks they are perfect) is that they would hinder the use of the gun when it matters most: When the shooter or their loved ones are at risk of great bodily harm or death.

    I really don’t want to depend on a battery, a WiFi signal, Bluetooth, or some other technology to save my life when I am attacked by some evildoer.

  • Smart Guns and Biometric Devices

    If Smart Guns could be produced so that only certain people can fire them, why would we not want to market them? It sounds like a simple question, but not all simple questions have simple answers.

    First, let’s define what we mean when we refer to these devices.

    Smart Gun Technology — Use of biometric or some other kind of electronic coded device that identifies authorized users so that the gun can only be fired by its owner.

    A reasonable person, at least that is how it is always prefaced, would support these technologies. Yep, only an unreasonable person would be against these technologies being deployed. Yes, that last sentence was pure sarcasm, just in case you didn’t catch it.

    On the surface, these technologies seem to make a great deal of sense. However, there are issues. In the case of Smart Guns and other Biometric Devices, I think we can pretty easily see a few issues with them. The issues all revolve around speed, reliability, and transferability.

    Biometric devices are not 100% reliable. These technologies can be manipulated/hacked and easily broken. After all, we have never had a watch, phone, health sensor or other technology fail when they are hit against desks, walls, car doors, and so on.

    Finger Prints – I think many of us have seen this, first hand. How many times have you put your finger on the iPhone reader, or other reader at work, and it didn’t recognize it right away, and you had to try again? I think that is about everyone. Use your favorite search engine and search for “biometric finger print hack” and you will see that this is a major concern. A finger print can also be faked and allow an unauthorized person to use the gun.

    RFIDs – We have seen several cases of RFIDs being hacked in our credit cards. Please feel free to do some research on this topic as I am sure you will find it enlightening. I love this video. I think it is safe to say that not only can RFIDs be hacked, they can also be jammed.

    IDENTILOCK – http://getidentilock.com

    Recently, a new product has been getting lots of attention. It is a lock that is put on the imagetrigger of the gun, and once the device recognizes the finger print (you can register up to three of them), then the lock will fall off an you can then use the gun.

    If you watch their video, it should jump out at you that when this works, it still takes a second or more for the device to fall off and hit the ground. It is an interesting idea, however, it is fairly expensive, and I just am not getting a warm and fuzzy feeling about how well it will work after it hits the ground a couple of times. You will, obviously, want to train with it so you can get a feel for how it works and get used to using it. I can see lots of broken units.

    The other issues that should jump at out at you is that, like other finger print readers, it will fail to read the print properly in many cases, and the problems will be even more obvious when the shooter’s fingers are sweaty (because the shooter will never be nervous or face an attack in adverse weather) or cold.

    Armatix iP1

    This Smart Gun was put out on the market a couple of years ago, and wasn’t adopted for several reasons. One reason would be Politics.

    Basically, this gun requires that its RFID-enabled watch is within 10 inches of the gun. The watch has to be paired to the gun, which can be used by anyone until it is paired. Once paired, the gun requires at least 12 seconds before the gun can be fired.

    The ability to pick up the gun and use it right away just doesn’t exist. How anyone can call that acceptable is beyond me. “Please Mr. Attacker, go back out the door and count to 12 and then come back in.”

    Issues:

    • The watch is ugly, but it also becomes a very clear sign that the user has one of these imageguns.
    • The watch must be worn on the shooting hand, when watches are normally worn on the non-primary wrist to reduce damage to them.
    • It is a .22, which is not considered to be a defensive caliber and would be less likely to stop an attacker.
    • The gun, itself, has been shown to fail multiple times when firing a single magazine.
    • If the firing hand is injured, the shooter can’t use their support hand as it would be more than 10 inches from the watch.

    New Jersey Institute of Technology

    Their version uses sensors that recognize the user’s grip on the gun as being unique. Of course, under stress, we may or may not use the “right” grip, and, in the event of an injury, then gun would be useless as the shooter’s grip would be compromised.

    Again, we are putting people at risk of not being able to defend themselves with their defensive gun when it counts the most.

    Other Companies

    There are several companies out there that are experimenting with Smart Technologies for use with guns. Many of them are using finger prints and voice recognition technologies. Voice technologies have some promise, but then again, there are lots of issues with colds or throat damage caused by an attacker, for example.

    Summary

    While Smart Technologies for guns sound like a great idea, they fall short. The biggest fear of those that would have to implement them (most likely because some ignorant legislator thinks they are perfect) is that they would hinder the use of the gun when it matters most: When the shooter or their loved ones are at risk of great bodily harm or death.

    I really don’t want to depend on a battery, a WiFi signal, Bluetooth, or some other technology to save my life when I am attacked by some evildoer.

  • The Great Capacity Debate–Conceal Carry

    General Background Info

    There are a few challenges when it comes to carrying a conceal handgun that everyone doesn’t think about for their first purchase and may never consider even though they have been carrying for years.

    • Concealability – The whole point of carrying a concealed handgun is that it is concealed and people don’t notice it.
    • Dependability – Yes, it needs to go bang when you pull the trigger, otherwise it is just a piece of metal. Hopefully, just seeing the gun will scare off an attacker, but we can’t depend on that, especially if the attacker hears that awful “click” sound.
    • Affordability – Not everyone can afford the $1,000 gun that is beautiful as well as functional. The gun is a tool, and many of them will do the job, but we can’t skip paying rent or the mortgage just to buy a gun.
    • Shootability – OK, this is not a real word, but it seems to be pretty self-defining. You need to be able to shoot it and get good hits with it, under tremendous pressure.

    Impact of Capacity

    This should be obvious to everyone. Running out of bullets at the wrong time can be a life altering (or ending) experience. Really, that is all there is to it.

    Choices

    I read lots of great stuff on the Internet when it comes to defensive gun use. I also have the joy of reading lots of crap written by ignorant people that put themselves out there as some kind of expert. One of my favorite topics is the choice of the appropriate handgun for conceal carry. The two biggest groups are the single stack vs the double stack crowds. For some reason, usually because of weather (hot weather), many of us will choose a single stack gun because it is easier to conceal and is much more comfortable.

    For example, I will carry one of the following:

    • Glock 17 or Steyr M9 – I carry these full-sized guns when I am out on my ranch, but I will usually open carry them in that case. Sometimes, I will carry one of them in an outside waistband (owb) holster under my coat, in cold weather.
    • Glock 19 – I will carry this gun most of the time, especially as the weather starts to warm up and I am not wearing a coat. It works well in an inside waistband (iwb) holster and can be easily concealed with an untucked shirt.
    • M&P Shield 9 – This is a small single stack gun that holds 7 or 8 rounds, and I can easily conceal this even while wearing a pair of shorts and a light t-shirt. It is a perfect gun for really hot days around town.

    Today, I read a couple of 1911 guys make some of the most ignorant statements that are generally made by the single stack crowd. In this case, they were also .45 guys. So here is what came out:

    • Only one .45 round is needed to end a threat. This is true, to a point. A well placed shot, no matter what caliber is used, can stop an assailant and end the threat. Counting on a single shot is just plain crazy.
    • The .45 has the best stopping power. In the industry, we measure kinetic energy for each round, and it does vary based on the type of bullet used (meaning not all hollow point bullets are equal). However, it is vital that we understand that handgun rounds are considered to be very ballistically inefficient. There are all sorts of numbers on the Internet about how many people survive gunshot wounds, and how many assailants continue their attacks despite being shot, no matter what caliber is used.
    • Average number of rounds in a gun fight is 2.7, so carrying 7 to 8 is more than enough. First off, this number just doesn’t exist, and using an average as a way to choose your gun is not a good idea. Averages are just that, they are averages, and many of those cases out there involve much larger number of rounds. If we were to base it on averages, we would not be carrying concealed weapons, at all.
    • If you can’t end the threat in 7 to 8 rounds of .45, then you have no business carrying a gun. What? Basically, what many people say is that if you can’t be accurate enough to stop a threat with 7 to 8 rounds, you are not worthy of defending yourself. This one kind of makes me laugh as there are so many cases where people are hopped up on adrenaline, the lighting conditions are bad, the weather is bad, the bad guys are moving, or there are multiple bad guys. What I found interesting in my research is that our Police, supposedly trained to very high standards, miss way more than they hit their targets in the field. Way more. According to one study (and there are others that have similar results), the NYPD has a hit rate of about 18% when they are returning fire and about 30% when the suspect is not shooting back at them. That is horrible, and that is from the professionals.
    • You need to stay away from areas where you might be attacked. Nobody can predict when and where evil doers will be and when they will attack. It does not depend on neighborhoods, either, as they know how to drive or use public transit to go to neighborhoods that are ripe targets.
    • Extra ammo is heavy. Yes, it is. Oh, it is so heavy to have a magazine of extra rounds or extra rounds in a gun. Yep, probably about the same a cell phone. Be serious. While ammo does weigh something and does take up some space, we have already decided to carry a gun, so why not go the extra little bit?
    • Paranoid people are obsessed with capacity. Be prepared for multiple possible situations. We already have made many decisions based on very low odds, but we obviously value our lives and the lives of our loved ones.

    While I admit that most single stack guns are easier to conceal because they are thinner, there are good reasons to have a gun that has greater capacity than the typical single stack. We just discussed a couple of them up above.

    • Multiple assailants – It is pretty obvious that evil doer douchebags travel in groups and need their buddies to pump up their courage. As a defensive gun user, we need to be aware that it is likely that we will be facing multiple adversaries if we ever need to protect ourselves from evil doers. 
    • Adrenaline impacts – That rush of adrenaline will change everything when it compares to your training.
    • Hit percentage – As discussed above, the professionals (the Police) miss way more than they hit their targets. Do you really think you are better than they are with less training?
    • Nobody ever says that they wish they didn’t have that extra ammo – As is commonly said by defensive gun users that have had to use their guns, they have never thought that they had too much ammo. They are glad that they had extra, in most cases.
    • Type 3 malfunctions – If you have been through any gun training, you will find that guns are not perfect and will experience malfunctions every now and then. A perfect example of why you would want an extra magazine full of ammo is a type 3 malfunction. To fix this malfunction, you will usually lose a magazine, either on purpose, or because it was dropped while trying to fix it.

    Summary

    We have made the conscious choice, in many cases, to carry a concealed handgun to defend ourselves and our loved ones. Why not make a choice to either carry a gun that has a little more capacity AND carry an extra magazine?

    Many of the people that I know will carry an extra magazine or two on their belt, and will also have a couple of magazines in their car, on their desk, and by their bed.

  • The Great Capacity Debate–Conceal Carry

    General Background Info

    There are a few challenges when it comes to carrying a conceal handgun that everyone doesn’t think about for their first purchase and may never consider even though they have been carrying for years.

    • Concealability – The whole point of carrying a concealed handgun is that it is concealed and people don’t notice it.
    • Dependability – Yes, it needs to go bang when you pull the trigger, otherwise it is just a piece of metal. Hopefully, just seeing the gun will scare off an attacker, but we can’t depend on that, especially if the attacker hears that awful “click” sound.
    • Affordability – Not everyone can afford the $1,000 gun that is beautiful as well as functional. The gun is a tool, and many of them will do the job, but we can’t skip paying rent or the mortgage just to buy a gun.
    • Shootability – OK, this is not a real word, but it seems to be pretty self-defining. You need to be able to shoot it and get good hits with it, under tremendous pressure.

    Impact of Capacity

    This should be obvious to everyone. Running out of bullets at the wrong time can be a life altering (or ending) experience. Really, that is all there is to it.

    Choices

    I read lots of great stuff on the Internet when it comes to defensive gun use. I also have the joy of reading lots of crap written by ignorant people that put themselves out there as some kind of expert. One of my favorite topics is the choice of the appropriate handgun for conceal carry. The two biggest groups are the single stack vs the double stack crowds. For some reason, usually because of weather (hot weather), many of us will choose a single stack gun because it is easier to conceal and is much more comfortable.

    For example, I will carry one of the following:

    • Glock 17 or Steyr M9 – I carry these full-sized guns when I am out on my ranch, but I will usually open carry them in that case. Sometimes, I will carry one of them in an outside waistband (owb) holster under my coat, in cold weather.
    • Glock 19 – I will carry this gun most of the time, especially as the weather starts to warm up and I am not wearing a coat. It works well in an inside waistband (iwb) holster and can be easily concealed with an untucked shirt.
    • M&P Shield 9 – This is a small single stack gun that holds 7 or 8 rounds, and I can easily conceal this even while wearing a pair of shorts and a light t-shirt. It is a perfect gun for really hot days around town.

    Today, I read a couple of 1911 guys make some of the most ignorant statements that are generally made by the single stack crowd. In this case, they were also .45 guys. So here is what came out:

    • Only one .45 round is needed to end a threat. This is true, to a point. A well placed shot, no matter what caliber is used, can stop an assailant and end the threat. Counting on a single shot is just plain crazy.
    • The .45 has the best stopping power. In the industry, we measure kinetic energy for each round, and it does vary based on the type of bullet used (meaning not all hollow point bullets are equal). However, it is vital that we understand that handgun rounds are considered to be very ballistically inefficient. There are all sorts of numbers on the Internet about how many people survive gunshot wounds, and how many assailants continue their attacks despite being shot, no matter what caliber is used.
    • Average number of rounds in a gun fight is 2.7, so carrying 7 to 8 is more than enough. First off, this number just doesn’t exist, and using an average as a way to choose your gun is not a good idea. Averages are just that, they are averages, and many of those cases out there involve much larger number of rounds. If we were to base it on averages, we would not be carrying concealed weapons, at all.
    • If you can’t end the threat in 7 to 8 rounds of .45, then you have no business carrying a gun. What? Basically, what many people say is that if you can’t be accurate enough to stop a threat with 7 to 8 rounds, you are not worthy of defending yourself. This one kind of makes me laugh as there are so many cases where people are hopped up on adrenaline, the lighting conditions are bad, the weather is bad, the bad guys are moving, or there are multiple bad guys. What I found interesting in my research is that our Police, supposedly trained to very high standards, miss way more than they hit their targets in the field. Way more. According to one study (and there are others that have similar results), the NYPD has a hit rate of about 18% when they are returning fire and about 30% when the suspect is not shooting back at them. That is horrible, and that is from the professionals.
    • You need to stay away from areas where you might be attacked. Nobody can predict when and where evil doers will be and when they will attack. It does not depend on neighborhoods, either, as they know how to drive or use public transit to go to neighborhoods that are ripe targets.
    • Extra ammo is heavy. Yes, it is. Oh, it is so heavy to have a magazine of extra rounds or extra rounds in a gun. Yep, probably about the same a cell phone. Be serious. While ammo does weigh something and does take up some space, we have already decided to carry a gun, so why not go the extra little bit?
    • Paranoid people are obsessed with capacity. Be prepared for multiple possible situations. We already have made many decisions based on very low odds, but we obviously value our lives and the lives of our loved ones.

    While I admit that most single stack guns are easier to conceal because they are thinner, there are good reasons to have a gun that has greater capacity than the typical single stack. We just discussed a couple of them up above.

    • Multiple assailants – It is pretty obvious that evil doer douchebags travel in groups and need their buddies to pump up their courage. As a defensive gun user, we need to be aware that it is likely that we will be facing multiple adversaries if we ever need to protect ourselves from evil doers. 
    • Adrenaline impacts – That rush of adrenaline will change everything when it compares to your training.
    • Hit percentage – As discussed above, the professionals (the Police) miss way more than they hit their targets. Do you really think you are better than they are with less training?
    • Nobody ever says that they wish they didn’t have that extra ammo – As is commonly said by defensive gun users that have had to use their guns, they have never thought that they had too much ammo. They are glad that they had extra, in most cases.
    • Type 3 malfunctions – If you have been through any gun training, you will find that guns are not perfect and will experience malfunctions every now and then. A perfect example of why you would want an extra magazine full of ammo is a type 3 malfunction. To fix this malfunction, you will usually lose a magazine, either on purpose, or because it was dropped while trying to fix it.

    Summary

    We have made the conscious choice, in many cases, to carry a concealed handgun to defend ourselves and our loved ones. Why not make a choice to either carry a gun that has a little more capacity AND carry an extra magazine?

    Many of the people that I know will carry an extra magazine or two on their belt, and will also have a couple of magazines in their car, on their desk, and by their bed.